Fanon Wiki
Advertisement
Fanon Wiki

Contents

Scene 1: This Is Our Movie

  • (various animals and human crew members enter the studio carrying props, cameras, and other movie equipment. An orchestra is tuning up. SpongeBob and Phineas enter the screen.)
  • SpongeBob: Okay, places everybody. So, are our actors ready?
  • Phineas: As always.
  • SpongeBob: Perfect. Now go get them on the set immediately.
  • Phineas: You got it.
  • (SpongeBob leaves, Candace arrives)
  • Candace: Phineas and Ferb! What are you doing?
  • Phineas: We're making a movie. Wanna join?
  • Candace: Are you kidding? I...
  • Isabella: Listen. My clientele gets 75% of this movie to Hollywood, or she quits. Don't try to sugarcoat it.
  • (phone rings)
  • Isabella: Hey, Cindy. Did you get your part?
  • Candace: Wait a second, aren't you a little too young to be directing a movie?
  • Phineas: Well, no. But, if it gets a lot of great reviews, we'd be in diapers that day.
  • (Candace grabs an astronaut costume and puts it on)
  • Candace:There's no way I'm putting this space suit on.
  • Phineas: We've finished re-writing it this morning.
  • Candace: I didn't sign up for this. In fact, I don't want to wear this helmet. Nobody will see my face.
  • Ferb: But not to worry. Because for most of the movie, you will still wear your usual clothes. Give it a shot, Candace. It will make you a star.
  • Candace: Really? A star?
  • Buford: Candace, you're needed on the set for the opening number.
  • Candace: I'm coming.
  • (Candace leaves as she crashes into some stuff offscreen. Skipper and his penguins slide in.)
  • Skipper: For our most effective movie, we'll showcase about everyone we know, in an epic entourage proving that...
  • King Julien: Hold the cow. Who let you in charge? Not me. But I'm the king. So...
  • (King Julien jumps on the camera which is currently being used by Patrick.)
  • Patrick: Hey! I mean, okay. Knock yourself out. It has the lens cap on, anyway.
  • (A megaphone moves in, and King Julien picks it up off the floor, revealing Mort, who was making it move the whole time.)
  • Mort: You found me. Yay!
  • King Julien: I'm the director.
  • Private: You know, Julien, I say we should work on this together.
  • King Julien: CUT! That's director for 'shut up'.
  • Squidward: Make up ready.
  • Buford and Baljeet: Scenery ready.
  • Timo: Sound is rolling.
  • Mason: Camera's rolling.
  • Phineas: Everything's ready!
  • King Julien: Well, what are we waiting for? (over megaphone) EVERYBODY TO THE SET!
  • Clover: On it!
  • Phineas: Let's go, everyone.
  • Kowalski: We have a motion picture to begin.
  • Sandy: Excuse me.
  • King Julien: Okay. Lights, Camera, ACTION!
  • (Ferb brings in a movie slate, and slams it. As he leaves, SpongeBob in a glittery tuxedo is revealed, in a Bikini Bottom setting.)
  • (Song: This Is Our Movie)
  • SpongeBob:We're here for this shoot, as long as we don't get the boot, if we start our little presentation right. The script is written down, as we all go into town, as we cannot bring this down without a fight. It's not every day we get together like this, but here we are to put on a show you won't want to miss. So, I thought it would be clear, to bring the audience here, as we all proudly present to you...
  • Patrick:Bum, bum bum
  • SpongeBob and Patrick:Our movie of movies, our show of all shows.
  • Patrick:Well, maybe it's the greatest one we made as far as it goes.
  • Squidward:Oh my, look at the time. Why, I really must quit.
  • SpongeBob:Come, now, don't be such a worry wart and don't make a fit.
  • Sandy:There'll be action, adventure, and cool stuff galore.
  • Plankton:There'll be madness and mayhem, and mischief and more.
  • Mr. Krabs:We'll be making lots of money making us feel sublime.
  • SpongeBob, Patrick, Squidward, Sandy, and Mr. Krabs:But this is our movie, and you'll have a great time.
  • (cut to a Danville setting, with Phineas and Ferb sitting under their tree in the backyard.)
  • Phineas:This is our movie, and we're making it right now.
  • Isabella:Whatever else should we do?
  • Candace:We will be busting right back into show business here.
  • Phineas:We shall seize the day as well, too.
  • Baljeet:Did we mention that there's gonna be some cool stuff ahead?
  • Buford:Guaranteed to make the weakest nerd chime
  • (Baljeet runs away.)
  • Buford: (spoken) I mean to the theater. Duh.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz:What movie will it be without a little evil?
  • Phineas and Ferb Cast:Cause this is our movie, and you'll have a great time.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: I mean, movies have someone called an antagonist. Sure, an antagonist is the one who causes problems in the movie, right?
  • (cut to a Central Park Zoo Penguin Habitat setting)
  • Skipper: All right boys, commence singing. Go!
  • Private:Our movie which has cute and cuddly.
  • Kowalski:And some genius and some smarts.
  • Skipper:Add some kick butt and tai quan do.
  • Rico:(sings gibberish) Heart.
  • King Julien:It will have music and bounciness and stuff.
  • Mort:I like movies, they make me want to drop a dime.
  • Marlene:Now that we're all here, let's all give a cheer.
  • Penguins of Madagascar Cast: ♪ For this is our movie, so you'll have a great time.
  • King Julien: As king slash director, I decree that we should go into the jungle to run free! Change setting, Momo.
  • (scene changes into a jungle setting)
  • King Julien: ♪ This is our movie, and we're here to jump and shout.
  • Mort: ♪ And of course, I will go and touch your feet!
  • Clover:There'll be danger and peril everywhere we look.
  • Maurice:But, then, at the end, all bad stuff is beat.
  • Masikura:There'll be mystery and some magical surprises.
  • Xixi:This just in, movie magic. I can't find a word that'll rhyme.
  • Karl:Don't be in shock in your seats, not yet at least.
  • King Julien cast:This is our movie, and you'll have a great time.
  • Mort: Can I at least have one foot hug for this?
  • SpongeBob: Now all we need is an exciting story. Any ideas?
  • King Julien: How about this for a story? It is all about me, King Julien, and I am the star.
  • SpongeBob: Too King Julien-y, don't you think?
  • Patrick: How about an underground city adventure?
  • SpongeBob: Too simple, Pat.
  • Buford: How's about we have a movie about a nerd who gets bothered by the town bully?
  • SpongeBob: Too iffy.
  • Sandy: Maybe you and I will do a friendship movie together, just you and me.
  • SpongeBob: Uh, I don't know about that.
  • Private: Well, then, how about a penguin movie.
  • SpongeBob: Well, there are so many penguin movies made, and you and your men were the stars of your own movie, so...
  • Isabella: We should do a romantic movie between me and Phineas, and name it, "Phinabella."
  • Phineas: Well, um...
  • SpongeBob: Hmm...
  • Mort: How's about we do a movie where I... TOUCH EVERYONE'S FEET!!!
  • SpongeBob: Not my feet. Oh brother.
  • Rico: (whispers in SpongeBob's ear pore.)
  • SpongeBob: That's it! You're a genius!
  • (the song continues as the casts of their respective shows sing their verses at the same time in one final verse)
  • SpongeBob Cast:Our movie of movies, our show of all shows. Well, maybe it's the greatest one we made as far as it goes. Oh my, look at the time. Why, I really must quit. Come, now, don't be such a worry wart and don't make a fit. There'll be action, adventure, and cool stuff galore. There'll be madness and mayhem, and mischief and more We'll be making lots of money making us feel sublime.
  • Phineas and Ferb cast:This is our movie, and we're making it right now. Whatever else should we do? We will be busting right back into show business here. We shall seize the day as well, too. Did we mention that there's gonna be some cool stuff ahead? Guaranteed to make the weakest nerd chime. What movie will it be without a little evil?
  • Penguins of Madagascar Cast:Our movie which has cute and cuddly. And some genius and some smarts. Add some kick butt and tai quan do. La la la la la la la la Heart. It will have music and bounciness and stuff. I like movies, they make me want to drop a dime. Now that we're all here, let's all give a cheer.
  • King Julien Cast:This is our movie, and we're here to jump and shout. And of course, I will go and touch your feet! There'll be danger and peril everywhere we look. But, then, at the end, all bad stuff is beat. There'll be mystery and some magical surprises. This just in, movie magic. I can't find a word that'll rhyme. Don't be in shock in your seats, not yet at least.
  • All:This is our movie, now, you'll have a great time! ♪♪ (all sustain note)
  • (Rico barfs up a firecracker, puts out a match and lits up the firecracker, making it fly all the way up to the ceiling. It explodes and fireworks start.)

Scene 2: 20 Years Into the Future

  • (Cut to a blue television set powering up in a purple background. Sparks come out from the antennae, as purple fragments become green.)
  • "SpongeBob SquarePants", "Phineas and Ferb", "The Penguins of Madagascar", and "All Hail King Julien" in..."
  • (All the purple fragments are green. We zoom out to reveal the movie's logo.)
  • "Channel Chasers: The Movie"
  • (Zoom out to see the logo on a wrist watch. The screen on the wrist watch changes to static. We zoom back into the screen.)
  • "BIKINI BOTTOM: 20 YEARS INTO THE FUTURE"
  • (Cut to a binocular view of the bad future of Bikini Bottom. Whoever is using it is aiming at it's target: future Patrick and Squidward, who are on a jet pack. Future Patrick is about to zap who's behind him. They pass Mr. Krabs' house, which gets zapped.)
  • Future Patrick: He's gaining on us!
  • (Future SpongeBob is behind them.)
  • Future SpongeBob: Patrick! Squidward! Surrender!
  • (Lasers aim at future Squidward and Future Patrick. Future Patrick tries to shoot at future SpongeBob back. They pass and zap a statue of Squiliam Fancyson, Squidward's Easter Island head house, and Nat Peterson's trailer, as they jump above it, only for future SpongeBob to destroy it.)
  • Nat Peterson: Whoa, that's it on the Mexican brunches.
  • (Future Patrick tries to fight future SpongeBob while still being chased.)
  • Future Patrick: Hurry, we gotta get this component to my house.
  • Future Squidward: Almost there.
  • (They are about to approach the Bikini Bottom Super Highway, but as future SpongeBob zaps at them, they trip over the highway. Future Squidward grabs the jet pack and future Patrick grabs future Squidward's tentacle. They see future SpongeBob break through the highway. Future Squidward tries to get his feet back on the jet pack, and notices future Patrick hanging on to his leg, while still zapping future SpongeBob. Future Patrick looks down.)
  • Future Patrick: Hello, genius with the last hope for humanity dangling towards his life.
  • (Future Squidward grabs future Patrick, as they go past a building, as future SpongeBob keeps zapping at them. They go past another building. They land hard at another part of the highway, breaking some glass. Future Squidward and Patrick are out of the jet pack.)
  • Future Squidward: Patrick, go. I'll stay here and hold him off.
  • Future Patrick: But...
  • Future Squidward: Go! Before it's too late.
  • (Future Patrick gets back on the jet pack and takes off. Future Squidward takes out his clarinet. He was about to play it, but the clarinet gets zapped. Future SpongeBob comes to the highway. Future Squidward screams furiously as he punches Future SpongeBob, who lands roughly on the floor. He presses a button on his belt, to make his jet pack take off. Future Squidward looks at future SpongeBob ready to punch him, but some stench comes out, making future SpongeBob plug his nose. The smell was coming from future Squidward.)
  • Future Squidward: Now, I know why I've never gotten this gas passed. I guess you could say that my ink stinks.
  • (Future SpongeBob resumes punching future Squidward, but future Squidward punches him back. Future SpongeBob's jet pack is chasing future Patrick. The jet pack becomes a flying computer screen.)
  • Future Squidward: Ha! You'll never stop us! (He gets zapped by future SpongeBob.) Hey, he stopped me.
  • (Future Patrick stops at his rock. The monitor on the jet pack depicts future SpongeBob's head. Inside Patrick's rock, future Patrick turns on the light to see his messy house. The floor changes to a technological table with some glass protecting the time travel belt. He takes the glass off and grabs the time travel belt, as he puts a green tab on it.)
  • Future Patrick: Now, I can go back to the past and make sure none of this ever happens.
  • (He gets zapped by future SpongeBob's jet pack.)
  • Future SpongeBob: You thought you were going to use your time travel belt to return Bikini Bottom to its former glory, didn't you. (chuckles) Think again. Last two apprehended, your majesty.
  • (A giant television screen flies over Patrick's rock and zaps future Plankton in a black hood inside.)
  • Future Plankton: No, there's still one more. But, now that I have the time travel belt, I know where exactly to find him in the past. And once I find him, there'll be no one left to stop me. (He takes off his hood revealing his face.) Me, Plankton, supreme ruler of the Earth! (laughs maniacally)
  • (Static cut)
  • "DANVILLE: 20 YEARS INTO THE FUTURE"
  • (Cut to the bad future of Danville. Factories and signs that read "Joe's" on all of them are everywhere. Playground equipment are remade into dismal hospital beds. Two men stores a child inside a capsule on a shelf with the other capsules with children inside.)
  • Man #1: That's the last of the children for now.
  • Man #2: Now, all we need to do is wait several years until they've officially grown up.
  • (The two men pass another man who is walking by with some labcoats.)
  • Labcoat Seller: Lab coat for you. Here you go. It'll suit you.
  • Customer: I don't want to wear this.
  • Labcoat Seller: If the lab coat fits, then you should just wear it. Besides, if you want to live in this cesspool we wallow in today, then you'll have to wear it.
  • Customer: I so don't want to live here anymore! (He rips off the lab coat.)
  • Labcoat Seller: Security!
  • (Two men take away the customer from the labcoat seller. Cut to O.W.C.A., where Agent P is elderly, and everything is shattered. An elderly Major Monogram appears on the monitor.)
  • Future Major Monogram: I'm sorry, Agent P. But you failed another mission. Every day, it has became harder and harder to defeat Dr. Doofenshmirtz nowadays ever since we swore our solemn oath.
  • (Future Carl comes in the screen.)
  • Future Carl: Excuse me, Major Monogram, but my research indicates that Dr. Doofenshmirtz went inside television to become dictator.
  • Future Major Monogram: Right. Of course, someone must use a time machine at the museum and time belt to go back to the past to make sure that none of this would ever happen. Agent P, you have to find a time belt and go to the museum to find the time machine there, and go back 20 years ago and go inside television to stop Doofenshmirtz from being dictator, right before rising land got you wound up into a cast for eighteen months, which made Doofenshmirtz successfully win by default, which all went out of hand since then. We gotta fix this thing...
  • (The screen changes to future Dr. Doofenshmirtz.)
  • Future Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Hold on, Perry the Platypus. On second thought, instead of setting things right, forget all about it. Now, hasta la pasta. Always remember the oath.
  • (The screen changes to future Major Monogram. Future Agent P looks down.)
  • Future Major Monogram: I blame that solemn oath for this.
  • (Cut to future Candace chasing future Jeremy. Future Jeremy brings out a ray gun and is about to zap her, but he misses by zapping at a building which once was the Flynn-Fletcher household.)
  • Future Jeremy: Come on, Joe. Give me a break. I'm your boyfriend.
  • Future Candace: You WERE my boyfriend.
  • (Lasers zap at future Jeremy. He tries to zap her back. They pass and zap a statue of Roger Doofenshmirtz, the O.W.C.A. building, and the Du Bois household, in which they circled around it only for future Candace to zap it.) 
  • Future Irving: So much for my volunteer work for OWCA.
  • (Future Candace and future Phineas are still chasing future Jeremy.)
  • Future Jeremy: I have to use this time travel belt with the time machine at the museum fast.
  • Future Phineas: I got your back, Joe.
  • (They are almost at the exact same location in the bad future where Emperor Doofenshmirtz sang "It's Been a Charmed Life" in the episode "Phineas and Ferb's Quantum Boogaloo," when future Candace and Phineas are zapping at future Jeremy, they hit a statue of Emperor Doofenshmirtz, which make future Candace almost jump off the jet pack. She and future Phineas look at future Jeremy behind them. Future Phineas turns to see future Candace, hanging on to the jet pack.)
  • Future Candace: I'm still afraid of heights.
  • (Future Phineas takes future Candace's hand and takes her back to the jet back. They go past some buildings as future Candace and Phineas keep zapping at future Jeremy. They land at another building, as future Phineas and Jeremy hop off the jet packs.)
  • Future Phineas: Go. I'll take it from here.
  • Future Candace: I thought you said this could be like a brother sister thing.
  • Future Phineas: I mean it! Let me finish him off.
  • (Future Candace hops back in to the jet pack and takes off. Future Jeremy is about to bring his electric guitar and is about to play it, but it gets zapped. He and Future Phineas stare at each other. They both start yelling as they charge into each other. Future Jeremy punches Future Phineas in the stomach, who lands on his back. He presses a button on his belt making the jet pack take off. He and Future Jeremy look at each other, as future Phineas is about to punch back, but he gets blinded by a flash of light coming from Jeremy's phone.)
  • Future Phineas: My eyes!
  • Future Jeremy: Now I understand how this cellphone is like a regular camera. It adds human interest.
  • (Future Phineas continues punching future Jeremy, but future Jeremy punches him again. Cut to future Agent P walking slowly, as he's almost at the Danville Museum of Natural History, as a slow version of his theme song plays. Cut back to future Jeremy and future Phineas.)
  • Future Jeremy: You'll never get away with this! (He realizes that future Phineas is gone.) And he got away.
  • (Future Agent P arrives at the Danville Museum of Natural History, and sees that the time machine is still there and is ready to be taken away. He takes out the green tab and the time travel belt, when future Phineas' jet pack becomes a monitor with future Phineas and Candace inside, as it zaps future Agent P.)
  • Future Phineas: You think you were about to use your time travel belt and the time machine at the museum to restore Danville to the way it was?
  • Future Candace: You were wrong. It's all your's, your majesty.
  • (A mother ship flies by and sends future Dr. Doofenshmirtz down to the museum.)
  • Future Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Actually, there are still a few left. With this time travel belt and the time machine to go with it, I will be able to locate where they are. When I finally found them, I will rule all that's good and decent. (He removes his mask to reveal his face.) Me, Emperor Doofenshmirtz. Supreme ruler of the Tri-State Area! (laughs maniacally)
  • (Static cut to a future Central Park Zoo, where animals are running amok. Chameleons are changing color, Mason and Phil are fighting over a banana, Bada and Bing are riding on Roy the rhinoceros and Ted the polar bear. Burt is smashing everywhere with his trunk.)
  • "CENTRAL PARK ZOO: 20 YEARS INTO THE FUTURE"
  • Future Burt: I'm hungry. Anybody got any peanuts?
  • (Something flies over him. It was the Penguins with soda pop-powered jet packs on them. Future Skipper, Kowalski, and Rico are being chased by future Private. Future Rico and Skipper zap at future Private, but they zap at zoo's administrative office instead.)
  • Future Skipper: Move, men! He's right behind us!
  • Future Kowalski: Go, go, go, go, go!
  • Future Private: Hand over all you've got, you rats with wings!
  • (Future Private uses his ray gun to zap at his penguin comrades, but he misses. The penguins continue to zap at each other as they pass and zap at a statue of a seal holding a horn it its mouth, King Julien's bamboo throne, and Burt's bottom on accident.)
  • Future Burt: Hey, watch it! I'm as hungry as a bear! No offense, Ted.
  • (Future Ted the Polar Bear sticks his thumb out.)
  • (The future penguins continue to zap at each other while still chasing each other.)
  • Future Skipper: Hurry, boys. We need to hide this device back to the HQ.
  • Future Kowalski: Right behind you, Skipper!
  • Future Skipper: That's what I like to hear, Kowalski.
  • Future Kowalski: No, literally. Look behind you!
  • (They turn to see future Private behind them. They then see a brick wall in front of them. As future Private zaps at the other penguins, they smash their way through the wall. They are passing the zoo slowly and downward to the ground, yet very far from future Private. Future Skipper takes his men higher, as future Private passes through the hole in the brick wall, while still zapping the other three penguins as he sees future Skipper holding future Kowalski and Rico's flippers as they look down)
  • Future Skipper: What the deuce?! Whatever you do, men, just hold on tight, keep moving, and don't look down.
  • (Future Kowalski looks down.)
  • Future Kowalski: (screams) Skipper, we're looking down! We're looking down! We can't do this! I say we go back!
  • Future Skipper: We ARE going back.
  • (The three penguins try to reach higher, but Future Private keeps zapping at the other penguins. The soda pop cans are out of soda, making the penguins land near a vending machine.)
  • Future Kowalski: You know what, Rico?
  • Future Rico: Wha?
  • Future Kowalski: You stay right where you are. I'm staying with Skipper for my own safety.
  • Future Rico: Hmm?
  • Future Kowalski: Step on it, Skipper!
  • (Skipper puts a coin in the vending machine, and two soda cans come out. They put the soda cans on their backs, and they get themselves started. The soda corks fly out, causing the soda to fizz open, making future Skipper and Kowalski fly off. Future Rico barfs out a stick of dynamite. He was about to throw it to future Private, but the dynamite gets zapped via explosion. Future Private makes a landing now that the soda is out of his soda pop can. Future Rico yells angrily as he begins to slap future Private in the face. Future Private rubs his face, then presses a button on his belt. Back inside the penguin habitat, a flying smartphone flies out through the fishbowl exit. Future Rico growls at future Private as he begins to slap him again. Future Private gets angrier, and begins charging towards future Rico. He grabs him, as future Rico's beak is opened. Suddenly, he barfs out a time bomb, much like the one he couldn't barf out in "All Choked Up", and it explodes on future Private. His face became black.)
  • Future Rico: Kaboom! (chuckles)
  • (Future Private gets back to slapping future Rico, but future Rico resumes slapping his face. The flying smartphone is chasing future Skipper. Cut back to future Rico and Private, as future Private zaps future Rico.)
  • Future Rico: (growls) Aw, come on, man!
  • (Future Skipper and Kowalski fly back to the penguin HQ, and took the fishbowl entrance. The monitor on the smartphone depicts future Private in it. Inside the penguin HQ, future Skipper and Kowalski turn on the lights. They go inside future Kowalski's laboratory.)
  • Future Skipper: Where is it?
  • Future Kowalski: It's got to be here somewhere.
  • Future Skipper: It better be in here. (They see a technological table with some glass protecting the time travel belt.) The time travel belt.
  • Future Kowalski: Of course. Now, grab it.
  • (They come to the time travel belt, as future Skipper removes the glass and grabs the time travel belt. Kowalski puts a green tab on it. However, they get zapped by the flying smartphone.)
  • Future Skipper and Kowalski: (both exclaim)
  • Future Private: Not so fast.
  • (A mothership comes flying by the penguin HQ, and releases Dr. Blowhole inside the HQ.)
  • Future Skipper: We've been ratted out, Kowalski. (They both raise their flippers up.)
  • Future Private: I bet you're wondering if you're going to use the time travel belt and have the zoo and New York back to how it once was.
  • Future Skipper: Uh...
  • Future Private: I thought so. You can have it, boss.
  • Future Dr. Blowhole: Wrong. We're forgetting just one thing. But I can finally use this time travel belt to know where to find that one things 20 years ago. And when I do, I will be unstoppable. (He removes the hood to reveal his face.) Me, Dr. Blowhole. Supreme ruler of the animal kingdom. (dolphin chatter-like maniacal laughter)
  • (Static cut to the bad future of Madagascar. Trees are being cut down, flowers are being burnt or wilted, and lemurs are hoarding mangoes. Many of them are hiding mangoes, and all of the lemurs are running around.)
  • "MADAGASCAR: 20 YEARS INTO THE FUTURE"
  • Future Willie: That mango is mine! See how I spat on it?
  • (Future Horst chases him.)
  • Future Horst: Unhand it at once!
  • Future Willie: No! I saw it first and then I licked and claimed it to be my own!
  • (Future Horst tackles Future Willie to the ground. Future Maurice and Mort are running from future Clover, riding on a fossa, and a pack of hungry fossa. Future Mort throws a mango at her or a fossa, but the mango aims at the plane.)
  • Future Maurice: She's behind our tails, now!
  • Future Clover: Unhand the mango before I feed you to the fossa.
  • (Future Clover starts throwing mangoes at future Maurice and Mort, as the two lemurs who are being chased start throwing mangoes back at her and the fossa. As they are passing the following, they throw mangoes at an ice sculpture of King Julien XIII, a tree stump, and Timo's laboratory in the Cove of Wonders. The laboratory sinks as Timo turns around and sees it as he was walking away.)
  • Future Timo: I knew I should've packed my bags before it could sink.
  • (Future Clover and the fossa are still chasing future Maurice and Mort.)
  • Future Maurice: Hurry up, Mort. We gotta get this mango and this thing we need to put back to the time-travel belt back to the hut, or else.
  • Future Mort: (eating the mango) Or else, what?
  • (They reach a tree, as future Clover is still throwing mangoes at future Maurice and Mort. Future Mort is climbing up the tree with future Maurice on his back, and then they begin jumping from branch to branch, as each one falls off. Future Clover is following them. Future Maurice cowers, thinking that he's bigger than Mort, so he starts to jump off future Mort's back, but he almost falls off, as he grabs a falling branch. Future Mort stops for a moment.)
  • Future Maurice: Mort, could you just take my hand?
  • Future Mort: Are you afraid of heights, or are you serious?
  • Future Maurice: Yes, I'm serious! What you think?
  • (Future Mort grabs future Maurice. He jumps on future Maurice's back, as future Maurice jumps off the branch and resume jumping from tree to tree, with future Clover still throwing mangoes at them. When one tree falls off, they land on the ground.)
  • Future Mort: Run off, Maurice. I got this.
  • Future Maurice: But, what about...
  • Future Mort: You heard me! Who are you, and what kingdom are you working for? (Future Maurice leaves. Future Mort brings out a paintbrush, but she throws a mango at it, making it fly off, leaving a mark on a tree. Future Mort and future Clover stare at each other getting ready for battle. Future Mort screams as he jumps into future Clover's face. She throws him away. She presses a button on her belt, making a modified smartphone roll out. Future Mort looks at future Clover, as she looks at him. She is about to punch him, but starts wretch over some stench coming from Mort.) What? You think only ring-tailed lemurs rub their scent with their tails to fight for their love interests? (Future Mort continues attacking future Clover, but future Clover starts punching him. The modified smartphone comes after future Maurice. Back with future Mort and Clover, they are still fighting.) You can't stop our kingdom! (Future Clover throws assorted mangoes at future Mort's mouth, then she runs away.) But, he did get me, though. (He throws up.)
  • (Future Maurice, the modified smartphone, and some fossa stop at a cliff with a land mine-infested bottom. The monitor on the modified smartphone depicts future Clover in it. Maurice looks at a green tab he's been carrying the whole time.)
  • Future Maurice: Oh, no. A mine field. If only Julien was here. He'd know what to do.
  • Future Clover: Nothing, as of right now. So, any luck finding the time travel belt to save the jungle from being changed into a dwindling dystopian deforestation?
  • Future Maurice: Uh, no.
  • Future Clover: I didn't think so. Meet your new majesty.
  • (Some fossa carry a wagon with an outhouse, which opens to reveal a hooded Uncle King Julien, who comes out of the outhouse.)
  • Future Uncle King Julien: Technically, we're missing one thing more. Missing something? (He shows future Maurice the time travel belt.)
  • Future Maurice: The time travel belt!
  • Future Uncle King Julien: I got it from your hut when I became the new king. As a matter of fact, I can be able to use it to figure out where what we're missing is back then. And after I find that thing, I will rule all. (He takes off the hood to reveal his face.) Me, Uncle King Julien, supreme ruler of the lemur kingdom! (laughs maniacally)

Scene 3: Present Day in the World

  • "BIKINI BOTTOM: PRESENT DAY"
  • Plankton: I'm so excited! I can't wait to go into the Krusty Krab today. Let's see if I have everything I need to ensure the proper amount of quality food supervision. (He has his tools and he took Tool 1#)Bun mixer,(Then he took Tool 2#) Vegetable washer,(And Then he took Tool 3# and shout it into the wall) and Painful, high-speed sandwich microwave oven.(Then he pack his stuff and put a Krabby Patty sticker on a skull) And That's everything I need to make his life terrible and my life epic! I just hope in my heart that someday I'll be able to have the whole ocean miserable. (Then he killed a scallop with his stubby, tiny hands) But for now, my hate belongs to Krabs. Me, Plankton, supreme ruler of hating Krabs! (laughing and coughing and he walks away. Cut to Dr. Blowhole's lair under the Coney Island Marine Park. Dr. Blowhole, Parker the Platypus, and a group of lobsters are watching Dictator Week on The Biographical Channel.)
  • "CONEY ISLAND MARINE PARK, SEAVILLE, NEW YORK, NEW YORK, USA: PRESENT DAY"
  • Announcer: Right now, you're watching Dictator Week on The Biographical Channel on Channel 298. See if you have what it takes to be a dictator. Think about it. When you watch this, you'll learn about our supreme rulers of the Earth.
  • Dr. Blowhole: Supreme ruler of the Earth. Yes. I got it. The most diabolical scheme to take over the world and stop those peng-you-ins once and for all.
  • Parker: What's your plan now, chief?
  • Dr. Blowhole: Don't you see, Parker? With Dictator Week as my inspiration, I might be able to overrule an entire universe.
  • Parker: I bet you make a great overlord, Blowhole.
  • Dr. Blowhole: Our first part of our plan is to find those peng-you-ins at the Central Park Zoo, then we will find some clever device that I'll bet will allow them to go inside television...
  • Parker: Uh, Blowhole? (Dr. Blowhole leans into Parker as Parker whispers into Dr. Blowhole's sophisticated hearing system located on a side of his head.)
  • Dr. Blowhole: Good point, Parker. Anyway, once they're not looking, we will sneak inside television, find the Biographical Channel, and then we will change all world history forever! Me, Blowhole. Supreme ruler of New York City... for now. (laughs maniacally)
  • (Cut to Feartopia, where Uncle King Julien and Crimson are loading a raft. Crimson is carrying a heavy supply of mangoes.)
  • "FEARTOPIA, MADAGASACAR: TODAY"
  • Uncle King Julien: Keep pushing, Crimson. We're only between the prison and the ocean.
  • Crimson: Why do you need all these mangoes anyway? I mean, don't we need them only when we get hungry? Then again, there are plenty of mangoes on the island when we find any.
  • Uncle King Julien: Please, Crimson. This is our convenient opportunity to reclaim the throne from my laid back yet annoying nephew of mine. Now go bring me the fine print which reads that King Julien wasn't born on Madagascar.
  • Crimson: (rushes off to bring the documented fine print, and comes back to give it to him) Here you go, your new majesty.
  • Uncle King Julien: Don't call me that yet. We'll just have to wait, won't we? Because soon, when the time is ripe, we will begin a new coronation of putting me back on the throne.
  • Crimson: And what will happen when I don't do what you say?
  • Uncle King Julien: How should I put this? I'm going to feed you to the fossa like how my nephew did to me!
  • Crimson: (shudders)
  • Uncle King Julien: I say, when we reach the island, we'll find the lemur kingdom and find him. And when we do, we will banish him, and his crown and his throne will be mine. Me, Uncle King Julien, supreme ruler of my nephew's kingdom! (both laugh maniacally for a few seconds) Okay, just start paddling.
  • (Crimson gets on the raft and starts paddling.)
  • (Cut to Doofenshmirtz Evil Incorporated, where the TV is currently showing The Biographical Channel, and Dr. Doofenshmirtz is in bed snoring and chuckling, until his alarm goes off, which makes him wake up. In the process, he hits his head on a lamp.)
  • "DANVILLE: TODAY"
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Ow! I hate this lamp. I mean, why do I even own it under my bed, anyway?
  • Norm: (comes in with a plate of chocolate cake on one hand and a fork holding a piece of the cake on the other.) Wakey-wakey, chocolate cake.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: You and I both know that chocolate cake is not for breakfast. Today, I'm making pancakes for my daughter.
  • Norm: Have you been having that dream again?
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: (puts his lab coat on) I know. I've been watching Dictator Week on The Biographical Channel all night in hopes of becoming dictator of the entire Tri-State Area. So, yes. That dream.
  • Norm: I always had my suspicions.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: If only there is some way for me to become dictator on Dictator Week. Hmm. (he looks at the television showing Dictator Week.) I've got it. I smell my newest scheme coming on. Yes! I'll be making my newest inator that will let me go inside television, and break into The Biographical Channel, and officially become dictator of the entire Tri-State Area! Me, Dr. Heinz Doofenshmirtz. Supreme ruler of the Tri-State Area! (laughs maniacally) In addition to my newest scheme, I also smell breakfast cooking. Hey, wait, Norm! I'm supposed to be making breakfast for Vanessa!
  • (Then Dr. Doofenshmirtz's TV is on with Gordon Gutsofanemu)
  • Gordon Gutsofanemu: Hello, Danville. I'm Gordon Gutsofanemu.
  • Chuck Charles: This is Chuck Charles, and this is your news.
  • Perch Perkins: Perch Perkins with today's editorial.
  • Xixi: I'm Xixi and today, I'll being doing an editorial on...
  • Gordon Gutsofanemu: Television, it can help, and it can hurt.
  • Chuck Charles: But the question is: can it help hurt?
  • Perch Perkins: Is it causing kids to do stupid and violent things?
  • Xixi: Are the things they do on television stupid and violent?
  • Gordon Gutsofanemu: Take, for example, the wildy popular animated kung fu monster training cards series, "Maho Mushi".
  • Perch Perkins: Is it causing to do stupid and violent things?
  • Other Reporters: Alright, we get it.
  • (Two human kids fall from a tree)
  • Boys: Aah!
  • Boy 1#: My legs!
  • Boy 2#: My arms!
  • Singers: Maho Mushi, Maho Mushi, Maho Mushi.
  • (Then a fish boy climbs a wall and fells down into the trash can)
  • Fish Boy: AAH! My neck!
  • Singers: Maho Mushi!
  • (Todd throws another lemur kid at the other lemur kids)
  • Todd: Maho Mushi is a cool show.
  • (Cuts to Gordon Gutsofanemu)
  • Gordon Gutsofanemu: Let me answer my own rhetorical question...
  • Chuck Charles: Although it may not sound rhetorical...
  • Perch Perkins: But it just happens to be a surprise to you...
  • Xixi: And the answer is...
  • All Four Reporters: Maybe.
  • Xixi: But look on the bright side...
  • Perch Perkins: We can all take solace...
  • Gordon Gutsofanemu: To make sure that they day will never come...
  • Chuck Charles: That a group of animals could imitate this.
  • (They shown a alien drive a spaceship and laughing)

Scene 4: SpongeBob Gets Busted

  • (Cut to SpongeBob and Patrick)
  • SpongeBob: (laughing) I can't believe the day has come that we can imitate this! (They shown SpongeBob in the driver's seat, and Patrick in the passenger seat) And I would never be able to do it with you Pat.
  • Patrick: Yeah, but are you sure you know what you're doing?
  • SpongeBob: Of course. I know "Maho Mushi" better than any show on Television.
  • (He shown then his Maho Mushi's cards)
  • Patrick: I can't believe you never thought to bring in the Maho Mushi Kid Crusher before.
  • (SpongeBob drop the cards and went down and go throw the city)
  • Patrick: (screaming)
  • (And Then they went up)
  • Patrick: SpongeBob, I don't know. Watching dangerous stunts on TV is one thing, but performing them in real life feels really dangerous.
  • SpongeBob: What makes you say that?
  • SpongeBob and Patrick: (screaming)
  • SpongeBob: Patrick, cue banzai bubble!
  • (Patrick presses a button which releases a bubble that shields the ship and went down into the Krusty Krab)
  • (Cut to Mr. Krabs)
  • Mr. Krabs: Finally. I'm a shoo-in to win Cleanest Office, the one trophy I'll have that me archenemy Plankton won't.
  • (SpongeBob and Patrick come in destroy his office)
  • SpongeBob and Patrick: AAH!
  • (They exit and a fish comes in)
  • Male Fish #1: Congratulations, Eugene. You win the Cleanest Off--. Good Heavens! Plankton, here. (He give him the Money & his arode) Take this and the raise that goes with it.
  • Plankton: Yes!
  • (Then he walks away)
  • Mr. Krabs: (growls) Plankton.
  • (The roof fall at him)
  • (Cut to Squidward Tentacles)
  • Squidward: This is the hardest home I've ever had to sell, but here you go, sir. Here are the keys to your new house.
  • Male Fish #2: Thanks. You know I didn't want to buy this, but you really wore me down.
  • Squidward: Just don't throw any stones. Once I hand you the keys, it's not my problem anymore.
  • (He gives the new owner the keys slowing and then SpongeBob and Patrick break the Easter Island house)
  • SpongeBob and Patrick: AAH!
  • (Then the house just comes down)
  • Squidward: (angrily) I'll get the broom.
  • (Cut to Mr. Krabs and Squidward. Then they walked to each other)
  • Mr. Krabs: Squidward, our fry cook just bounced wildly through me office, Destroying everything! Have you see him?
  • Squidward: Yes, and he just destroyed my house I was about to sell.
  • SpongeBob and Patrick: AAH!
  • (they crash at Mr. Krabs and Squidward and bubble just pop, suddenly, Mr. Krabs and Squidward get mad at SpongeBob and Patrick)
  • SpongeBob: Uh, ta-da?
  • (Then pan to trash bin and Future SpongeBob came the present with his Time Travel Belt, Then he see SpongeBob and Patrick taken by Mr. Krabs and Squidward.)
  • SpongeBob: You wouldn't be able to do this if We had the Maho Mushi Parent Puncher.
  • Future SpongeBob: Excellent. Mine for the taking.
  • (than the police car pull up)
  • Officer 1#: So, you want to have our coffee here?
  • Officer 2#: Sure. I brought some donuts.
  • (The Future SpongeBob look at them and Officers sit on him)
  • Officer 2#: We can sit on the dumpster for a while and talk about water. In fact, just thinking about water makes me thirsty.
  • (Then Officer 2# move closer to Officer 1#)
  • (they shown SpongeBob's House)
  • Mr. Krabs and Squidward: You're all could have killed yourself!
  • (SpongeBob and Patrick watching Maho Mushi)
  • SpongeBob and Patrick: Maho Mushi, Maho Mushi, Maho Mushi, Maho Mushi, Maho Mushi,Maho Mushi,Maho Mushi, Maho Mushi.
  • Mr. Krabs: Ew. Is this what you were imitating?
  • (Than Squidward changes the channel)
  • Announcer: It's Dictator week on the biographical channel. Channel 298 on Dimmadle cable. See if you have what it takes to be a Dictator.
  • SpongeBob: AAH! Must..watch...(He push Mr. Krabs and Squidward away)Maho Mushi.
  • (He changes the channel)
  • Squidward: Honestly, SpongeBob, someday you're going to have to grow up.
  • Mr. Krabs: You dented a 747, destroyed a new neighbor's new House which formerly belonged to Mr. Squidward, and worse, Plankton won my Plaque!
  • (Mr. Krabs watches Plankton taking the Krabby Patty)
  • Plankton: (laughs maniacally) Hey, Krabs. Better luck next month.
  • Mr. Krabs: (growls) Plankton.
  • (SpongeBob copies what they show on the TV and then Squidward turns the TV off)
  • SpongeBob: No! I was watching that!
  • Squidward: SpongeBob, if we can't trust him not to imitate television, maybe you can't be trusted to even watch television.
  • Mr. Krabs: You're in trouble, mister. and that means no TV, either!
  • SpongeBob: What? You can't do that to me?
  • Mr. Krabs: Not without help.
  • Squidward: If I might be so bold, I can stay to make sure he doesn't watch any television while you go back to work.
  • (SpongeBob gasps)
  • Mr. Krabs: Sure. Because we're not grounded.
  • Squidward: Don't worry about me. The Only thing SpongeBob's gonna watch while I'm here is his mouth.
  • (the sticker comes off and SpongeBob saw a Picture of a skull)
  • SpongeBob: (gasp) No! Don't leave me with him! Uh, Plankton's evil?
  • Mr. Krabs: What do you mean, boy?
  • Squidward: Ah...that's silly. Would an evil person bring gifts?
  • (Plankton gives out a model of Squidward's house and a Mr. Krabs Plaque)
  • Squidward: Wow. An Easter Island house that reminds me of how furious I am at SpongeBob.
  • Mr. Krabs: Mmm. And this plaque is twice as good as Plankton's. I should go gloat. (He walks out the door) Good luck, Mr. Squidward.
  • (he closed the door, but Plankton opens it)
  • (SpongeBob tucks his eye really weird)
  • Plankton: Now then. Did somebody say evil?
  • (SpongeBob Gasps and runs away from his house, screaming, with Squidward chasing him)
  • Squidward: SpongeBob, you come back here right now!
  • (SpongeBob rushes to Patrick's house, knocks on the rock, and it opens.)
  • SpongeBob: Hurry, Patrick. We gotta get out of here!
  • Patrick: I'm with you all the way, buddy.
  • (They both run away from Squidward.)

Scene 5: I Know What We're Gonna Do Today

  • (At the Flynn-Fletcher household, Phineas, Ferb, and their father, Lawrence Fletcher, are watching Pinhead Pierre on TV.)
  • Lawrence: Come, boys. My favorite show from when I was a lad is about to start.
  • Phineas: Here we are, Dad.
  • Lawrence: Oh, there you are.
  • Singers: ♪ Pinhead Pierre has the smallest head of which I'm aware. It's about the size and shape of a pear. Everywhere the children stare, life's cruel and unfair to Pinhead Pierre! ♪
  • Pinhead Pierre: Hi, kids. Welcome to the show. Now, today's topic is friendship. Now, you may ask to yourself, what is true friendship? Well...
  • (Suddenly, outside the TV, Phineas and Ferb's mother, Linda Flynn-Fletcher, comes in.)
  • Linda: Hi, boys.
  • Phineas: Hi, Mom.
  • Linda: I just want you to know that I'll be gone all day long.
  • Phineas: Well, what are your plans?
  • Linda: Well, I have to pick up some groceries and run a few errands. Here's my number if you want to call me. I'll see you later tonight.
  • (Linda heads out the door. Phineas looks at the TV, and then Ferb.)
  • Phineas: We love television. Hey, Ferb. Can you imagine how even more terrific it would be if we were inside television? Well, picture this.
  • (Song: If I Lived in TV)
  • Phineas: Seems everywhere we sit there's dull reality. I'm only two school kids and we're a little too young to be this disappointed with the way things are. We've had it with this old routine and we'd be better off by far if I lived in TV!
  • Female Backup Singers: In the company of three.
  • Phineas: If I lived in TV!
  • Barney look-alike and Female Backup Singers: Everybody would love me.
  • Phineas: If I lived in TV!
  • Female Backup Singers: I would run bionicly.
  • Phineas and female backup singers: If only I could live in TV
  • Phineas: So maybe I'll go where the cool guys all go "Aaaaaay!" Or with the weatherman, on a show that's filmed today. You know that up is where I never grow. So here's a list of all the top 10 reasons I should go and... Live inside TV!
  • Female Backup Singers: I could buy the letter "E".
  • Phineas: If I lived in TV!
  • Female Backup Singers: And do Saturday night comedy.
  • Phineas: If I lived in TV!
  • Female Backup Singers: My loser friends could hang with me.
  • Phineas and Female Backup Singers: If only I could live in TV.
  • Phineas: Perhaps I'll be an English talent scout. Or hang with other two-foot kids.
  • Kid: Hey, what you talking about!?!
  • Phineas: If I lived in TV!
  • Female Backup Singers: I'd make my own reality.
  • Phineas: If I lived in TV!
  • Female Backup Singers: No more boring apathy.
  • Phineas: If I lived in TV!
  • Female Backup Singers: Then that would be a thing to see.
  • Phineas and Backup Singers: If only I could live in TV.
  • Phineas: If I lived in TV!
  • (song ends)
  • Phineas: Ferb, I know what we're gonna do today. Hey, where's Perry?
  • (Cut to Perry, the platypus, who stands up on his hind legs and puts on his fedora. He hides below a table with a desktop computer on it. The floor underneath the table cuts into a square, taking Agent P down into his headquarters. He gets to his seat. Major Monogram shows up on the monitor.
  • Major Monogram: Good morning, Agent P. Dr. Doofenshmirtz is up to no good again. This time, he has been watching Dictator Week the Biographical Channel lately. We bet that he's coming up with an invention that'll change history forever. So, find out what he's up to and, as always, Agent P, put a stop to it. (Agent P leaves.) Carl, do you think we can learn something from watching television?
  • Carl: Well, yes and no, sir.
  • Major Monogram: What do you mean?
  • Carl: The benefit is that they show you what to do and what not to do in life. And the drawback is that watching too much isn't good for you.
  • Major Monogram: What's that supposed to mean?
  • (Cut back to the Flynn-Fletcher household, where Future Phineas is seeing his past self and his step brother begin to invent a brand new remote control.)
  • Future Phineas: There they are. They're taking the bait.
  • (Inside Candace's room, Candace is talking to Jeremy on the phone.)
  • Candace: Hi, Jeremy. What are you up to?
  • Jeremy: Well, I was just going to come over your house to pick you up.
  • Candace: Where are we going to, the mall?
  • Jeremy: It's always you and the mall. I was thinking that you should give up busting your brothers for one day and, you know, play hooky with me this afternoon.
  • Candace: Well, I suppose it couldn't hurt just once if I could play hooky with him this afternoon. Okay.
  • Jeremy: Great. I'll see you then.
  • Candace: Bye, Jeremy. (she hangs up.) I so can't wait for Jeremy to come over and take me out for a day. And who knows? Maybe playing hooky with Jeremy will take my mind off my brothers. As long as they're not up to something big and bustable, then I'll be free for the day. What are they up to?
  • (Cut back to Phineas and Ferb, as they make a special kind of remote control. They take up a lot of progress on making a remote like that. At one point, Ferb gets shocked by circuits.)
  • Phineas: Keep up the good work, Ferb. At this point, we'll be ready to tune into television in no time.
  • (Cut to Doofenshmirtz Evil Incorporated)
  • The Slacks:Doofenshmirtz Evil Incorporated!
  • (Perry opens the door and sees Norm.)
  • Norm: Enjoy the show.
  • (Perry keeps walking until he finds a movie theater seat in which he sits down. Suddenly, locks come out of the chair's arms, trapping Perry's wrists. Dr. Doofenshmirtz comes in.)
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Well, well, well. If it isn't Perry the Platypus. How un-delusional of you to show up. And by this, I'm assuming I mean COMPLETELY DELUSIONAL!
  • Perry: (growls)
  • (Subtitles: "You'll be sorry for this, Heinz.")
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Anyhow, since you're already trapped, allow me to start by saying that I've been watching Dictator Week on the Biographical Channel recently. And if I can learn anything from watching dictators ruling over, maybe, just maybe, I can become a dictator myself. I know what you're thinking of, Perry the Platypus. What kind of evil scheme will make me, Dr. Heinz Doofenshmirtz, go into Dictator Week to become dictator? Good question. I'll show you. Behold, the Magical Remote-Control-Inator. (Agent P is in shock.) With this device, I can teleport myself into television, go to the Biographical Channel, become a dictator, and then I'll become the official ruler of the entire Tri-State Area! (laughs maniacally)
  • (Vanessa is watching Dr. Doofenshmirtz laugh evilly from the hallway.)
  • Vanessa: Something tells me that my dad is up to something evil. Really, evil.

Scene 6: Penguin Shows

  • Skipper: Listen up, boys. Today is my birthday. And we all know what that means.
  • Kowalski: That we should go on a special mission?
  • Skipper: Well, I was thinking that we should watch "Maho Mushi." My favorite show in the world.
  • (Skipper is about to turn on the TV, when he sees Private already watching his favorite show, "Lunacorns.")
  • Skipper: Private, can I have the remote?
  • Private: No, Skipper. Can't you see I'm watching a very important marathon of "The Lunacorns?"
  • Skipper: But I wanted to watch "Maho Mushi."
  • Private: Wait a minute. "Maho Mushi?" What's that?
  • Skipper: It is only my most favorite show ever. Do you mind?
  • Private: Actually, I do, Skipper. You see, I know the Lunacorns than any other animal in the zoo. I own all the merchandise.
  • Skipper: But, you see, the reason I watch "Maho Mushi" is because of its super action-packed dangerous violence it has!
  • Private: Yipes. Um.
  • (Song: "I Love the Lunacorns/We Love Maho Mushi")
  • Private:What's my favorite kiddy show? Now that's a good question. I don't need clues. I don't need hints. I don't need a suggestion. It unleashes our imaginations. It teaches lessons, too. It also shows us proper grooming. What is it, you may ask? Well, I should just tell you. I love the Lunacorns. It's my favorite show. Ever since I was a baby chick, I should really know. I love the Lunacorns. I think that they're great. Ask me any question about them, please don't hesitate. I am such a big fan, I have all the merchandise. The DVDs, the board games, the action figures, the dice. And of course I keep a Princess Self-Respectra plush. What else would it take to make a super fan blush?
  • Skipper: Well... ♪ I love Maho Mushi.
  • Private: You do?
  • Skipper:It's our favorite show.
  • Private: But I thought...
  • Skipper:If that's what you're thinking about, you really should go.
  • Private: No!
  • Skipper:I love Maho Mushi. And so do my boys.
  • Private: What about me?
  • Skipper:But your mushy Lunacorn-y business, leave that to your toys.
  • Private: Really? What are your "Maho Mushi" toys?
  • Skipper: Let's see... ♪ We got Maho Mushi merchandise to fill the whole room.
  • Private: Like what?
  • Skipper:First we have the trading cards like the Miyshaki of Doom.
  • Private: Oh dear.
  • Kowalski:We also keep these Maho Mushi toy robots.
  • Private: Okay.
  • Rico:Do you like my shirt?
  • Private:I don't really like it lots. ♪ Oddly enough, I don't really like those trading cards either. But... ♪ I love the Lunacorns.
  • Skipper, Kowalski, and Rico:We love Maho Mushi.
  • Private:Do you notice my shirt?
  • Rico:Try the Maho Sushi.
  • Private: Eh. ♪ I love the Lunacorns.
  • Skipper:We like Maho Mushi like so.
  • Private:I don't care what you say.
  • Skipper:Take your doll and go away.
  • Private:Why should I believe you here?
  • Skipper:That makes our point even more clear.
  • Private:I say I love Lunacorns.
  • Skipper, Kowalski, and Rico:We love Maho Mushi.
  • Private:I love Lunacorns.
  • Skipper, Kowalski, and Rico:We love Maho Mushi.
  • Private:Lunacorns.
  • Skipper, Kowalski, and Rico:Maho Mushi.
  • Private:Lunacorns.
  • Skipper, Kowalski, and Rico:Maho Mushi.
  • Private:Lunacorns.
  • Skipper, Kowalski, and Rico:Maho Mushi.
  • Private:Lunacorns.
  • Skipper, Kowalski, and Rico:Maho Mushi.
  • All:I really don't care. We love our shows. ♪♪ (sustain note)
  • Private: Very well, then. Have it your own way.
  • (song ends)
  • Skipper: You know what? We will.
  • Private: You will?
  • Skipper: Of course. In fact, we're going out to the park with our trading cards and robots, and play a little game of Maho Mushi ourselves. Do you want to join?
  • Private: Um, no thanks. I'd rather keep watching the Lunacorns marathon.
  • Skipper: Are you kidding? You've seen every episode of the show ever.
  • Private: But, I don't want to miss a single minute of the marathon. And besides, I'm more of a Lunacorns fan rather than a Maho Mushi fan.
  • Skipper: Okay, then. We will let you stay and watch your little marathon. We'll be turning your telly off when we come back. (they leave.)
  • Private: What? (stammers) Skipper, wait. I... (sighs as he keeps watching the Lunacorns. At Central Park, Future Private came to the present with his time travel belt and watches Private with his X-ray binoculars.)
  • Future Private: There he is. Just like clockwork. (he sees Skipper, Kowalski, and Rico walk by, as he hides behind a bush.)
  • (Cut to the penguins playing with their robots and trading cards.)
  • Skipper: You're up, Rico.
  • (Rico moves his robot's arm and points it at Skipper's robot.)
  • Rico: Maho Mushi (speaks fake Japanese)
  • (Rico presses the button on his robot's arm, setting a laser on the robot's finger, aiming at Skipper's robot.)
  • Skipper: Oh, you got me.
  • Rico: (chuckles)
  • Skipper: You know, it's a shame Private's missing out on all the fun.
  • Kowalski: No, he just doesn't mind Maho Mushi that much. He just prefers the Lunacorns.
  • (King Julien, Maurice, and Mort walk past the penguins.)
  • King Julien: Hello, neighbor.
  • Skipper: Ring-Tail?
  • King Julien: Don't mind us, silly penguins. We're just taking a nice quiet stroll around Central Park.
  • Mort: (sees that the penguins are playing Maho Mushi) Uh, what are you playing?
  • Skipper: We're playing Maho Mushi.
  • Mort: Can I play, too?
  • King Julien: Yeah, we're pretty much fans of Maho Mushi.
  • Skipper: Sorry, Ring-Tail. We can't take in any more players right now.
  • Mort: Where's Private?
  • Kowalski: He's inside watching the Lunacorns.
  • Skipper: (sighs) Oh, okay, Ring-Tail, you're in.
  • King Julien: Thanking you, penguins. You won't be sorry.
  • Mort: I like Maho Mushi.
  • (The penguins and lemurs begin playing Maho Mushi together. They place their cards on the ground. Rico yells Japanese while placing a sword on his robot's hand. Mort does the same. Their robots hit their swords as they players drop the robots on the ground. Rico's robot lands on its feet, while Mort's robot lands on its front. Rico loses a feather, but Mort loses a piece of fur.)
  • Rico and Mort: What was that for?
  • (It was Kowalski and Maurice's turn. Again, they place their cards on the ground. Maurice is figuring out what to do with his robot after he points its arm to its opponent.)
  • Maurice: Okay, what button am I supposed to press?
  • King Julien: The one on the shoulder, Maurice!
  • (Maurice sees a button on its shoulder that sends lasers out of its finger.) There it is.
  • (Maurice presses the button on the shoulder, setting a laser out of its finger. Kowalski places a shield on his robot, dodging it from the laser, making the laser shoot at a corndog being held by a human patron, making it pop popcorn-like chunks.)
  • Food Vendor Seller: So, this must be how they put the "corn" in "corndog."
  • (The human patron doesn't look amused.)
  • Maurice: (sighs hopelessly) Darn, I missed.
  • (Skipper and King Julien are up next. Once again, the place their cards on the ground. Their robots are standing against each other. King Julien uses his robot to slap Skipper's robot in the face. But, when Skipper is about to use his robot to kick King Julien's robot, King Julien places Mort in front of his robot.)
  • Mort: Hi.
  • Skipper: (sighs) I think I'll take it easy on the little guy. And I promise you that I won't shoot lasers at him. (He makes his robot point at Mort, then drags his robot to Mort's hand, making Mort touch the robot's finger.)
  • King Julien: Come on, Mort. Take him down. Oh, and if you win, you may touch the royal feet. (He raises his foot to show Mort his feet.)
  • Mort: (sees King Julien's foot) This... Is... For... King... Julien's... FEET!!! (He takes King Julien's robot and uses it to kick Skipper's robot. The letters K and O appear. After that, he jumps onto King Julien's foot, cuddling it.)
  • King Julien: Now, you see how they put the "feet" in "defeat." (laughs as he jumps on his other foot while Mort is cuddling his desired foot.) In your faces!
  • (Skipper looks at Kowalski and Rico.)
  • Skipper: Would you consider that cheating?
  • (Cut back to Dr. Blowhole's lair. A lobster is feeding Dr. Blowhole while he's laughing maniacally.)
  • Dr. Blowhole: Why are you feeding me fish?
  • Lobster #1: I figured you can't go to New York City on an empty stomach.
  • Dr. Blowhole: Right. I knew that. Lobsters! (He points at the lobsters watching the Central Park Zoo on the monitors.) How are we on our landing when Parker and I get there?
  • Lobster #2: We targeted our location on where you will land.
  • Lobster #3: (sighs) It looks a lot better on the brochure.
  • Lobster #2: It sure does.
  • Dr. Blowhole: Parker, status report!
  • Parker: The dome is all loaded and ready to go, Dr. Blowhole. Ready to be soaring to the Central Park Zoo?
  • Dr. Blowhole: Perfect. I'm looking forward to destroy the whole zoo and find those peng-you-ins. (He dives into the pool.)
  • Parker: And if we win, I get paid and I'm free to go, right?
  • Lobster #4: But, what if you don't?
  • Lobster #5: Would we not pay you your... (His eye stalks get grabbed by Parker.)
  • Parker: Stop making fun of me before I crush your tail with my foot!
  • Lobster #5: Don't blame us. Only Dr. Blowhole can pay under the expense of $75.
  • Lobster #4: If Dr. Blowhole finally gets to the Biographical Channel, the first thing he'll do to you is have you paid.
  • Lobster #2: Not really. You see, the first thing he has to do for his mission is unleash his newest addition to his segway, the Controller Remote. It looks like a regular remote control.
  • Parker: (angrily) You asked for it! (He starts using his poisonous spur on his foot to kick the lobsters. After the lobsters have been knocked out, Parker dives into the pool. A dome comes out of the pool, and inside the dome is Dr. Blowhole and Parker.)
  • Dr. Blowhole: Let's take a dip in the lake. (The dome takes off as Dr. Blowhole laughs maniacally.)

Scene 7: In Madagascar

  • (Cut back to Xixi on a broken television set.)
  • Xixi: Welcome back, everyone. I'm Xixi, as always. And we're here live with Horst, who maybe able to explain the ups and downs of television. Tell us, Horst. How does television affect people? First, give us the goods.
  • Horst: Well, first of all, there are shows that little children watch that are educational and informative. They teach them everything there is to know about heart warming lessons like sharing or taking your turn.
  • (King Julien, Maurice, and Mort are watching them from the broken television set.)
  • King Julien: (sighs) Isn't there anything besides original happenings from behind the TV?
  • Maurice: I don't technically think so, your majesty. All the lemurs ever watch is other lemurs and animals acting out as if they're on television.
  • King Julien: Oh, man. Is that all they ever do when it comes to television, Maurice? Besides, my peoples don't act out behind a broken television set like this one as much. They more often get around through the jungle living in trees, gathering fruits, sliding down waterslides, and most of all, they support the king, which is me.
  • Teen Female Lemur #1: (off-screen) Oh my gosh! There he is!
  • (Just then, a bunch of teenage female lemurs run to King Julien, screaming fanatically and touching him.)
  • King Julien: Stop it, girls. Well, at least they're not touching my royal feet.
  • Maurice: Uh, let's talk somewhere else.
  • Mort: Don't worry about me, guys. I'll hold them off for you.
  • (The female lemurs begin to touch his feet.)
  • Mort: Not the feet! Can this get much stranger?
  • King Julien: I mean, every time I stand in front of a TV set, I'm never able to see myself in it. Isn't there more to television than just acting out behind it? (Mort hugs King Julien's feet.)
  • Mort: I like your TV the way it is.
  • King Julien: (sighs and kicks Mort off of him)
  • Mort: WHEE!
  • King Julien: I want to see pre-recorded shows and movies.
  • Maurice: Say what, now?
  • King Julien: Why would you want to just act out on a broken TV set when we get to see ourselves on an actually fixed television set.
  • Maurice: How do you manage a television set to be fixed?
  • King Julien: I know the one place to start the show.
  • (Cut to the Cove of Wonders, where King Julien, Maurice, and Mort are entering Timo's laboratory. King Julien knocks on the door, and Timo opens it.)
  • Timo: Hi, guys. What are you doing here?
  • King Julien: We're here to find a fixed television set.
  • Timo: Well, you've come to the right place. If you need some technology, I'm your tenrec. Come inside. I want to show you something.
  • (The lemurs come inside the laboratory. They stumble upon a fixed television set.)
  • King Julien: I've never seen a gorgeous television set like this one before.
  • Timo: Well, that's because when this laboratory hit the island, the television set was still good as new and in mint condition.
  • Mort: I brushed my teeth today and my teeth are in minty condition. (He shows King Julien and Maurice his smile, which is actually still un-brushed.)
  • King Julien: You still need to brush your teeth, Mort.
  • Mort: Okay, King Julien. (He looks at a remote control.) Ooh, is that what I think it is? (He jumps onto the table with the remote control as he presses the power button. The TV doesn't turn on.) Why won't this TV turn on?
  • Timo: That's because its batteries are dead. I'm still working on the kinks on how to put in new batteries. But, once I set it up, we'll be ready. (laughs and snorts.)
  • King Julien: So, uh, what should we do?
  • Timo: Uh, nothing. Nothing at all. So, why don't you just get out of here until this television set is ready. Go, go, go, go.
  • (He pushes the lemurs out of the laboratory.)
  • Maurice: So, what now?
  • King Julien: I think we should take a nice walk around the island. Maybe along the jungle.
  • Maurice: I guess a nice quiet stroll doesn't sound so bad.
  • King Julien: Yeah. I needed some fresh air. You know, it's good exercise for you.
  • (In Clover's hut, Clover has just finished another chapter for her fan fiction.)
  • Clover: And finished. For now. (Suddenly, she feels a tail twitch.) Uh oh. Tail twitch. Sounds like danger to me. I better go investigate at once. On it! (she leaves her hut and goes to King Julien's hut.) What's the problem? (she sees that the entire hut is empty.) Where's King Julien. Oh well, no problem here. Maybe he's on the plane. (She checks to see if King Julien's on the plane.) Nobody's here. I'll check the jungle, then. (she searches all over the jungle to find King Julien. When she found King Julien, she sees him, Maurice, and Mort just having a peaceful walk together.) Hmm. King Julien does not have a problem at all. Neither do Maurice and Mort. I wonder if Ted has a problem. (She heads off to Ted's hut, only to see him and Dorothy having quiche together.)
  • Ted: Hey, Clover. Care for some quiche?
  • Dorothy: They're made from fruit.
  • Clover: (chuckles) I'm sorry. I thought you had problems.
  • Dorothy: Problems?
  • Ted: We don't have problems as of today.
  • Clover: Okay. That's what I thought. (She leaves the hut, and goes to Willie who is eating a mango.) Willie, what's your problem?
  • Willie: Nope, I'm fine.
  • Clover: (She heads off to Horst, sipping on his beverage.) Do you have a problem?
  • Horst: No. I do not.
  • Clover: Okay. (She goes to Hector's hut.) What do you have a problem with?
  • Hector: Everything. I just love my problems.
  • Clover: O-kay. Carry on. (She leaves and goes to various lemurs' huts and ask them if they have any problems. They decline for as it they don't have any problems.)
  • Clover: (sighs) I swear that I felt a tail twitch. I could've sworn that anybody has a problem. But as it turns out, none of the lemurs in the kingdom don't have any problem. It feels like as if I don't exist.
  • (Future Clover comes to the present with her time travel belt and sees Clover walking away sadly.)
  • Future Clover: Perfect. I've got her right where I want her.
  • (Cut to the beach where Uncle King Julien and Crimson make it to Madagascar.)
  • Uncle King Julien: (sing-song) Here we are! Come on, Crimson. We've got to find King Julien's kingdom, and then take over it.
  • Karl: (off-screen) Or will you?
  • Uncle King Julien: Who said that?
  • Karl: I did.
  • Crimson: Where?
  • Karl: Right here. (pan to him with his cockroach, Chauncey.)
  • Uncle King Julien: Son of a washboard. Don't come appearing out of nowhere like that.
  • Karl: I come out of nowhere. I come out of anywhere. Hey, I heard about you. You're the uncle of the one called King Julien.
  • Uncle King Julien: Yes, I am his uncle. This is Crimson. And we've come to take over his kingdom.
  • Karl: Funny about that. I'm planning on taking over, too. You see, I've been longing to become dictator.
  • Uncle King Julien: Which means you wanted to take over the world.
  • Karl: Yes. Chauncey and I will carry out our plan to take over Madagascar, and then, the world, and then, the universe. (laughs maniacally)
  • Uncle King Julien: But I want to take over Madagascar.
  • Karl: Not if I take over for you. We may beat you two in a race against time on who will take over the kingdom first, and I can assure you, we're going to win. Catch you later. (He laughs maniacally as he and Chauncey leave.)
  • Uncle King Julien: Crimson, if we're going to beat that fanaloka in this so-called "race against time", we'll have to find the lemur kingdom before he does.
  • Crimson: You mean that we'll race them all over the jungle and find the lemur kingdom before they can even find us?
  • Uncle King Julien: That's right, Crimson. We'll win.

Scene 8: SpongeBob Goes Inside Sandy's House

  • (Then SpongeBob and Patrick run inside Sandy's treedome. Once they're inside they walk to Sandy Cheeks with smiley faces.)
  • SpongeBob: Oh, gee. Squidward and Mr. Krabs have grounded me from watching TV. Whatever is a sponge and a starfish to do?
  • (Sandy brings in a TV and remote, SpongeBob turns the TV on.)
  • Patrick: SpongeBob, Squidward and Mr. Krabs said no TV. (Patrick pastes a picture of Squidward) And they left Squidward at your house to make sure you don't watch it.
  • SpongeBob: So (He rips out Squidward's picture) They didn't listen to me about Squidward. Why should I listen to them about anything?
  • (Then he turns the TV back on)
  • Sandy: Because they're your bosses, and you have to start to listening to them. They only want what's best for you, and we're not always gonna be around, you know.
  • SpongeBob: You're right, Sandy.
  • (Patrick and Sandy look at each other. SpongeBob looks at the TV and remote)
  • SpongeBob: Hey, I've got an idea. Maybe you should stay right here and make sure Squidward doesn't see what I'm doing while you, Sandy, invent a magic remote lets me go in TV. That way, technically I'm not disobeying them.
  • Sandy: Oh, nice loophole. Who do you think you are, Fishy Mason?
  • (We cut to a montage of Sandy inventing a magical remote control.)
  • Patrick: You know, there are easier ways to get on TV. Have you considered a slow-speed chase?

Scene 9: Magical Remote Controls

  • (Isabella, Baljeet, and Buford enter the TV room, where Phineas and Ferb have been waiting for them to see their latest invention.)
  • Isabella: Hi, Phineas. What'cha doin'?
  • Phineas: We just made our latest creation, and you made it just in time to see it.
  • Baljeet: Don't tell me. Is it a device that makes bullies weaker and nerds stronger?
  • Buford: I don't know what you guys made. What did you guys make, anyway?
  • Phineas: From the creators of the Coolest Coaster Ever, from the songwriters that brought you "Gitchee Gitchee Goo," from the builders of the backyard beach, the Phinedroids and Ferbots, Perry the Inaction Figure, a portal to mars, the Platy-posterior, the Beak, the Sun Beater 3000, the Platypult, Football X-7, the Highly Unconventional Vehicle, you name it. Phineas and Ferb present to you...
  • Candace: (comes downstairs) Phineas and Ferb, what are you up to?
  • Phineas: Nothing. We're just watching some television.
  • Candace: Okay then. Carry on. (she goes back upstairs) I'm going to get myself ready for Jeremy this afternoon.
  • Phineas: Anyhoo, we bring you... (Phineas takes the cloth off to unveil a magical remote control.) the Magical Remote Control. What do you think? Pretty snazzy, right?
  • Others: Ooh.
  • Phineas: That's nothing. Wait until I show you the buttons. If you press any number button, you'll be tuned in to the channel of your choice. If you press the channel up or channel down button, you'll be going to the next channel.
  • Isabella: What happens when you press the pause button?
  • Phineas: You'll freeze yourself or an opponent.
  • Baljeet: If you press the rewind button, what happens?
  • Phineas: Oh, it just means that you'll undo your actions.
  • Buford: What about the erase button?
  • Phineas: It means that either you or something will be gone.
  • Buford: I wonder if I could try the erase button on Baljeet.
  • Baljeet: How about if I try the erase button on you, Buford?
  • Phineas: And if you press the most important button, the power button to be precise, you'll be able to go into television instantly. You know what? How about if Ferb and I will demonstrate going into television with this remote for you? You wanna see?
  • All: We'd love to.
  • Phineas: Okay. Ferb, hold my hand. (Ferb holds Phineas' hand.)

Scene 10: Private Moves Out

  • (Private is still watching the Lunacorns. Skipper, Kowalski, and Rico come back down to the HQ.)
  • Private: Oh, 'ello, Skipper. How was your Maho Mushi game?
  • Skipper: We won the first two games, but we lost to the lemurs in the last one.
  • Private: But it was a great game you played at the park, right?
  • Skipper: Right. So, are you finished watching the Lunacorns?
  • Private: You know, ever since the first time I saw the very first episode episode of the Lunacorns, I always wanted to meet Princess Self-Respectra in person. If only there was a way for me to make her and her little land of Lunacorns a reality.
  • Other Penguins: (laughing)
  • Private: What's so funny?
  • Skipper: You visiting the Lunacorns in person? That is the most insane idea we've ever heard.
  • Kowalski: Everything and everyone in the show are imaginary. They don't even exist.
  • Private: What? They're not real? (he turns away and crosses his arms.)
  • Kowalski: You see, Private, there's no way for you to go into the Lunacorns and meet them. Unless...
  • (Skipper and Rico stop laughing)
  • Private: Unless what, Kowalski?
  • Kowalski: Unless I can invent a remote control that can magically transport you into television.
  • Private: A remote control that can transport me into television?
  • Kowalski: That's right, Private.
  • Private: Well, can you invent one?
  • Kowalski: Eh... sure.
  • (Cut to a montage of Kowalski inventing a remote control, and adding a few things that will make the remote do almost anything. After the montage, we see a now-finished magical remote control.)
  • Kowalski: And she's done! I've invented a magical remote control that'll take Private inside television.
  • (Cut to the penguins next to each other as if they're in their starting positions in a race.)
  • Skipper: All right. Now, whoever can escape from the most mouse traps, gets to have the magic remote. Now, on your mark, get set, GO! GO! GO!
  • (The penguins all start running. Cut to the exterior of the habitat. We hear the sound of mouse traps setting off as the penguins exclaim in pain. Back inside...)
  • Skipper: And now, for the results. Kowalski...
  • (Kowalski is shown to have mouse traps on his flippers and feet.)
  • Kowalski: I can't reach my... (He trips)
  • Skipper: Rico.
  • (Rico is shown with mouse traps all over him.)
  • Rico: WOO-HOO!
  • Skipper: And as for me... (he looks in the mirror and sees that he has a huge mouse trap caught in his face.) I feel ridiculous. (He tries to get the mouse trap off of him.) And Private...
  • Private: Yes, Skipper?
  • Skipper: As far as I'm concerned... you made it alive.
  • Private: Oh, did I? I mean, I was really careful not to get hurt by any of those traps. In fact, I didn't get hurt at all. I was just a little startled.
  • Skipper: Well, good work, young Private. I guess you get the magic remote.
  • Private: Oh, thank you, Skipper. (he shakes Skipper's flipper) You won't regret this.
  • Skipper: Oh, brother.
  • Kowalski: Are you sure you know what you're doing, Private?
  • Private: Of course I am.
  • Kowalski: Now, if you press the power button on the remote, you'll be going inside television instantly.
  • Private: What, you mean this power button?
  • Kowalski: Yes, that's the button you should press.
  • Skipper: Really? Then what are the other buttons for?

Scene 11: Clover Goes Inside Television

  • (Clover goes into the plane.)
  • Clover: If nobody in the kingdom needed me, then I guess I'll...
  • Timo: (comes in carrying a box) I've found the perfect place to hook up King Julien's new TV.
  • Clover: Timo, what's inside that box?
  • Timo: (chuckles) Funny you should ask. Inside this box is... (opens it and brings out the television set.) the kingdom's new television. It comes with a remote control.
  • Clover: What?
  • Timo: (goes back in the crate and takes out the remote with him) This remote.
  • Clover: Yeah, right. So, why does the kingdom need another television set, Timo?
  • Timo: Well, I heard that King Julien wanted pre-recorded stuff. That way, he'll be able to see himself on television. So, he went to see me and requested me to plug it in anywhere in the kingdom. Seeing as the plane is the only source of electricity on the island, I'll be taking the liberty of plugging it in here. (plugs the TV plug into an outlet.) It should be up and charging.
  • Clover: Really? Do you think it should work?
  • Timo: Certainly. Knock yourself out. Now, if you'll excuse me, I'm going back to my workshop. I'm going to celebrate another success of a breakthrough of science history. (he leaves the plane, and when he gets to the exit, he falls off.)
  • Clover: Hmm. I wonder what this remote can do. (She goes into the crate, and looks at the instructions.) That's all I needed to know. (She goes back to the TV set and grabs the remote.) Now, where do I find the power button? Ah, there it is.
  • (Cut to four squares. One with SpongeBob in it, another with Phineas in it, another with Private in it, and another with Clover in it.)
  • SpongeBob, Phineas, Private, and Clover: Let's get Televised.
  • (Then SpongeBob, Phineas, Ferb, Private, and Clover transport on TV. Cut back to Sandy's treedome.)
  • Sandy: I've got a bad feeling about this.
  • Patrick: Quiet! (Patrick pulls up a chair and a bag of popcorn) I'm watching SpongeBob.
  • (Cut back to the Flynn-Fletcher household)
  • Baljeet: I can't believe that Phineas and Ferb are going to be on television.
  • Buford: Isn't it exciting?
  • Isabella: Shh. They're on now.
  • Baljeet and Buford: Ooh.
  • (Cut back to the Penguin HQ)
  • Skipper: Good luck, young Private. Don't forget to write a postcard.
  • Kowalski: Skipper, look. Private's on the Lunacorns now.
  • Rico: (barfs out a popcorn bag, and then barfs out some popcorn into the bag. The penguins start eating the popcorn.)
  • (Cut back to the plane at the Baobab tree, where King Julien, Maurice, and Mort come in.)
  • King Julien: There's nothing like a good walk through the jungle, right Maurice?
  • Maurice: Like you would know. (faints.)
  • King Julien: Hey, look. Is that the television set? (he dashes in front of the TV.) Come on, Maurice. Let's see some decent entertainment.
  • Maurice: What do you want to watch first? (comes in front of the TV.)
  • King Julien: Well, I...
  • Mort: (comes to the TV.) Look, it's Clover.
  • King Julien: Ooh.
  • Maurice: Oh, no. She didn't.

Scene 12: The TV Universe

  • (SpongeBob, Phineas, Ferb, Private, and Clover meet each other in a selection of pink cubes with pictures on them.)
  • Phineas: Greetings and salutations. Introductions are in order. I'm Phineas, and this is Ferb. We'll be your guide to this fantastic tour.
  • SpongeBob: Hello. I'm SpongeBob SquarePants. And I am pleased to meet your acquaintance.
  • Private: Hello. I'm Private, and I'm on a quest. A quest to find the magical world of the Lunacorns.
  • Clover: I'm Clover. It is a privilige to meet you.
  • Phineas: Make yourselves comfortable, because you are in the TV Universe.
  • SpongeBob: Cool.
  • Private: Wow.
  • Clover: Exciting.
  • SpongeBob: So many channels. I don't know where to start.
  • Private: How about the Lunacorns? You see, I always wanted to be part of the Lunacorns, and today is the Lunacorn marathon!
  • Clover: Maybe, I thought we could start our tour somewhere.
  • SpongeBob: Well, since this remote has a channel up and channel down button, I guess we start at channel one.
  • (SpongeBob hits the channel changer button, making them go into the cube that leads them to channel 1. The show that's playing is "The Futurellis", which is a parody of "The Jetsons." The theme song is very much like the original "Jetsons" theme song. SpongeBob, Phineas, Ferb, Private, and Clover ride on a space ship around a futuristic "Jetsons"-esque city, as "The Futurellis" logo appears above them.)
  • Phineas: Here in channel one, the show that is on right now is "The Futurellis".
  • SpongeBob: Sweet.
  • Private: Wow!
  • Clover: What's it about, anyway?
  • Phineas: It is a show about the first futuristic Italian-American family of the future. The cool thing about this show is that most of the characters are robots. The parents leave their children with robots all the time.
  • SpongeBob: If those robots try to boss me around, I just reprogram them.
  • (They arrive at the pizza parlor, where they see Tony Futurelli who's walking his robotic dog on a spinning animatronic pizza.)
  • Tony Futurelli: Hey, nice ship. It'd be a shame if something happened to it.
  • (A robotic cat appears.)
  • Robotic Dog: Hey, that cat owes me money.
  • (The robotic dog sets a ray gun from his head, and starts chasing the robotic cat.)
  • Robotic Cat: Run for it! I only have three more lives! I need two more days.
  • (Tony Futurelli is running, too. But, he suddenly falls on his front.)
  • Tony Futurelli: Maria! Stop this crazy thing!
  • (The robotic dog and cat stop running and hop up on a platform, as the robotic dog looks angry at the robotic cat.)
  • SpongeBob: Oh, why should we be in just one show... (The robotic cat hits the spaceship.) when we can be in all of them.
  • Clover: That's a good idea. We should be in everything.
  • Private: And you can drop me off at the Lunacorns along the way. What?
  • Phineas: Okay, everyone's wish is my command. On to the next channel!
  • (Phineas hits the channel button on the remote, setting them into a giant TV set. Cut back to the TV universe, where they go into channel 2, where "Carpet Critters", a parody of "Rugrats" is on. Baby versions of SpongeBob, Phineas, and Ferb, and toy versions of Private and Clover (who are both wearing clothes, land in a playpen.
  • Phineas: This is "Carpet Critters." We can't walk, talk, eat solid foods, or take care of ourselves in any way. And Private and Clover... well... Oh, are you pulling my string? (looks at a plush version of Private and Clover.) Let's just say that they can't move, talk, eat, or sleep either.
  • SpongeBob: (Stands up) We're gonna have baby adventures! (Falls on his bottom, as they see babies gurgling, drinking their bottles, and drooling.)
  • Phineas: Hey, what are we supposed to do for the rest of the show?
  • Ferb: (He poops in his diaper.) Boy, this stuff writes itself.
  • (Cut back to Sandy's tree dome, where Patrick (drinking a Kelp Shake) and Sandy are still watching SpongeBob and his new friends.)
  • Sandy: Where's he going?
  • Patrick: He's a baby. He's going in his diapers.
  • (Cut back to the Flynn-Fletcher house, where Isabella, Baljeet, and Buford are still watching Phineas, Ferb, and their new friends.)
  • Isabella: Now what are they?
  • Baljeet: They're babies now.
  • Buford: Don't they need to drink bottles in this age? I'm seriously asking.
  • (Cut back to Skipper, Kowalski, and Rico still watching Private and his new friends.)
  • Skipper: What in the name of The Three Fires?
  • Kowalski: I think he's a baby. Where's his crib?
  • Rico: I dunno. (The other two penguins grab bags as they barf, but Rico still eats popcorn.)
  • (Cut back to King Julien, Maurice, and Mort, who are still watching from their fixed TV set.)
  • King Julien: Everyone else is a baby, but Clover's a PLUSH?
  • Mort: Can I buy one of those Clover dolls?
  • King Julien: No.
  • (SpongeBob hits the channel changer, then the screen changes to a logo that says "You are watching Channel 3.)
  • Patrick: And now, he's going Number 3.
  • (Isabella, Baljeet, and Buford see the "You are watching Channel 3" logo.)
  • Isabella: I wonder what else is on.
  • (Cut back to the penguin HQ.)
  • Skipper: Boring. Let's see what else is on.
  • (Cut back to King Julien, Maurice, and Mort who are now seeing the "You are watching Channel 3" logo.)
  • King Julien: Let's put on channel 3.
  • (Cut to Channel 3, where playing right now is "Heavy Hal", a parody of "Fat Albert." The setting right now is a junkyard. SpongeBob, Phineas, Ferb, Private, and Clover (who are both back in the flesh) make their landing.)
  • SpongeBob: Ooh. Channel 3.
  • Phineas: Here, right now on Channel 3, is where Heavy Hal and his Crosby Kids live.
  • SpongeBob: So this must be the show where parents are rarely seen.
  • (They approach Heavy Hal and his band playing instruments made from whatever they found in the junkyard.)
  • Private: Oh, I want to join the band!
  • SpongeBob: Hey, Heavy Hal. Can we jam with the band?
  • Heavy Hal: Yo, yo, yo. Join in the show.
  • (He gives SpongeBob, Phineas, Ferb, Private, and Clover more instruments he found in the junkyard. SpongeBob gets a pooper scooper. Phineas and Ferb get tissue boxes with rubber bands wrapped around. Private gets a jug with water inside. Clover gets a washboard. They start playing along with the band with their instruments. A teen boy comes in and points at SpongeBob, Phineas, Ferb, Private, and Clover.)
  • Teen: Ha! You're playing a pooper scooper!
  • (They notice the stinky instruments they have.)
  • SpongeBob: Hmm? (He throws his pooper scooper away in disgust.)
  • Private: What? Yuck. (He throws his jug with water inside, causing it to break and the water to spill.)
  • Phineas: Uh, ew. (He and Ferb throw the tissue boxes away.) On second thought, I really don't want to make music with these kinds of instruments.
  • Clover: (she holds her nose as she drops her washboard.) Ugh, that's... I really don't want to... Oh.

Scene 13: Sandy Massages Patrick

  • Sandy: Ew. I hope SpongeBob washes his hands.
  • Patrick: And those filthy kids.
  • (Than Squidward knock on very hard)
  • Squidward: Hey, SpongeBob, open up!
  • Sandy: Patrick, It's Squidward.
  • Patrick: Don't worry. I have a good one. (His plan is to bring in some medieval torture on Squidward) Ok.
  • Sandy: Wait a minute. I have another idea.
  • (Sandy puts Patrick in a wooden table and gives him a massage to make him shaped like SpongeBob. She gets a pair of SpongeBob's pants, having Patrick put them on in the bathroom. Then she paints him yellow and paints some holes that look like SpongeBob's pores. As soon as she's done, Patrick looks in the mirror.)
  • Patrick: (screams) Wow. I look great,
  • (Plankton's head pops out of the door.)
  • Plankton: Not so fast!
  • Patrick: Leave us alone. Can't you see we watching television in blatant disregard of Mr. Krabs' direct orders? I mean, don't come in. I'm naked!
  • (Plankton watches Patrick take off his SpongeBob pants from outside the treedome.)
  • Plankton: Ha! You are so dead. (then he tack a picture of Patrick as he naked,Laughing Evil, than he exits the scene. Back inside the treedome, Squidward leaves and Sandy heads out of the tree)
  • Sandy: Nice.
  • Patrick: Well, he's gone, isn't he?
  • (Cut to Future SpongeBob)
  • Future SpongeBob: You're mine now, you reckless punk.
  • (they show the Chum Bucket)
  • Mr. Krabs: Open up, Plankton.
  • (Plankton opens the door)
  • Mr. Krabs: Eat that, Sheldon. And look how shiny my plaque is.
  • (The lit so bright, so Future SpongeBob can't see and he fell out of a tree)
  • Plankton: You're right. That's one shiny plaque, Krabs..(Than he shown his plaque) almost as shiny as this one you gave me.
  • (Plankton's plaque is so bright, it almost burns up Mr. Krabs)
  • Mr. Krabs: (Yelling) MY EYES!
  • (Plankton manages to leave the Chum Bucket and rushes to SpongeBob's house to make a call.)
  • (Than, Squidward's phone ringing and than, he answer it)
  • Squidward: Hello? (gasp) He did what?
  • (Cut to Plankton at SpongeBob's house)
  • Plankton: Turned on your TV as soon as you left. And That's not all. He broke your vase...()Precious family portrait...()Torched your Piano...() And wrote "Krabs Stink" And "Plankton Rules" on your living room wall! () Hello? (Cut to the Chum Bucket) Can you hear me? Hello.
  • (And steam come out of the Chum Bucket)
  • Mr. Krabs and Squidward: SPONGEBOB!!!
  • (Cut to Plankton)
  • Plankton: That SpongeBoob is gonna be in so much trouble. I should get my camera. (evil laugh)

Scene 14: Candace Finds Evidence

  • Buford: Ooh, I want to touch one of those instruments.
  • Baljeet: Don't you have to wash your hands first?
  • (Candace comes down the stairs.)
  • Candace: And now, I am really ready for Jer... (She sees Isabella, Baljeet, and Buford still watching television, but she doesn't see Phineas and Ferb.) Excuse me, have any of you seen Phineas and Ferb?
  • Buford: They're inside television. Does that answer your question?
  • Candace: (evilly smirks) This means a call to Mom. (She picks up her cellphone, dials the numbers and calls Mom.)
  • (Cut to the store where Linda is out shopping, and whens she is about to go down the TV aisle, she hears the phone ring and picks it up.)
  • Candace: (off screen) Hi, Mom.
  • Linda: What is it, Candace?
  • Candace: You gotta see what Phineas and Ferb are up to. They're inside television.
  • Linda: Okay, Candace. I'm going to the TV aisle right now. (When she goes down the TV aisle, all the TVs show Phineas, Ferb, and their new friends wrenching out on the instruments, but then cut straight to a commercial about conditi oner.)
  • TV Announcer: Are you making people think that they don't want to talk to you with all those zits? You can't get around like this anymore, thanks to...
  • Linda: You're right, Candace. We do need more conditioner. (She hangs up. Cut back to Candace.)
  • Candace: (She hangs up as she growls in frustration. She sees Baljeet, Buford, and Isabella, looking confused.) I guess I'll have to get ready for Jeremy some more. (She leaves.)
  • Isabella: Wow. Candace sure is a very busy girl who can't stop thinking about her boyfriend. (Cut outside the house, where Future Phineas is hiding behind the tree where Phineas and Ferb always sit under. He looks inside where Isabella, Baljeet, and Buford are watching Phineas, Ferb, and their new friends inside television.)
  • Phineas: When I get inside, I will cover their tracks. (He hides behind the tree again.)
  • (Cut back to Doofenshmirtz Evil Incorporated, where Dr. Doofenshmirtz is finishing up making a few modifications to the Magical Remote-Control-inator.)
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Don't try to stop me now, Perry the Platypus. For once I'm finished nothing will ever be...
  • Vanessa: Uh, excuse me, Dad.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Well, if it isn't my darling daughter, Vanessa. What can I do for you?
  • Vanessa: We need to have a talk. Listen, it is about you and your evil business. What is up with that?
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Well, you see, Vanessa, the Biography Channel is showing Dictator Week this week. So I decided to become a dictator myself.
  • Vanessa: What makes you think of being a dictator on Dictator Week? I mean, aren't there any ways in the real world to make you posed to become a dictator?
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: There are, pumpkin pants, but that's about to change. Because I'm going inside television to sneak into Dictator Week, so I can become the next dictator of the entire Tri-State Area! And Perry the Platypus wouldn't know a single way to stop me.
  • Vanessa: And you're planning to do that by...
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Using this. (He picks up the magical Remote-Control-inator to show Vanessa.)
  • Vanessa: What is this? A toy?
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: This is my magical Remote-Control-inator. It will allow me to get inside television with a push of a button. It's so genius, I made the blueprints myself.
  • Vanessa: I think I know what this means.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: That we may finally have a chance to understand each other?
  • Vanessa: Wrong. That means that I may finally have evidence that you're evil. You are so busted.
  • Background Singers: (off screen): ♪ Busted!
  • Vanessa: I'm calling Mom. (She picks up the phone, dials the numbers and calls Charlene. Cut to Charlene at the airport.) Hello?
  • Charlene: Vanessa, is that you?
  • Vanessa: Yes, and you have to come home right now. Dr. Doofenshmirtz is up to something that is needlessly evil.
  • Charlene: What is he up to now? (she hears Dr. Doofenshmirtz still making the magic Remote Control-inator.) What's this I'm hearing?
  • Vanessa: You're hearing it right now. It's coming from my dad.
  • Charlene: Is he going inside television?
  • Vanessa: Yes. He's making a magical remote control that will allow him to go inside television, get to the Biographical Channel, and become dictator.
  • Charlene: Just as I thought. (She hangs up.) Something's very weird. I'll have to cancel my trip and head back home. (She sees a man wearing a shower hat on him.)
  • Man: Would you like to pull your rope.
  • Charlene: Yes. Yes, I would. (She pulls the cord on his shower-hat.)

Scene 15: Dr. Blowhole Summons Henchmen

  • Skipper: (sighs) Clean kids, clean attitudes.
  • Kowalski: Don't you think Private should wash his flippers?
  • Marlene: (comes down to the HQ.) Hey, guys. What are you up to?
  • Skipper: Oh, hey, Marlene. What are you doing here?
  • Marlene: Hey, I can't help but overhear that you were playing Maho Mushi at the park, and how you wanted to be part of the show yourselves.
  • Skipper: Well, it wasn't easy, but we had a great game.
  • Marlene: Really, who won?
  • Skipper: We won the first two rounds, but the lemurs... Yeah, they won the final round.
  • Marlene: Sounds to me like you were being very good sports during and after the game. Anyway, what are you watching.
  • Skipper: Well, as you can see, Marlene, we're watching Private on TV.
  • Marlene: How did he get in here, anyway?
  • Kowalski: Well, I made a magic remote control that will let you go inside television, and Private touched it first, so we made him go inside television, so that he can be on his favorite television show to meet the Lunacorns eye to eye.
  • Skipper: You're welcome to watch him on TV if you'd insist.
  • Marlene: Uh, don't mind if I do. (She sits down with the penguins as they all resume watching Private and his new friends.)
  • (Cut to outside the HQ, where future Private is lurking around Central Park as he sees the Central Park Zoo up ahead.)
  • Future Private: Brilliant. I'm almost there.
  • (Cut to Dr. Blowhole and Parker, flying over Hoboken.)
  • Parker: So, why are we making a pit stop?
  • Dr. Blowhole: Just so you know, Parker, I've hired us help. Hold on tight, Parker, we're going to the Hoboken Zoo. (They land at the Hoboken Zoo. He presses a button on his segway which makes a whistle. The whistle attracts Hans (Skipper's old foe whom he met a few times after the Copenhagen incident), Rhonda (Marlene's disgusting roommate), Savio (The snake who went to Central Park Zoo three times), and Clemson (King Julien's ex-right hand man who took over as king twice). They went out of their exhibits as they find Dr. Blowhole's segway.) Hello, my fellow Hobokeners. I am Dr. Blowhole, the peng-you-ins' personal nemesis. As of the very moment I let out a loud whistle which sounded off just now, you're now evil! And your assignment is to help me rule with an iron flipper, once I go into Dictator Week currently on the flipping Biographical Channel to wreak havoc to history! (laughs evilly, and is joined by Hans, Savio, Rhonda, and Clemson.)
  • (They soar over New York City.)
  • Dr. Blowhole: Keep a sharp eye. The Central Park Zoo could be anywhere. All we have to do is look down. Any questions? (Rhonda raises her flipper) Yes, Agent 12?
  • Rhonda: Wouldn't it be easier if we search on low ground?
  • Dr. Blowhole: Yes. No more quest... (Clemson raises his paw) What?
  • Clemson: If we're searching on low ground, can we use a navigation system on your segway?
  • Dr. Blowhole: Okay. Now, no more... (Hans raises his wing) Okay. But this is the last question before we proceed.
  • Hans: Aren't you Flippy, the park's second popular marine mammal in the park, three shows daily, four on weekends?
  • Dr. Blowhole: No. Now, no more questions! (He presses a button, making the segway set into the city while it sets, and presses the button which a computer guide helps navigate where the Central Park Zoo is.)
  • Navigation Guide: Say your destination.
  • Dr. Blowhole: Central Park Zoo!
  • (The navigation system sets a very loud static noise, making the animals on the segway cover their ears.)
  • Dr. Blowhole: Oh, shut up!
  • Hans: What in the name of all that is sacred!
  • Rhonda: Please make this stop!
  • Clemson: Why did I ask for a navigation guide?!
  • Savio: And I don't have any hands!
  • Navigation Guide: (noise stops) Central Park Zoo. 25 miles away.
  • (The segway resumes going to turn the ask directions to the Central Park Zoo, just as the Rat King opens up a sewer, pops up, and looks all around.)
  • Rat King: What was that terrible noise? Where is it coming from? (He sees Dr. Blowhole, Parker, Hans, Rhonda, Savio, and Clemson on the segway.)
  • Dr. Blowhole: Don't mind us, rodent. We're on our way to the Central Park Zoo.
  • Rat King: For what purpose?
  • Dr. Blowhole: To find those peng-you-ins, defeat them, and sneak into Dictator Week on their television to take over the world! (laughs maniacally)
  • Rat King: You think you can be dictator? Well, if you're on your way to Dictator Week, then I want in.
  • Dr. Blowhole: I'm sorry, but only my friends and I are going there to take over the world once I've become leader. In fact, there's no room for one more. Besides, I don't think you have what it takes to be dictator. (The segway takes off again, leaving the Rat King alone.)
  • Rat King: Don't have what it takes? We'll see about that. (He jumps out of the sewer.) I'll prove to that purpose-less porpoise I have what it takes to be dictator. (He runs to the direction to where Dr. Blowhole, Parker, and their friends went.)

Scene 16: It's Not Easy Being King

  • King Julien: Ew. Momo, those are some sick instruments.
  • Mort: Ooh. I want to touch them.
  • Ted: (off-screen) Excuse us, your majesty.
  • (King Julien, Maurice, and Mort stop watching television and see Ted and Dorothy behind the television.)
  • Ted: Clover, could you do us a favor? We may have a problem here.
  • Dorothy: Yes. You see, we were planning a lunch for two. Ted's making a mango smoothie.
  • Ted: And I can't seem to open this blender. Can you have Clover fix this for us?
  • King Julien: Uh... (he watches Clover and her new friends inside television) (whispers) We can't, Maurice. She's gone inside television. (Ted and Dorothy look at each other.) We just have to come up with a way to imitate Clover. But what?
  • Maurice: (whispers) I'd suggest we'd play to our strengths and...
  • King Julien: Momo, you're a genius.
  • Maurice: I am?
  • King Julien: Relax, you two. Despite the fact that Clover is probably in her hut right now, I decree that King Julien will solve everyone's problems. (He gets the blender, runs to the watering hole where the water slide isn't there, dips it into the water, and a dead bug comes out, making the blender opened. He groans, dumps the water from the blender, and runs back to the plane.) Hey, Ted, Dorothy, I got your blender opened, again.
  • Ted: Really?
  • King Julien: Like I said, I can solve everybody's problems. (He looks at the blender with nothing in it.) It's a good thing there's nothing in it.
  • Ted: Oh, golly. Thank you, King Julien. (King Julien gives him the blender.)
  • Dorothy: Now we can make our fruit smoothie. (She and Ted leave.)
  • King Julien: You're welcome. See, Maurice? I told you that everything should be just fine without Clover.
  • Maurice: I know. Her paranoia always keeps us feeling uncomfortable.
  • Mort: Yeah, she's just too psycho even for us.
  • King Julien: Yes. Without Clover around, nobody in the kingdom would have problems. Neither do I.
  • (Suddenly, the teenage female lemurs come out of the shattered windows screaming fanatically, and begin tackling King Julien.)
  • King Julien: Oh, snap. Not again!
  • Teen Female Lemur #2: Got his crown! (grabs King Julien's crown)
  • King Julien: Hey! Let go of my crown. It is the only thing that gives me my kingly pride. (the teen female lemurs just kept tackling him. Mort sees the female lemurs, making him angry.)
  • Mort: Nobody touches my King Julien's feet and gets away with it. (turns away and goes past the curtain.) Oh, I'm gonna...
  • Horst: (off-screen) Uh, excuse me, Clover...(he comes through the curtain.) I'm all out of beverage cups.
  • (Maurice and Mort look at each other.)
  • (Cut to Future Clover who sees her past self inside the television, which is inside the plane from a branch.)
  • Future Clover: I'm not losing her. Not on my watch. (She jumps to another branch. Cut to Uncle King Julien and Crimson running through the jungle.)
  • Uncle King Julien: How much further until we get to the kingdom?
  • Crimson: Just a matter of time before we... (they both fall down a ditch, making them scream in terror. Karl and Chauncey comes in with a shovel.)
  • Karl: Nice work, Chauncey.
  • Chauncey: (high pitched gibberish)
  • (Subtitles: "I couldn't have done this digging without you. After all, it was all my idea.")
  • Karl: Of course, I did all the digging, and you said your idea of making them fall off a ditch is crazy. (chuckles, when suddenly, a net lands on them, making them trapped from a tree branch that is carrying the net.) What's happening?
  • (Uncle King Julien and Crimson come out of the ditch.)
  • Uncle King Julien: Thought you were going to surprise us, huh? Well, bad chance. Because we're going to the lemur kingdom to reclaim my nephew's throne.
  • Karl: You'll never get away with this. For once, Karl and Chauncey are on your tails, we're like stink on... (Chauncey is nibbling on the net, making him and Karl fall from the trap, and landing on Uncle King Julien.)
  • Uncle King Julien: (screams) Oh, my Frank! Get away from me! And your breath smells bad, too! (He tries to run away, but Karl can't let go of him.) Crimson! Help me! (Crimson gives him her hand.)
  • Crimson: Here, Uncle KJ. (She pulls him out of Karl's clutches.)
  • Uncle King Julien: Oh, thank you for helping me, Crimson. For a minute, I was about to be eaten.
  • Crimson: No problem.
  • Uncle King Julien: Do you have any more of that poison soup to feed this beast of burden?
  • Crimson: With pleasure. (She takes out a bowl and the container of soup. She pours the soup in the bowl, and gives the bowl to Karl.) Eat up. (Karl begins eating the soup.)
  • Uncle King Julien: Excellent work. Now, let's go find the baobab tree and take back the throne of that so-called king I call my nephew. Come on! We don't have time to waste. (They run off again, but this time, they run into a plank with springs, making them fly up a great distance, making them scream in terror.)
  • Karl: I don't sense anything poisonous in this soup. In fact, it tastes like bamboo. And fanalokas can digest the bamboo without being killed. I love this soup! (He keeps eating up. Pan right to the broken television set. Then, we zoom inside the broken television set, seeing the next show which is...)

Scene 17: Jonny Hunt

  • (Jonny Hunt, and lookalikes of other "Jonny Quest" characters are on a raft. Lasers are flying above them.)
  • Hadji Lookalike: Jonny Hunt, we are in so much trouble.
  • (Jonny Hunt and his raccoon look behind the raft. A giant robotic scorpion is shooting lasers at the raft. Just then, SpongeBob, Phineas, Ferb, Private, and Clover land on the raft.)
  • Private: Now, what are we on?
  • Phineas: What we're in right now is the world of Jonny Hunt.
  • (They notice a ray gun being held by one of the characters from "Jonny Hunt" pointing at SpongeBob, Phineas, Ferb, Private, and Clover.)
  • SpongeBob: Whoa, whoa, whoa. We're on your side, Jonny Hunt. My name's SpongeBob.
  • Phineas: I'm Phineas, and this is my step-brother, Ferb.
  • Private: I'm Private, and I'm a penguin.
  • Clover: And I'm Clover.
  • SpongeBob: And we...
  • (They see the giant robotic scorpion.)
  • Jonny Hunt: Look out! (Lasers begin shooting everywhere. It hits the raft, making everyone in it fly out of it. They all land on land, and so do the giant robotic scorpion.) We're doomed!
  • (The giant robotic scorpion's red eyes glow.)
  • SpongeBob: Oh, no, we're not.
  • Phineas: Not if we put a stop to it.
  • Clover: On it! (She jumps up and begins to fight the giant robotic scorpion.)
  • SpongeBob: I wonder... (He looks at the remote.)
  • Private: Uh, Clover, you might want to step aside.
  • Clover: Okay. (she jumps off the giant robotic scorpion.)
  • SpongeBob: Pause. (He presses a button on his remote, making the giant robotic scorpion to freeze.)
  • SpongeBob, Phineas, Ferb, Private, and Clover: And erase! (All four hit the delete button on their remotes, making the giant robotic scorpion to vanish.)
  • Fenton Lookalike: Amazing. Well done, team. We can use a heroic band like you on our adventure team.
  • Clover: Radical!
  • Phineas: Aren't we a little too young to be joining your adventure team?
  • Fenton Lookalike: Not really.
  • Private: But, I'm only a penguin.
  • SpongeBob: You mean you'd let some unsupervised minors go on dangerous missions without worrying about our safety?
  • Race Lookalike: Not without some really dangerous weapons. (He gives out four bazookas.)
  • Phineas: Uh, Ferb and I aren't in for deadly weapons, but thanks anyway. (Phineas gives his bazooka back to Race lookalike.)
  • SpongeBob: Cool. I can't wait to show this to everyone else in Bikini Bottom.
  • Private: And this would make the perfect birthday gift for Skipper.
  • Clover: Wow, this would go perfect with my security system.
  • All but Phineas and Ferb: Thank you.
  • (They press the remote controls that makes them go back to their respective universes.)

Scene 18: Returning from TV

  • (Patrick and Sandy are Panicking for something and SpongeBob comes out of the TV, Sandy rushes Patrick into the wooden table which she used earlier to make him become SpongeBob, and turns him back into his starfish self. She gives him his green pants back and paints him pink.)
  • SpongeBob: Oh, man. The TV Universe is great! Did you see all that great stuff I did with some new friends? Expect for the part with the pooper scooper, It was brilliant! (He bring his Bazooka out of his pants) And check this guppy out.
  • (Patrick is so scared, he's hiding behind Sandy)
  • Sandy: SpongeBob, be careful. You're in the real world now. That's a dangerous adult weapon.
  • SpongeBob: So what? Bazookas, floating attack vehicles, Bouncing off Airplanes. As long as I have you guys around, nothing can hurt me.
  • Patrick: Right. At least until you're older.
  • Sandy: Patrick, shush.
  • SpongeBob: Older? What's that supposed to mean?
  • Patrick: Uh...Uh... (He runs off to inside the tree) Pay no attention to me, Mr. SquarePants. I'm just going to take a shower. Pay no attention.
  • (Sandy flushes the toilet and make the water of the shower very hot)
  • Patrick: AAH! AAH! HOT,HOT,HOT,HOT! (then he went into the toilet to cool off)
  • SpongeBob: (confused): Older? What happens when I get older?
  • Patrick: Ah, SpongeBob. It's time for a little talk about something I like to call, "The Stars and the Fish."
  • (Patrick puts on a puppet show. He brings up a pink sock puppet and a green sock puppet)
  • Patrick: You see, when a mommy starfish and a daddy starfish love each other very much...
  • Sandy: Patrick, no.(She closed the lid) Not that speech.
  • Patrick: Oh, but I already have the puppets out.
  • (Song: "Friendship/TV Rules of the Road")
  • Sandy: SpongeBob(She brings out a Protector and a movie screen out), You know that best friends all around the world have always been made by Boys and Girls, you share interests with them, you tend to their needs, and the friendships are made by those who need them most in their heed.
  • SpongeBob: Right. Kids like me, because my employees are busy and their rival is, well, evil.
  • (the film is already started, a clip show a example of what Sandy means)
  • Sandy (voice-over): And it's true what they say that because you're a kid, and every single one of them all tend to your bid, and you're still young enough all the way to the end, you can still have time to make many new friends.(Than 6 years later) But there comes a sudden point in every kid's life when that little kid becomes so grown-up without strife...(Then a woman going with a man and left off) They don't need to be with their old friends anymore, they'll just have to make new ones, 'cause that's what life's for.(Then the old friends find new friends of their own, Then the film just ended and cut back to Sandy)
  • Sandy: Once the old friends are gone and depart from each other, the kid forgets all about them, both sister or brother,(she start to give rid of the film stuff) and all the remnants of friendship disappear for a while, but at least they can still get together from time to time with a smile.
  • (Song ends)
  • Patrick: Better and angry at the world.
  • (Cut to the Flynn-Fletcher household, where Isabella, Baljeet, and Buford are still watching.)
  • Buford: I wonder when Phineas and Ferb are ready to come out.
  • (Phineas and Ferb come out of the television.)
  • Phineas: We just did. Back from going through television and meeting new friends.
  • Isabella: Tell us all about it, Phineas.
  • Phineas: Well, you see, we met a sponge wearing brown pants named SpongeBob, a penguin named Private, and a lemur named Clover. And we all went through many channels together. Among the few were "The Futurellis" where we soared all over a futuristic city, "Carpet Critters", where we were babies, and Clover was a stuffed animal, but, go figure. And then, there was "Heavy Hal", where we almost touched some dirty instruments, and there was "Jonny Hunt", where we helped them defeat the giant robotic scorpion. In short, we had a blast going through television.
  • Isabella: I can't wait to meet your new friends.
  • Baljeet: Did you bring any souvenirs with you, Phineas?
  • Phineas: Of course we did. First, we brought home a toy flying saucer from "The Futurellis", and then a dirty diaper from "Carpet Critters." Buford, can you take this diaper into the garbage?
  • Buford: Nah. I'd rather take it home with me.
  • (Phineas gives Buford the dirty diaper.)
  • Buford: Thank you.
  • Phineas: We also brought home this jug from "Heavy Hal". I'm planning on reusing it in the nearby future. And, guess what we got. We got a small version of a bazooka we could've gotten, because it was really dangerous. When you're with me and Ferb, nobody ever gets hurt.
  • Baljeet: Until you get older.
  • Phineas: What do you mean, Baljeet?
  • Baljeet: Well, I'm have concerns that when you grow up and you have children of your own, you'll find children doing much more dangerous things they...
  • Phineas, Ferb, Isabella, and Buford: Baljeet!
  • Baljeet: Oh, sorry.
  • Isabella: I'll tell you why, Phineas, in song.
  • (Song: "Friendship/TV Rules of the Road Part 2)
  • (Buford uses a projector, depicting a movie screen on the wall. The film shows a clip showing an example of what Isabella means.)
  • Isabella: It's been told that a friend, wherever he or she could, is made by a person ever since childhood.
  • Phineas: And I've been making them ever since I was little.
  • Isabella: Whenever they first meet, they feel a connection. It's been happening dating ever since back who knows when.
  • Baljeet: And did you know that as you keep growing, that your heart is still befriending and your brain is still knowing, that as you go through schools, elementary, middle, and high, you can start making new friendships and keep your old ones nigh. (Then, 16 years later)
  • Buford: But before you know it, you've been grown up by now. And you have to move from your parents' house somehow. And you begin a brand new chapter of life. You'd have to make completely new friends other than your wife.
  • Isabella: Even some childhood friends of your's have to move, too. Some stay where they are, and others move somewhere new. But, even some nearer friends get to move to where you've gone. Even as an adult, your friendship still goes on. (The film ends.)
  • (song ends)
  • Phineas: Wow. Sounds kind of edgy, yet profound. Thank you, guys.
  • (Cut back to the penguin HQ, where Skipper, Kowalski, Rico, and Marlene are still watching. Private comes out of the television.)
  • Private: 'Ello. I'm back.
  • Skipper: Private, how did you get back here? And how was your trip?
  • Private: Oh, I had a lovely time on television. I met some new friends, and we went through many different shows together. I think my least favorite part was the one with the pooper scooper, but other than that, I had a great time. And, check this out. (He brings out his bazooka to show to the other penguins and Marlene.)
  • Skipper: Uh, Private, what's that?
  • Private: It's a birthday present for you, Skipper.
  • Skipper: For me?
  • Private: (nods) Mmm-hmm.
  • Skipper: It's beautiful, Private. Beautiful. (Private gives him the bazooka.) I love it! I'm so proud of you. (He hugs Private.) Thank you for giving me the greatest present anybody has ever gave me, Private. You're the most top-notch soldier I ever had.
  • Private: Thank you, Skipper.
  • Skipper: I don't know what to do with it as of this very moment, so I shall feed this to Rico for now. (He shoves it into Rico's beak. Rico swallows it.)
  • Kowalski: So, have you met Lunacorns yet?
  • Private: No. I haven't gotten there yet. But still, I did meet some incredible new friends.
  • Skipper: Skipper, I think it's time that you and I should have a discussion about your favorite television show. (Skipper starts a slideshow via projector.)
  • Private: Oh, a movie. Is it about Lunacorns?
  • Skipper: Maybe.
  • (Song: Friendship/TV Rules of the Road Part 3)
  • (The slideshow shows an example of what Skipper means.)
  • Skipper: Say you're a young chick, with a whole lot to learn. When a grown-up turns on a TV, your life begins to turn, into something amazing, because inside the TV, is a whole new world that you've never before seen. You begin by watching educational kiddie shows, but then start watching newer big kid stuff as your age grows.
  • Private: But what about the educational kiddie show I keep growing up with?
  • Skipper: As you keep watching new shows, for what it's worth, as you keep growing you'll aways remember your kiddie show since birth. (Then, 6 years later, a bomb exploding is the only thing on the television.) But once you grow up to a fully-fledged bird, television becomes more violent without a word.
  • Rico: Kaboom!
  • Skipper: Save it, Rico. (continues singing) You begin to think twice about what you watch, you may want to consider your show to be down a notch. But, then again, even as you've aged, you'll still obsessed with the show you've engaged. Let it remain in your heart that deep inside, you'll still remember your kiddie show with pride.
  • Rico: Now?
  • Skipper: Yes, Rico. Now.
  • (Rico sets an explosion on the projector, causing the film tape wrapped around Rico. Skipper looks at him angrily.)
  • Rico: (chuckles)
  • Skipper: (groans as he's covering his eyes)
  • (song ends)
  • Private: But, I can still live with it, right?
  • (Cut back to Madagascar. Inside the plane, the inside is flooded with lemurs.)
  • Maurice: Has anybody seen Clover? I'm sure she'll be back, your majesty. I hope.
  • (Just then, Clover comes out of the television.)
  • King Julien: Oh, Clover. Thank the gods, you came back. How was your little trip?
  • Clover: It was amazing. Although I must say, there are some parts that I didn't even care about, but above all, it was all epic. I made so many new friends during my expedition. Oh, and look what I've got. (She shows her bazooka to everyone, as the other lemurs gasp in surprise.)
  • Ted: Sweet gherkins! What is that?
  • Clover: Like it? It's an extremely dangerous weapon I got from Jonny Hunt.
  • King Julien: Eh, Clover, may I have a word with you?
  • Clover: Um, sure, your majesty.
  • King Julien: Okay. Everybody, take five. Out of the plane, now.
  • Maurice: You heard the king. Nothing to see here. Move along.
  • (All the other lemurs besides King Julien, Maurice, Mort, and Clover leave the plane. King Julien shuts cardboard curtain once he and Maurice walk back to the other side.)
  • Clover: You were saying...
  • King Julien: Right. Now, about that extremely dangerous weapon you got from television...
  • Clover: What about it?
  • King Julien: Well, there is a fine difference between television and the real life. And to do so, I have Masikura help me on this one.
  • Masikura (fades in): Yes, your majesty?
  • King Julien: Explain to Clover a difference between TV and real life.
  • Masikura: Well, then, let me show you. (She jumps to pull down a projector showing a movie screen on the wall.)
  • (Song: Friendship/TV Rules of the Road Part 4)
  • Masikura: You see... (starts singing) When you watch a show on television, there's something you must know with great precision. The characters that you see are technically not real. They're only for your entertainment appeal. In real life however, what do you see? So many friends around you like themselves, and me. All around the world, there's millions of them. But on television, you won't see them around, but still love them.
  • Clover: But, don't we have television sets with shattered screens as lemurs act out behind them?
  • Masikura: However there are a few similarities, between both television and real birds and bees.
  • King Julien: And lemurs, too.
  • Masikura: One of them is that you interact with either one. When watching television, it's for small purposes of fun.
  • Maurice: At least, for children's shows, anyway.
  • Masikura: But in real life, interaction with friends, is time well spent to the very end. You and your friends can even watch TV together, but friendship in real life is great, no matter what the weather.
  • Clover: Okay, now I'm starting to understand the difference here.
  • (Cut back to Sandy's tree dome, where Sandy and Patrick are still singing to SpongeBob.)
  • Sandy and Sandy: So, whether true friends have come in and gone...
  • Isabella, Baljeet, and Buford: Or your friendships continue as you keep them upon.
  • Skipper and Kowalski: Although you'll keep loving your childhood show...
  • Masikura, King Julien, and Mort: There's still time for you to be with the friends you know.
  • All: And most of all, always remember, that between the months of January and December, and that whatever's in the way, there's no need to pretend. Because nothing can beat spending time with a real friend. So no matter what happens, if you want a hand to lend, nothing can beat spending time with a real friend.
  • Masikura: Thank you, and bye bye. (She fades out.)
  • (Song ends)
  • (Cut back to the plane.)
  • Clover: Well, thanks for the advice, guys. I'll try to keep that in mind. But I can at least still do mildly dangerous stuff like I always do.

Scene 19: SpongeBob in Bigger Trouble

  • SpongeBob: Wait? You mean when I get older, I lose you guys and I forget I ever had you? What else can go wrong?
  • (Squidward breaks the door down and laughing. And Mr. Krabs and they confused for what they saw)
  • SpongeBob: Uh, go jump in the lake?
  • (Than the Bazooka blast shot out of the glass and hits Future SpongeBob)
  • Future SpongeBob: AAH!
  • (cut back inside Sandy's treedome)
  • (Than the male fish from the Krusty Krab who gave the plaque to Plankton just comes)
  • Male Fish #1: Eugene, I decided to give you a second chance and--. Good Heavens. Plankton, (He give Plankton the Money & his plaque) catch this nicest anchor house plaque and the raise that goes with it.
  • (cut to the Chum Bucket)
  • Plankton: Sweet. (laughs maniacally)
  • (Than the male fish walk out of here in a bad move)
  • (Than Mr. Krabs is so mad, he rip his eyes off. Then Squidward toke SpongeBob's Magical Remote.)
  • SpongeBob: HEY, WAIT! That's my remote!
  • Squidward: Looks like we'll be going to have a word with our irresponsible employee.
  • (Then Mr. Krabs grab SpongeBob)
  • Mr. Krabs: Which you deliberately used to disobey us, and then you busted the house and wrote that lie on the wall! What is wrong with you?
  • (Mr. Krabs drops SpongeBob)
  • SpongeBob: But it's not my fault. It's Plankton's. He's evil. He's always being mean to the Krusty Krab and always getting us into trouble.
  • Squidward: Oh? Did he turn your TV? Did he give you this Bazooka?
  • Mr. Krabs: Which I can't fire at the Chum Bucket because it's out of ammo.
  • SpongeBob: Well, no.
  • Mr. Krabs: Then why should we believe anything you say? (Then he and Squidward start leaving the treedome.) When I get back from Ammo Store, you are a lot of trouble, boy.
  • SpongeBob: Sandy, hand me some amnesia spray.
  • Sandy: You got it, partner.
  • (Sandy runs inside the tree and gets a bottle of amnesia spray. She runs back inside and sprays it on Mr. Krabs. The effect didn't aim at Squidward, because he is still leaving. He coughs through the mist which fades away.)
  • Mr. Krabs: Where am I?
  • SpongeBob: Uh, you were about to watch TV inside.
  • Mr. Krabs: Uh, sure. (he goes inside the tree.)
  • (Then Plankton just pop up of know where)
  • Plankton: Wow. I've never seen you so miserable. I should another picture. (The he toke a another picture of SpongeBob and his friends) One for you...(Then he make him put on a garbage can. Then, he tells Sandy and Patrick.) Excuse me, Patrick, Sandy. Will you two please turn around? (they did exactly what Plankton told them to do.) And one for the Internet. (Again, he took a another picture of that and, he ran out)
  • SpongeBob: They didn't believe me about Plankton--Again!(He gets out of the garbage can) I'm so sick of it!
  • Sandy: Aw, SpongeBob, they're just trying to raise you to be a mature, responsible adult. Everybody has to grow up sometimes.
  • SpongeBob: Not the Futurellis. Not Heavly Hal. Not Jonny Hunt. They've all been the same age forever. And if I was a kid forever, I'd never have to lose you guys!
  • Sandy: I don't like where this is going.
  • Patrick: Neither do the puppets.
  • SpongeBob: I do. (He jumped over, land on the TV) It's going into television... Where nobody ever grows up, ever. Sandy, build another Magic Remote.
  • (Then Sandy goes over another montage where she has to build a Green Magic Remote)
  • SpongeBob: We gotta run away, and we've got to run away into television!
  • (Then they cut to Future SpongeBob, and he made it out of the glass)
  • Future SpongeBob: (woke up) How long have I been out?(then he spot SpongeBob with the magic remote)The remote. There's still time.
  • (Cut back to SpongeBob inside the tree, writing a letter to Squidward)
  • SpongeBob: Don't bother looking for me because you'll never, ever, ever find me.
  • Patrick: Forevur! What? It helps with the Drama.
  • SpongeBob: Hey, Mr. Krabs. Care to come with us?
  • Mr. Krabs: Are you kidding? I would love to come with you to your new home.
  • SpongeBob: Good-bye(He put the note on the TV) Forever!
  • (then they started to go into the TV, and then Future SpongeBob just drop in)
  • Future SpongeBob: Stop, wait!
  • (they cut throw Future SpongeBob, and he went into the TV, too. Then Squidward opened the door)
  • Squidward: Well, Mr. Krabs didn't follow me to the ammo store, so I had to get it myself. (he gasps) "Good-Bye Forever"? (he grabs the note) He's Gone! And he misspelled "ever." Oh, but he can spell Plankton just fine.
  • (He crumbles the letter)
  • Squidward: But, since I have the remote, maybe, I should find SpongeBob and his friends inside television. (he chuckles as he presses the button which allows him to go inside television.)

Scene 20: What's a Few More Friends

  • (Cut back to Doofenshmirtz and Perry.)
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Get ready, Perry the Platypus. You're about to see a soon-to-become dictator to go inside television to the Biographical Channel to change the course of history, and then, the world will be mine! (laughs maniacally as he presses the power button, but Agent P hits him in the stomach.) What the... Perry the Platypus, how did you escape? (Cut to the movie theater seat trap with an Agent P plush sitting on it.) Oh, I get it. He planned to use a stuffed likeness of himself to escape the tyranny of me. Talk about merchandising. Either way, I give up. You hear me, Perry the Platypus? I give up! I'll go... (grabs a cardboard TV box capturing Agent P.) ...take the whole package! (Agent P gets angry, that he grabs a pair of scissors and cut a hole in the cardboard box, and pops out of the hole and jump on Dr. Doofenshmirtz's face.) My face! (He tries to get Agent P off of his face, but the platypus just wouldn't let go. Eventually, Agent P gives him a head slam, which makes the pharmacist fall on his back, and still struggles to get the platypus off of his face.) Somebody get this platypus out of my face! (Vanessa watches the two nemesis' fight off from behind the door. Suddenly, she gets another call from her mother.)
  • Vanessa: Mom, is that you?
  • (Cut to Charlene who is driving her way home.)
  • Charlene: I'm on my way, Vanessa.
  • Vanessa: Good, because I've got something to show you when you get home.
  • Charlene: Okay, Vanessa. I'll see you at YADD.
  • Vanessa: Wait a minute. You'll be meeting me at 1:00.
  • Charlene: No, at YADD.
  • Vanessa: 9:00?
  • Charlene: YADD.
  • Vanessa: YADD?
  • Charlene: Yeah. YADD.
  • Vanessa: (sighs confusedly) I'll see you at YADD, then. (she hangs up)
  • (Cut back to Phineas, Ferb, and their friends at the Flynn-Fletcher household.)
  • Phineas: So, what you're saying is that we can still be friends together especially as we get older?
  • Isabella: Sure. Who says we can't meet again as we get older?
  • Buford: I doubt that.
  • Phineas: What are you talking about?
  • Buford: It's just that there comes a point where you have to move away from here, get a job, and vice versa. (The others look at Buford.) Nothing.
  • Phineas: Yeah, right. Anyway, if I were to move from here, I'd move to inside television. You get to go to so many new locations and meet so many new friends. And the best part is that people will be seeing you when they're watching it.
  • Isabella: Sounds exciting. Can I join you?
  • Phineas: Well...
  • Isabella: I want to be seen by people watching television.
  • Baljeet: I believe they are called viewers, Isabella.
  • Buford: Buford want to been seen by viewers.
  • Phineas: I guess...
  • Isabella, Buford, and Baljeet: Please?
  • Phineas: Uh... what's a few more friends?
  • Isabella: Does that mean we'll be joining you?
  • Phineas: Of course. You can all join us inside television. I can make three more magical remotes for you.
  • (Outside the window, Future Phineas is still watching his past self going to make three more magical remotes.)
  • Future Phineas: Bingo. Time to make my move. (He sneaks inside.)
  • (Cut back inside.)
  • Phineas: Everyone, hold hands. (Isabella takes Buford's hand, as Buford takes Baljeet's hand.)
  • Baljeet: Buford, you're crushing my hand.
  • (Baljeet takes Ferb's hand, and finally Ferb takes Phineas' hand.)
  • Phineas: Hold on, everybody, because you are a hop across the pond away from going into television. (He picks up the remote and presses the power button, and they all go inside television. Once they're inside television, Future Phineas comes into the room.)
  • Future Phineas: I got them now. (He jumps into the television. Candace comes in, finally prepared for her date with Jeremy.)
  • Candace: At last, I'm finally ready for my date with Jeremy. (She sees that the room is empty.) Wait a minute. Where's Phineas and Ferb and their friends? I wonder if they've left, or maybe they've gone inside television. (She looks at the television and the magical remotes to see Phineas, Ferb, and their friends inside.) Aha. I knew it. And I know how I'll bust them from being inside television instead of just watching it. (She picks up the magical remote.) Let's give this a go. (She presses the power button, which makes her go inside television.)

Scene 21: Dr. Blowhole's Wrath

  • (Cut to the entire Central Park Zoo, as a giant shadow comes in. As we look above the zoo, we can see Dr. Blowhole's dome and the evil dolphin, Parker, and the Hoboken animals.)
  • Dr. Blowhole: Here we are, lady and gentlemen. Now, watch the master at work as he searches the entire zoo for the peng-you-ins. And when I find their remote, we will tune ourselves into their television, go to the Biographical Channel, and then, we'll take over the world. (laughs maniacally as he starts zapping at different habitats of the zoo. First, he cuts the gorillas' tire swing, then they break into the Reptile House where they cut down all the trees. The chameleons start screaming, turning into several different colors, and even stick their tongues to the ceiling or branches. A laser zaps at a body of water at another tank. Barry witnesses the chaos.)
  • Barry: My pond! It's ruined!
  • (Dr. Blowhole zaps at other things around the zoo like destroying King Julien's boombox, Burt's bag of peanuts, Roy's hay bales, and Joey's beachball. He even dries up Marlene's pool. He even stops by the Chimp habitat to write down "The Chimps Did All This." The zoo animals ran to save themselves into different hiding places, except for the penguins and Marlene, who are standing on top of the penguin habitat.)
  • Marlene: Skipper, look!
  • Skipper: I know that deranged dolphin anywhere. He's somehow managed to destroy the zoo just to look for.
  • Marlene: What is it, Skipper? Tell me, tell me, TELL ME!
  • Kowalski: That would be the magic remote controls I made today. I made it for Private so that he can go inside television to meet the Lunacorns. But the next thing he knew, he met some new friends and went into other shows.
  • Private: What? You mean this? (he shows the remote to his fellow penguins and Marlene.)
  • (Skipper snatches the remote from Private and puts it back to the HQ.)
  • Kowalski: Where are you going with that remote?
  • (Back in the HQ, Skipper begins using his really dangerous weapon to destroy the remote. Kowalski comes down to stop Skipper.)
  • Skipper: Hasta la vista, baby. (He fires up the weapon.)
  • Kowalski: What are you doing, Skipper? Stop it! (He tackles Skipper, making him drop the weapon, making it stand on its bottom. It aims at the entrance/exit to the HQ, and fires, blasting almost the entire penguin habitat. Dr. Blowhole, Parker, and the Hoboken animals hear the explosion from the dome. Even Future Private hears the explosion.)
  • Dr. Blowhole: Where's that coming from? Okay, which one of you is responsible for blowing up the penguin habitat?
  • Parker: Uh, no, no. I didn't do anything to the penguins?
  • Hoboken Animals: Neither of us did.
  • Dr. Blowhole: Well, who did then? (groans) I bet it was that Rat King who is making the penguin habitat explode. We must find who caused that explosion to happen. Onward, men! (The dome flies off.)
  • (Cut back to the Penguin Habitat)
  • Skipper: What did you do that for, Kowalski? I could've destroyed that thing.
  • Kowalski: But I just made that this morning.
  • Skipper: Well, what's newly-made must be dead on the same day.
  • Kowalski: I don't care what you say, Skipper. I'm hiding that remote. (He hides it in the hole behind Private's 1st Prize Fish trophy on the wall.) Now, Dr. Blowhole will never find the remote at this rate.
  • (Skipper tries to destroy Dr. Blowhole's dome with the really dangerous weapon.)
  • Skipper: Rico, secure Private and Marlene.
  • Rico: Okey-dokey. (takes Private and Rico back inside the HQ.)
  • Skipper: I wish I could destroy Dr. Blowhole. If only I had more ammo.
  • (Rico, Private, and Marlene land at the HQ. They sigh with relief.)
  • Private: Thank you, Rico, for taking Marlene and I to the safest hiding place in the zoo.
  • Rico: You're welcome.
  • (Suddenly, Skipper comes down with the weapon, too.)
  • Skipper: Rico, I need more ammo.
  • Rico: Uh-uh.
  • Skipper: What do you mean? You always barf up some ammo when needed. (he looks inside Rico's insides) You may have a point, Rico. (groans) How else do we keep Dr. Blowhole out?
  • Kowalski: We could throw in as many bags of popcorn as we can to release the decorative spikes.
  • Skipper: That could work.
  • (Rico jumps into a bunk and starts snoring.)
  • Skipper: Rico, what you're showing me is that we should go to our beds and fall asleep? I like the way you think, soldier.
  • Private: I say we should go back inside television where he would never ever find us. (the others look at him.) What?
  • Skipper: Private, your idea... just might work.
  • Private: Really? Great! All we need now is the remote. Where is it?
  • Skipper: Uh, we don't even know where it got to at the moment.
  • Kowalski: So, I think I should invent a brand new remote, so that we can all go inside television.
  • Private: You'd do that?
  • Skipper: Would a penguin say 'no' to you?
  • Private: Well, you know what I say, the more the merrier.
  • (Cut to a few moments later, where Kowalski has just finished another remote control.)
  • Kowalski: She's finished.
  • Skipper: All right, now let's put this to another vote. All those in favor of going to Lunacorn Land with Private, raise your flipper or paw.
  • All: Me.
  • Skipper: Well, that settles it, then. Pack your bags, boys. We're going to television.
  • Marlene: I always wanted to meet a real Lunacorn.
  • Skipper: Well, then welcome aboard, Marlene. Now, hold tight, everybody. You lead the way, young Private.
  • (Future Private looks through some binoculars to see the penguins and Marlene going into television with the magic remote.)
  • Future Private: There it is. The remote. I've still got time. (he runs off)
  • (Private presses a button on the remote, and the penguins and Marlene all get zapped into television, as well as Future Private, who just happened to come down to the HQ. A second after they left, the chimps came into the HQ.)
  • Mason: Skipper, what is the meaning of this? We didn't make a big mess all over the zoo. It was... (they see that the HQ is empty.) Skipper? Kowalski? Rico? Private? It can't be. I think we should ask the others where the penguins gone.
  • (Phil nods)

Scene 22: Where's King Julien?

  • (Masikura is swinging forward and backward on a branch like a leaf blowing gently in the breeze.)
  • Masikura: The future. The future. The fu...
  • (She stops when she hears the voice of Uncle King Julien.)
  • Uncle King Julien: May I have everybody's attention?
  • (Masikura looks from behind the rock and sees Uncle King Julien on top of the big rock behind the baobab tree, while he addresses the other lemurs which are all talking at once.)
  • Masikura: It can't be.
  • Uncle King Julien: Attention, my people! I have something to say! (the other lemurs kept talking.) Excuse me. EXCUSE ME! (groans, as the other lemurs just kept talking.) Crimson.
  • Crimson: (cracks her knuckles, inhales) ENOUGH!
  • (the other lemurs immediately stopped talking.)
  • Uncle King Julien: Ah, that's much better. Anyhow, I have something to say to all of you. You see, your current King Julien isn't the king who's keeping you safe.
  • Lemurs: (all gasp)
  • Ted: What are you talking about?
  • Uncle King Julien: You see, you may think that King Julien XIII is the happiness-prone, laid-back monarch who likes to turn the jungle into a night club every single evening.
  • Lemurs: (all agreeing at once)
  • Lemur #1: We knew that.
  • Uncle King Julien: But, what you don't know is that... (sighs) Look, I know your over-bearing king doesn't play by the rules, but I've got some jumping beans I have to spill for you. You see, sometimes, your so-called heroes aren't what they truly are. I'm afraid I have bad news about the thirteenth of the Julien kings.
  • Willie: What are the news about King Julien. Tell us, please!
  • Uncle King Julien: He doesn't deserve to be king anymore.
  • Lemurs: (all gasp)
  • Horst: (spits out some of the beverage from his mouth) What in the who? Why? Wha? What?!
  • Uncle King Julien: I know. Pity. It feels like that this kingdom is wallowing over all kingdom, no king. Or maybe the other way around. What you're looking for is a new king. A new king who will keep this kingdom fossa-free.
  • Butterfish: And who is that particular king we're looking for?
  • Uncle King Julien: Why, that would be me, of course.
  • Ted: But, we love our precious King Julien XIII, right?
  • Dorothy: Sure, who doesn't love the king we love today?
  • Hector: I do.
  • (The teen female lemurs are holding up posters of King Julien.)
  • Teen Female Lemur #1: King Julien's our very Madagascarian idol!
  • Uncle King Julien: Okay, I will let you in on a little bet. I declare an election.
  • Tammy: What will that prove?
  • Uncle King Julien: On who thinks which Julien makes the better king. If my nephew wins, I won't have to come here again anymore. But if he loses, he'll be eaten by the fossa.
  • Lemurs: (gasp in horror)
  • Uncle King Julien: So, what's it gonna be? Would you rather have your king keep rotting your brains or would you rather see him get eaten.
  • (the lemurs look at each other puzzled. Ted takes a deep breath.)
  • Ted: Okay. We have a deal.
  • (the lemurs cheer)
  • Uncle King Julien: Good. It's been decided, then. Good luck worshipping your precious Julien, whoever he is.
  • (Masikura is still watching the meeting.)
  • Masikura: Oh, how am I going to spin this to King Julien? (she disappears)
  • (Cut back to inside the plane. King Julien, Maurice, Clover, and Mort are seeing what's below the baobab tree.)
  • King Julien: Oh, snap. My uncle. What's he doing here?
  • Timo: (off-screen) King Julien! (King Julien, Maurice, Clover, and Mort turn to Timo, who comes in with another remote control and some real batteries.) I've found something around my workshop when I was kicking back.
  • King Julien: Really? What?
  • Timo: Well, I was just taking a load off after setting up the TV for you, when suddenly, I found another remote control. (He shows the four lemurs a magical remote control unlike any other.) And that's not all. I also found some other batteries. (He shows them a pair of regular batteries.)
  • Clover: Uh oh. I'm in so much trouble.
  • Timo: What do you mean, Clover?
  • Clover: This TV set came with a regular remote control and some magical batteries. When I found them, I put the batteries inside the remote, and wondered what it could do, when suddenly, I pressed the power button, which made me not watch television, but it made me went inside. There, I met a lot of wonderful new friends.
  • Timo: Don't worry, Clover. I can switch batteries. (He takes the regular remote Clover used to go inside television, and takes out one magic battery with a regular one, and places the magic battery in the other remote. Xixi suddenly flies in. Everyone else turned around and saw her land inside the plane.)
  • Xixi: Good evening. I'm Xixi, reporting live inside King Julien's plane, where a new television set is set up. Clover found it and used a special remote control that is unlike any other, that made her go inside television instead of watching it. Clover, what's it like inside television?
  • Clover: Well, it wasn't easy for me. I just wanted to know how this television works. But, when I pressed the power button, it made me go inside television. Inside, you'll find so many boxes surrounding you. When you press a button on the remote, it will allow you to go inside one of the boxes, where inside each one is an exciting new location.
  • Xixi: Oh, do you think I can come with you inside television? I always wanted to see myself inside television.
  • King Julien: Me, too. It's been my dream since this very afternoon. And also because my uncle is back, but I don't know what he's up to yet.
  • Mort: I want to go inside, too. You know, just because.
  • Clover: Uh, sure you can. There's plenty of room for a few more.
  • King Julien: Oh, thank you, Clover. And you've got to protect me from my uncle. I have no idea what he's really up to this time.
  • Clover: As long as you're with me, your majesty, you're safe. (Clover gets the magic remote control that has one magic battery and one regular battery Timo accidentally put in when he was distracted by Xixi.)
  • King Julien: Are you coming, too, Maurice?
  • Maurice: How should I say this? Um...
  • King Julien: Wherever I go, you go, too, Momo.
  • Maurice: Okay, but only because I trust you.
  • Clover: Everybody, get behind me. (King Julien and Maurice hold Clover's back. Mort touches King Julien's feet, and Xixi is perched on Clover's shoulder. Clover presses the power button on the magic remote, taking them inside television. Future Clover sees them go inside television from a branch.)
  • Future Clover: That's my cue! (She jumps from the branch, through the shattered window, and into the television. Timo turns back to the regular remote which still has one magic battery and one regular battery.)
  • Timo: Now, where was I? (he notices that the magic remote is gone.) What happened to the magic remote? (He looks around the plane.) And where's King Julien? And Clover? What happened to them? (He looks and sees King Julien, Maurice, Mort, Clover, and Xixi inside television.) Don't worry, King Julien. I'll get you out of there as soon as I can. But, how?

Scene 23: Back in the TV Universe

  • (SpongeBob, Patrick, Sandy, Mr. Krabs, Phineas, Ferb, Isabella, Baljeet, Buford, Skipper, Kowalski, Private, Rico, King Julien, Maurice, Mort, Clover, Marlene, and Xixi are flying throw the channels, and Squidward, Candace, and Future SpongeBob, Phineas, Private, and Clover Accidentally fell into Channel 50th in "Paula Poundcake". There, they wake up)
  • Future SpongeBob: Where are we?
  • Future Phineas: I don't know where we are. Hey, Candace. Is that really you?
  • Candace: Why, yes. Yes, I am. And I'm here for one purpose: busting my brothers.
  • Future Phineas: Why would you want to do that?
  • Candace: Phineas and Ferb have created magical remote controls that magically allow you to go inside television, and we don't know where they're going. These two are in so much trouble. By the way, do I know you? You sort of remind me of my brothers whom I wanted to bust when I show Mom.
  • Squidward: Well, guess what? I'm looking for those remotes, too.
  • Candace: You too? But, how?
  • Squidward: Well, you see, SpongeBob went inside television with Patrick, Sandy, two boys, some penguins, and some rodents. Even Mr. Krabs came along for the ride.
  • Future Private: Where are those boys? Where am I, anyway? Excuse me, do you know wh... (He sees Future Clover.)
  • (Porpoise Power Ballad plays)
  • Future Private: Wha.. what's a nice lady like you doing in a...
  • Paula Poundcake: La, la, la, la, la, la, la, la, la, la.
  • Donnie Donut: Hee, hee, hee, hee, hee, hee, hee, hee, hee, hee.
  • Candace: Oh, my gosh. Hi, my name is Candace, and you must be...
  • Paula Poundcake: Hi, I'm Paula Poundcake. And this is Poptart.
  • (Pop Tart pops out of a toaster.)
  • Pop Tart: Bark bark.
  • (Paula bites his nose off.)
  • Pop Tart: (yelps)
  • Donnie Donut: And I'm Donnie Donut. And even though I'm a boy, I still think this place is swell.
  • All Paula Poundcake Characters: Our icing is nice-ing!
  • Paula Poundcake: Are you made of licorice?
  • (Paula is about to bite Future SpongeBob's arm off, but he moves his arm away from her. He grabs a giant candy cane.)
  • Future SpongeBob: Sit back, you frosted freaks. Back!
  • Squidward: Or we'll deploy.
  • Paula, her friends, and Candace: Ooh!
  • Future Phineas: I cannot let this happen to Candace and her friends. I gotta do something about this.
  • (He grabs a giant cookie, and defends his "20 years ago" sister, Paula Poundcake, and her friends.)
  • Future Phineas: You can't take on her idols.
  • Candace: Uh, actually, my idol is Ducky Momo.
  • Future Phineas: (chuckles) I'm sorry. I meant, second favorite idol.
  • (Squidward grabs the cookie and eats it.)
  • Squidward: It doesn't matter! We have a mission to complete. We gotta find SpongeBob and his friends. Now, come on.
  • (He grabs Future Phineas and Candace's hands and they leave.)
  • Candace: But, you don't understand. I love Paula Poundcake. They'd never hurt me. I could trust them.
  • (we cut back to the TV universe.)
  • Skipper: So, this is the TV universe, eh?
  • Private: Yep. And we're looking for The Lunacorns.
  • Kowalski: Any luck yet?
  • Private: Nope, but when we reach the network, I get to meet the Lunacorns for the first time in person.
  • Rico: Uh-huh.
  • King Julien: Hello, penguins.
  • Skipper: Ring-Tail, what are you doing here?
  • King Julien: Clover is showing us the TV universe, too.
  • Clover: I know Private. He wants his show.
  • (Suddenly, Masikura fades in)
  • Masikura: Your majesty, can you just hear what I'm just trying to say?
  • King Julien: Come on, Masikura. Can't you loosen up a bit just for once?
  • Masikura: But, your majesty, this is important!
  • King Julien: Oh, yeah. Well, this is important, too.
  • Masikura: But this has something to do with the kingdom at stake.
  • King Julien: My peoples are fine. Now, since you're here, can you channel surf with us to the next channel?
  • Masikura: Well, uh, if you insist.
  • King Julien: Great.
  • Mort: This place is like outer space! No gravity! Whee! (He bumps right into a flying cube in which he gets hit by and falls down.) AAAAAAAH!
  • Isabella: Thank you so much for taking us with you.
  • Phineas: My pleasure, Isabella. Here, you take the remote. As long as we're together, I don't care where we are.
  • Isabella: Thanks, Phineas.
  • Phineas: But, I'm still gonna tour you.
  • Baljeet: This will prove to be an exception excuse for doing my math homework. I'm staying alive!
  • Buford: When do we get off?
  • Baljeet: Buford.
  • Mr. Krabs: What's the matter, SpongeBob?
  • SpongeBob: If Squidward doesn't care what I have to say, then we must go where nobody cares about what adults have to say.
  • Patrick: Kentucky?
  • SpongeBob: Nope.
  • (They go to Channel 75 where it has "Walnuts" on.)
  • SpongeBob: The kid friendly world of "Walnuts." This will be the perfect place to live.
  • Phineas: That's right. We're in the world of "Walnuts." It is based on a famous comic book and turned into a widely successful franchise.
  • Mr. Krabs: I don't like to be a stickler, but should I be here?
  • Patrick: Yeah, they don't even show adults on this cartoon.
  • Mr. Krabs: WHAT?!
  • (He walks away mumbling from the gang and jumps straight to the TV.)
  • Phineas: Sheesh. He really must not like kids. Man, my mom loves that show when she was a kid.
  • Isabella: I didn't know Mrs. Flynn-Fletcher loves "Walnuts?"
  • Phineas: Doesn't everybody?
  • Private: This isn't the Lunacorns, is it? We're inside a house.
  • Skipper: I know. We're in "Walnuts."
  • King Julien: Did you know that this show has animals, too.
  • Maurice: Really? Well, in that case...
  • Xixi: This just in: we landed in Channel 90, where we guest star right in the middle of their Hanukkah special!
  • Sandy: Yes, look. She's right. We've landed right in the middle of their Hanukkah special.
  • (the casts of "Walnuts", "SpongeBob", "Phineas and Ferb", and the Madagascar franchise dance to piano music being made by the "Walnuts" cast.)
  • Walnuts Boy: It's the Great Menorah, Chucky Black! (He faints to the ground.)
  • Voice: Blah, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah.
  • SpongeBob: What? No, I didn't hurt him.
  • Voice: Blah, blah, blah, blah, blah.
  • SpongeBob: No, really. He fainted.
  • Voice: Blah, blah?
  • SpongeBob: Do we have to involve the police?
  • Sandy: Apparently, that's a yes.
  • Phineas: What are police cars doing here? (Looks at Ferb) Don't tell me. The boy fainted.
  • (Mort comes to the broken menorah and grabs the Star of David off the broken menorah.)
  • Mort: I got the Star of David.
  • Private: I thought there were no adults in this cartoon.
  • Skipper: You were wrong, Private. Rico.
  • (Rico barfs up a fire extinguisher and throws it between Patrick and Sandy, causing the room to smoke.)
  • SpongeBob: I should've known parents would ruin this place, too. Come on.
  • (He jumps into the TV, and so do everybody else, other than Patrick.)
  • Patrick: But... but... but I want to see the Great Menorah appear in the watermelon patch.
  • (SpongeBob grabs Patrick and takes him inside the TV. Cut to the next channel, which is currently showcasing "Space Spector," a parody of "Space Ghost." Everyone is wearing "Space Ghost"-esque clothing. SpongeBob is driving.)
  • SpongeBob: Now this is more like it. Fighting alongside the Space Spector and his army of intergalactic crime fighters.
  • Phineas: Indeed. This is "Space Spector." It's a show about a hero with super powers with a band of sidekicks, and go on adventures together.
  • King Julien: What's perfect about this? We're monkeys in masks.
  • Mort: Why do monkeys need secret identities?
  • King Julien: So nobody knows we're monkeys?
  • Mort: Should my tail have a mask?
  • King Julien: You know, for monkeys, we do look kind of strange-looking if you ask me.
  • Maurice: That's because we're lemurs, not monkeys. Even though monkeys and us lemurs look the same, we're not closely related to them.
  • Clover: Are you kidding? Even though I feel stuffy, I still think I look dashing.
  • Xixi: Ooh, nice outfit.
  • Clover: Thank you.
  • Skipper: This place is the perfect place for us to be space superheroes.
  • Private: Well, this place may not have Lunacorns, but we might as well go do your thing, Skipper.
  • Marlene: Ooh, and I will be the love interest. I'm in charge of the casting department.
  • Sandy: Is this another show where kids get dangerous weapons?
  • SpongeBob: Just this ghost gauntlet. But don't worry. It's perfectly safe.
  • (He presses a button on his wrist, which suddenly zaps at the windshield, causing space to suck up everything, and everyone.)
  • All: Uh oh.
  • (they all get sucked up by the atmosphere which gets them blown away into deep space.)
  • Marlene: Oh no. Help! Help! We're in the airless vacuum of space without helmets.
  • Sandy: But I still can breathe because I have a helmet on. I'm wearing one right now. But the rest of y'all, chances are you're doomed.
  • King Julien: (choking) I... can't... breathe. I... can't... faint... either.
  • Mort: I'm getting space sick.
  • Phineas: No, we're not. On this show, the laws of nature don't apply. Watch.
  • (He starts flying faster, and so do everybody else.)
  • Private: At last, penguins can fly.
  • Skipper: Of course, we are, Private. Who says we can't.
  • Phineas: See, there's nothing to worry about.
  • (They keep flying fast until they hit something invisible, which fades into a black spaceship being controlled by Future SpongeBob, Phineas, Private, and Clover, as well as Squidward and Candace.)
  • Future SpongeBob: SpongeBob SquarePants, don't move.
  • Candace: You are all so busted. I'm showing Mom.
  • (Future SpongeBob presses a button, which sets out a laser from the cargo of the ship, sending SpongeBob, Patrick, Sandy, Phineas, Ferb, Isabella, Baljeet, Buford, Skipper, Kowalski, Rico, Private, Marlene, King Julien, Maurice, Mort, Clover, Xixi, and Masikura, directly at the ship.)
  • SpongeBob: Hey, it's Squidward.
  • Phineas: Hi, Candace.
  • SpongeBob: Uh, Phineas, who are those guys, anyway, and how do they know who we are?
  • Mort: It's because your mask isn't very good.

Scene 24: Cashing In

  • (Plankton is watching "Space Spector" on the giant computer screen.)
  • Plankton: "Space Spector"? that's such a dumb show. (Sees King Julien, Maurice, Mort, and Clover) I totally know these are monkeys. What else is on?
  • (He changes the channel which shows "Politically Inaccurate.")
  • Host Fish: Tonight we'll discuss the rising debt ceiling, the trade deficit, and a bunch of other stuff you don't care about.
  • Plankton: "Politically Inaccurate?" There's no violence on that show. Wrong. (He presses a button. On the screen, a small box with wrestling on it pops out on the screen.)
  • Guest Fish: Let me explain this in the most boring way I can.
  • (The wrestling box gets bigger until it fills the whole screen.)
  • Plankton: Wrestling! now, that's violent. (he chuckles as he presses a button to change shows.)
  • Host Fish: Welcome back to... (he suddenly change into a Michael Buffer-style ring announcer, and his four guests change into wrestlers.) ...Politically Inaccurate SMASHDOWN!
  • (the set changes into a stadium, and the audience changes into an wildly cheering laudience at wrestling match.)
  • Host Fish: Let's prepare to debate!
  • (two fish wrestlers begin to wrestle.)
  • Fish Wrestler #1: Taxes are too high!
  • Fish Wrestler #2: Eat my right wing, punk. (he elbow fights the other fish wrestler.)
  • (Back at the Chum Bucket, Plankton looks at the remote.)
  • Plankton: Hey, this remote changes things in there and makes them become real out here. (He looks at the TV guide as he flips the pages.) I wonder. (He finds a show that'll be perfect for him. Once he finds it, he presses the remote to change to his desired channel)
  • (The channel changes to the channel that shows "The Million Dollar Spin.")
  • Host Fish #2: Today we're giving away $1 million!
  • (The contestant fish spins the wheel fast paced. When the wheel reaches at 1,000,000, it stops. Confetti and dollars fall from above.)
  • Host Fish #2: Congratulations, Barry. You've won $1 Million!
  • Barry: Hot dog! I'm gonna give it all to charity.
  • (Plankton sees this and gets angry.)
  • Plankton: What? Why can't that be me?
  • (He presses a button which accidentally allows him to go inside television.)
  • (Cut to Doofenshmirtz Evil Incorporated, with Agent P angrily staring at Dr. Doofenshmirtz)
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Well, I guess it doesn't really matter how I'm going to finish him off. (Agent P pulls out a sword.) What is this, Perry the Platypus, the movies? (Dr. Doofenshmirtz grabs a butterknife from the table.) En garde! (He begins sword fighting with his butterknife, while Agent P begins sword fighting with the sword.) Why, you little blue minx. (Dr. Doofenshmirtz uses the butterknife to finish off Agent P off, but hits the sword instead, making it fly right into the center of the dartboard.) You can't defeat me, Perry the Platypus. I'm just a mad, yet, dramatically eccentric scientist, for Pete's sake. (Perry begins crawling under Dr. Doofenshmirtz's pants leg. He screams)
  • (Song: Platypus in My Pants (Re-write to Squirrels in My Pants))
  • 2 Guys in the Parque: Yeah, somebody, anybody, everybody, SCREAM!
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: (screams) Platypus in my pants!
  • 2 Guys in the Parque: That dude's got a serious platypus in his pants.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Platypus in my pants!
  • Street Performer: Tell me what's makin' you jump like that.
  • 2 Guys in the Parque: P-L-AT-UH-PUS in my pants.
  • Street Performer: Ain't got no chickens, ain't got no rats.
  • 2 Guys in the Parque: P-L-AT-UH-PUS in my pants.
  • Street Performer: P to the I to the M to the P, then maybe you can be movin' like that. Step right over and watch me put it down.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Plat! Plat!
  • Street Performer: Step right over and watch me put a...
  • 2 Guys in the Parque: P to the I to the M to the P.
  • Street Performer: Who ya got back home watering your plants?
  • 2 Guys in the Parque: P-L-AT-UH-PUS in my pants.
  • Street Performer: How can I qualify for government grants?
  • 2 Guys in the Parque: P-L-AT-UH-PUS in my pants.
  • Street Performer: Yeah, hypnotize me, put me in a trance.
  • 2 Guys in the Parque: P-L-AT-UH-PUS in my pants.
  • Street Performer: Get an Aunt Florence living in France...
  • 2 Guys in the Parque: He can't see the...
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Platypus in my pants!
  • Street Performer: Step right over and watch me put it down.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Plat! Plat!
  • Street Performers: Step right over and watch me put it down, down on the ground... cause you know I got it going on.
  • 2 Guys in the Parque: P to the I to the M to the P! P to the I to the M to the P! P to the I to the M to the P! P to the I to the M to the P!
  • Street Performer: If your pockets are empty, get a cash advance.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Plat! Plat!
  • 2 Guys in the Parque: P to the I to the M to the P!
  • Street Performer: If you're losing your hair, get yourself implants. If you're wrestling a bear, then you ain't got a chance. Old Uncle Freddy just rages and rants! It ain't about love, ain't about romance! Platypus in my pants!
  • (song ends)
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: (screams)
  • Street Performer: Whoa, he's got an actual platypus in his pants.
  • Street Performer #2: Now, I've seen everything.
  • (Dr. Doofenshmirtz is still wriggling around with Agent P in his pants leg, until he accidentally trips on a step which has the magical remote control-inator. He lands on the magical remote control-inator, and then grabs it. Then, they both suddenly get sucked inside television. Once they're gone, Vanessa and Charlene come in.)
  • Vanessa: (as she's carrying Charlene by the arm) But, I'm telling you, Dad's really doing something evil this time. (They see that the room is empty.)
  • Charlene: How normal, Vanessa.
  • Vanessa: (takes Charlene and drags her to the TV set.) But, wait. There's more. Take a look at the TV. (They both see that Dr. Doofenshmirtz is inside television with Agent P.)
  • Charlene: How comforting.
  • Vanessa: No, not comforting. Evil. My dad made this magic remote control which made him go inside television, so that he can tune himself into the Biographical Channel on 298 to become next in line for being the ultimate dictator.
  • Charlene: But, he doesn't have anything with him but a platypus. (She cleans her glasses.)
  • Vanessa: But, he took the remote with him. Take a closer look for yourself.
  • Charlene: (puts her glasses back on, and sees the magical-remote-control-inator in his hands.) Oh, yes. That remote. Very surprising. Very... evil.
  • Vanessa: We need to remind all the Tri-State Area about his evil-doings, but what? (She looks both ways.) Just follow me, Mom. I know a way we're going to tell the entire city.
  • (Cut to the penguin HQ, where Dr. Blowhole, Parker, Hans, Savio, Clemson, and Rhonda went down there.)
  • Dr. Blowhole: Alright. Now, spread out and find those peng-you-ins.
  • (Dr. Blowhole and Parker starts destroying everything in the HQ. Savio goes into the laboratory and destroys everything. Clemson throws popcorn bags into the incinerator, releasing the decorative spikes from the ceiling. Rhonda destroys the large radio and megaphone on top of the concrete block. Hans starts messing up the bunk beds. He finds bowling pins with faces on them.)
  • Hans: Dr. Mammal Fish?
  • Dr. Blowhole: What is it?
  • Hans: I think that they've fallen asleep.
  • Dr. Blowhole: Can this be one of their booby traps?
  • Hans: I just th...
  • Dr. Blowhole: Put that bowling pin down or I'll...
  • Parker: Uh, Blowhole?
  • Dr. Blowhole: What?
  • (Cut to Parker standing next to the opened fish plaque revealing the magic remote control Kowalski hid.)
  • Parker: Looking for this?
  • Dr. Blowhole: (comes to the opened fish plaque.) What's this on that hole in the wall? (He sees the remote on the hole and picks it up.) A magic remote control? Can this be one of the peng-you-ins' latest inventions?
  • Parker: Yep.
  • Dr. Blowhole: If they made this plastic thingy, that can only mean one thing.
  • Both: They're going inside...
  • Parker: ...the Biographical Channel.
  • Dr. Blowhole: ...television for the Biographical Channel.
  • (Parker looks at the audience grumpy.)
  • Dr. Blowhole: Guys, stop messing around and COME HERE!!! (The mayhem stops. Hans, Savio, Clemson, and Rhonda come to Dr. Blowhole and Parker.)
  • Savio: Did you find the penguins yet?
  • Dr. Blowhole: No, but I found just the thing we need to go inside television and get to the Biographical Channel. (He brings out the remote.) This magic remote control. I wonder how this think works. (He tries to find the power button.)
  • Parker: Blowhole, since dolphins are so smart, why don't you know where the power button is?
  • Dr. Blowhole: I lost my right eye from the Ring of Fire, okay? Now if you just...
  • (Just then, the Rat King falls down onto Dr. Blowhole, making Dr. Blowhole's beak press the power button on the Controller Remote
  • Deep Voice: Remote Controller.
  • (This causes everyone in the HQ to go inside television.)
  • (Cut to the plane back at Madagascar, where Uncle King Julien and Crimson sneak in. Timo looks at them coming in and begins to hide under a chair.)
  • Uncle King Julien: Not a single sign of my nephew. Although, his people did offer us their beverage, wedding rings, and false teeth away.
  • Crimson: I don't like bribery, even from my twin sister.
  • Uncle King Julien: Aha. At least nobody's around. Maybe that furry toady won't notice that we showed up if he were here and we weren't... unless he thinks we're generously obscure random lemurs who just happen to be subjects to the artist formerly known as King Julien XIII.
  • Crimson: Listen, we're both lemurs. But, the mongoose might believe that we're just a pair of average everyday lemurs who don't take King Julien personally.
  • Uncle King Julien: (notices the fixed television set) Oh, look. My nephew recently discovered a box that showcases everything inside. (He then notices the regular remote with a regular battery and a magical battery still inside.) And look what we have here. A flattened stick with buttons that comes with the box.
  • Crimson: Yeesh. Way to make a discovery on the newest species. (She picks up the remote as she's concerned.) Hmmm. (She is about to press a button, but she becomes disgusted.) I don't think we should use this thing.
  • Uncle King Julien: Really? Why not?
  • (Crimson was about to speak, but then, Karl and Chauncey came out of nowhere, surprising Uncle King Julien and Crimson.)
  • Karl: Hi, again.
  • Uncle King Julien: What do you want, now?
  • Karl: I just wanted you two to know that Chauncey and I beat you to the kingdom.
  • Uncle King Julien: (stands behind Crimson) Leave her alone! You can't have her!
  • Karl: What are you talking about? You're not making any sense. Besides, I keep telling you that neither of you aren't worthy of destroying your nephew.
  • Uncle King Julien: Bu...
  • Karl: No buts. I'd love to stay and have a lovely conversation with you, but we have an entire kingdom begging to be taken down to their knees. Don't want to squander anything. Chauncey!
  • (Chauncey pulls a vine connected to a giant boulder, making it swing and is about to hit Uncle King Julien and Crimson. Uncle King Julien pushes Crimson out of the way.)
  • Uncle King Julien: Crimson, watch out! (The boulder lands on the floor between the rows of seats, missing Uncle King Julien and Crimson.) Nice try, Fluffy. But, clearly, we saw you after we arrived. So, therefore, we kind of came here first, didn't we, Crimson? (Crimson nods)
  • Karl: Oh, do tell.
  • Crimson: (glares at Karl) Personally, I really hate Karl.
  • Karl: WHAT?! How dare you insult my dignity!
  • Uncle King Julien: Here, take a look. You may not know this, but King Julien has set up something new. (He shows Karl and Chauncey the fixed television set.)
  • Karl: Actually, Chauncey and I saw it first. Your point being? (Uncle King Julien angrily begins to tackle Karl.) What are you doing now?
  • Uncle King Julien: It's called REVENGE!
  • Crimson: We're both wrong, Uncle. We should've known that Karl showed up before we did so that he can defeat King Julien before we do!
  • Uncle King Julien: Oh yeah? You think?
  • Karl: Chauncey, grab King Julien's uncle's tail!
  • Uncle King Julien: Crimson, catch the striped skunk by the tail!
  • (Crimson tries to get Karl off of Uncle King Julien with all her might. Chauncey does the same by jumping onto Uncle King Julien's tail and yanks him off of Karl with all his might.)
  • Chauncey and Crimson: (both grunting effortlessly)
  • (Suddenly, Chauncey turns his head to see below is the remote. Knowing that he is afraid of heights, he begins to pull Uncle King Julien's tail harder, but when Uncle King Julien's tail became straight, he swung on the tail, making him land on the power button, accidentally causing them to get sucked inside television. The show they go into is "The One-Hundred Million Dollar Spin," where they meet Agent P, Plankton, Dr. Doofenshmirtz, Dr. Blowhole, Parker, Hans, Clemson, Savio, and Rhonda. They all crash into each other.)
  • Plankton: Wha--huh? Who are these people?
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Now, look what you've done, Perry the Platypus. You've had us go inside a parallel universe with a bunch of talking smelly animals.
  • Dr. Blowhole: Smelly? How dare you call a bunch of animals smelly.
  • Parker: (sees Agent P) Look what we have here. Another platypus. And he's wearing a fedora.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Did you hear something, Perry the Platypus?
  • (Perry shrugs)
  • Parker: (shakes Perry's hands) The name's Parker, and you are...
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: He's Perry the Platypus. And he's my personal nemesis. Wait a minute. Am I starting to understand platypuses, or are they platypi? Or is it platy-people?
  • Parker: It's a pleasure to meet you, Perry the Platypus. We'll be the best-est of friends. You and me. What do you say?
  • (Perry gulps)
  • Uncle King Julien: You!
  • Karl: What?
  • Uncle King Julien: I blame you for this!
  • Karl: Me? What did I do?
  • Uncle King Julien: You pounced on me to a very unusual part of the jungle filled with a horde of strange natives.
  • Karl: I don't think we're in Madagascar anymore, Chauncey.
  • Crimson: If you hadn't attacked us out of the plane in the first place, we would've taken over the kingdom.
  • Clemson: Well, I want to take over the lemur kingdom, too.
  • Karl: Who said that?
  • Clemson: I did.
  • Karl: Another lemur? Who are you?
  • Clemson: I'm Clemson. I got here with some friends so we can take over the world.
  • Karl: Oh, but I wanted to take over the world before any of you do. To dethrone King Julien!
  • Uncle King Julien: Well, three can play at this!
  • Clemson: Aren't you King Julien's uncle?
  • Uncle King Julien: The very one and the same. And Crimson and I are on a mission to overthrow King Julien so that I can become king again, and I can assure you that I'm having you witness.
  • Clemson: You can't be king, because I want to.
  • Uncle King Julien: Oh, yeah?
  • Clemson: Oh, yeah.
  • Uncle King Julien: Oh, yeah?
  • Clemson: Yeah.
  • Hans: Uh, Clemson, you know these guys?
  • Clemson: I only know King Julien's uncle, who I shall not want him to take over the kingdom, so that I will.
  • Hans: You can't take over. I will.
  • Clemson: Wait, you can't dethrone King Julien.
  • Hans: Don't worry. I am not planning to take over the lemurs. We're supposed to be assigned to get rid of the penguins.
  • Rhonda: That's right. We must find those penguins and stop them.
  • Savio: And I'm still having them for dinner. Yummy.
  • Rat King: You, run along back to Hoboken. We'll get to those penguins first.
  • Dr. Blowhole: Well, I want to take over the world before any of you do!
  • Uncle King Julien: What you're saying is all just a big misunderstanding.
  • Dr. Blowhole: That can be arranged. (He presses the button on his segway as a clown's head comes out of it.)
  • Deep Voice: Mind jacker.
  • (The Mind Jacker fires a beam and the other Madagascar villains duck as it hits a cameraman offscreen.)
  • Dr. Blowhole: You may still remember, but at least I still have...
  • (He presses the button.)
  • Deep Voice: Ring of Fire.
  • Karl: Turn that thing off! (He presses the button on the segway and gets angry at Dr. Blowhole.)
  • Deep Voice: Ring of Fire, shut down in progress.
  • Dr. Blowhole: Now see what you've done! You barely had me take over the world the easiest way I can!
  • Karl: Well, I cannot allow you to take over the world. I shall be the only one who shall rule the world!
  • Dr. Blowhole: Stop it, you! Can't you see I'm fighting penguins?
  • Uncle King Julien: Are you really positive that you'll be defeating a pack of stupid flightless birds? Well, you're wrong!
  • (The villains of Madagascar franchise start arguing.)
  • Plankton: QUIET!!!!!
  • Dr. Blowhole: Who said that? Where are you?
  • Plankton: Down here.
  • (They turn around to see Plankton. Chauncey scuttles to Plankton and speaks angry high pitched gibberish at Plankton.)
  • Plankton: Does anybody understand what this bug is saying?
  • Karl: He's saying that I'll be sole ruler of the world!
  • Plankton: WHAT?! Well, I've got news for you. I don't care about your diabolical deeds to plan revenge on small black and white birds, or your wicked ways of overthrowing a kingdom. What's important is that I, Sheldon J. Plankton, must go to channel 298, which just happens to be the Biographical Channel, changing history and taking over the world! (laughs maniacally)
  • Dr. Blowhole: (surprised) You know, I think he might be right.
  • Rat King: I know.
  • Karl: Still, I think it should just be ME who shall take over, not you!
  • (All villains argue again. Dr. Doofenshmirtz looks at the fight.)
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Well, what do you know, Perry the Platypus? We're all fighting. Hey, guys. I'm going to take over the world. Yeah, I'm going to the Biographical Channel and become world dictator!
  • Fish Host #2: And here's your money, Barry. (He sees the villains fight.) What's that? Whoa, Barry. bad news. You're only 10 grams. You have to be this tall to play.
  • Plankton: Darn it! Step aside, you barnacle heads! This isn't your show! It's mine! (He presses a button on the remote which causes him to become bigger.) What the barnacle?
  • Fish Host #2: Okey-dokey. Happy one hundred additional birthdays, Barry.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: What just happened?
  • Plankton: I accidentally hit fast-forward, and this thing made me bigger. Oh, my gosh. This remote can do anything!
  • Fish Host #2: You are right! And now that you're the right size and have your million dollars, what are you going to do next?
  • Plankton: (looks at the TV guide looking at the Dictator Week page.) "Dictator Week" I'll tell you what I'm gonna do next-- get to the biographical channel and change history so that I can take over the world. (Evil laughter)
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Wait a second. You're going to the Biographical Channel, too?
  • Plankton: That's right. I'm going to channel 298, and rule the world!
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Hey, you know, I'm going there, too. Hey, can I join you on your evil plot?
  • Plankton: Yes. You can all follow me to the Biographical Channel.
  • Parker: (comes to Agent P) Come along with me, my true blue friend. We'll be life long mates together. You and me. We'll work together. With a gullible monotreme like you, we can accomplish anything, right?
  • (Agent P gulps)
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: On one condition: the first thing I need to rule is the entire Tri-State Area.
  • Plankton: I don't care. Knock yourself out.
  • Dr. Blowhole: But I always wanted to make those peng-you-ins gone, you hear me?
  • Plankton: Sure you can. Who cares.
  • Uncle King Julien: And I want to exile King Julien from the throne!
  • Plankton: Of course you can.
  • Karl: And what about me? If I'm going to the Biographical Channel, I want in.
  • Plankton: You can help me go to the Biographical Channel and you can do whatever you want to take over the world. Stick with me so I can get you what you want!
  • All villains: Yeah! (laughter)
  • Fish Host #2: Barry and his friends seems really happy--and on fire!

Scene 25: More Channel Surfing

  • (SpongeBob, Patrick, Sandy, Phineas, Ferb, Isabella, Baljeet, Buford, Skipper, Kowalski, Private, Rico, Marlene, King Julien, Maurice, Mort, Clover, Xixi, and Masikura are closer to the ship.)
  • Sandy: Can't... reach... hands.
  • Isabella: Can't... hold... your hand, Phineas.
  • Phineas: Can't... hold... your hand... either.
  • Marlene: Can't... be... damsel... in distress... anymore.
  • Clover: Can't... escape... from this ray.
  • Patrick: Can't... stop thinking... about ham.
  • Baljeet: Can't... concentrate... on other things.
  • Buford: Can't... reach... the nerd's ear.
  • Xixi: Can't... fly... away.
  • Skipper: Can't... fly... right.
  • Kowalski: Can't... think... straight.
  • Private: Can't... go away... like this.
  • Maurice: Can't... move... at all.
  • King Julien: Can't... grab... crown.
  • Mr. Krabs: Can't... find... money.
  • Masikura: Can't... pull... tongue... much longer.
  • SpongeBob: Can't.. stand speaking... in short bursts... of dialogue.
  • Mort: Can't... hug... the FEET!
  • Future SpongeBob: Surrender the remote, and I'll send you all back home.
  • Squidward: You better listen to use, you barnacle heads.
  • Candace: You are all so busted.
  • Future Phineas: No. I can't let them do this. I must...
  • (He gets smacked by Future SpongeBob)
  • SpongeBob: Never!
  • (He reaches the remote attached to his belt, and presses the channel button, which takes them to the next show which is "The Meatflints," a parody of "The Flintstones." Everyone is in caveman get-up, and they hear canned laughter from off-camera whenever something funny happens.)
  • Sandy: Where are we?
  • (They see lint, bones, and meat everywhere.)
  • Mort: Lint?
  • Patrick: Bones?
  • Buford: Meat?
  • Patrick: Oh, my gosh. We're in "The Meatflints."
  • Phineas: You're right. This show is about a modern stone age family.
  • SpongeBob: Exactly. Hey, since outer space was terrible, maybe we can try being a modern stone age family.
  • King Julien: I hate to say it, but... that's a great idea.
  • Buford: Forget the future, the past is really where it's at.
  • Sandy: Say what?
  • Kowalski: You mean that we don't need any technology?
  • Buford: Of course not.
  • Patrick: I may keep a second rock here. Now, let's see what's on.
  • (He grabs the remote and presses a button, as the remote releases a bird, as the bird flies out of the remote, and into the TV set. It pecks on the power button, which turns the TV on.)
  • Xixi: Wow! It's a bird, AND a remote control.
  • Mort: Ooh, can I see what's on?
  • King Julien: No, Mort. If you touch it you'll be one sorry little multituberculate.
  • (Patrick walks up to a sleeping saber toothed tiger.)
  • Patrick: I wonder what this gadget does.
  • (He steps on the saber toothed tiger's tail, causing it to roar.)
  • Patrick: AAAAAAAAAH! It bites!
  • Skipper: Sweet cavemen! Everybody out of the building!
  • (Everybody, except for Clover, starts screaming and running away from the saber-toothed tiger. They run past Clover.)
  • Clover: On it!
  • (She tries to fight the tiger, but the tiger starts to roar at her, making her scream and run, too.)
  • Sandy: Hey, didn't we already run past that couch, chair, and lamp?
  • Mort: Not to mention the TV set.
  • King Julien: Here! Have Mort!
  • (King Julien throws Mort to the tiger's mouth.)
  • Mort: I'm okay. I'm only partially digested.
  • (Mort escapes from the insides of the tiger.)
  • Bird: Eh, it's a cycle.
  • (They all run outside and into a Flintstones-style car. Their feet start running, making the car move.)
  • Buford: That's a poorly-made car.
  • Baljeet: That's because all vehicles are supposed to be powered by feet in this show.
  • SpongeBob: I don't understand. If the cars are powered by feet, shouldn't we just keep running?
  • Patrick: Aren't feet also powered by feet?
  • Clover: We don't have time for stupid questions.
  • Mort: I've got one. How many pelicans can you fit in a phone booth.
  • Private: That's an easy one. Two.
  • Clover: What?!
  • SpongeBob: I don't like this place anymore. We can't live in a world where your household appliances can eat you, and they have to use the same background over and over again.
  • (They drive past the interior of the stone house they just left. Suddenly, a raptor swoops in, with the future characters, Squidward, and Candace riding on its back. Everyone in the car scream. The sun roof on the car gets taken by the raptor.)
  • Future SpongeBob: Surrender, you meat-freaks.
  • Candace: You're so busted.
  • SpongeBob: They're gaining on us. We'll have to move faster.
  • Phineas: (checks the TV guide) We'll have to move to the next channel, where everything is fast.
  • Patrick: We're gonna need more feet.
  • Baljeet: But, we got plenty of feet.
  • Buford: You do the math to see how many feet we have, nerd.
  • Mort: How many people and animals can you fit in a prehistoric car?
  • Clover: (groans in anger)
  • (Clover presses the channel button on the remote, which makes everyone in the car go to the next channel, which is now playing "Go-Go Racer", a parody of "Speed Racer." Fade to a red background with the front of a race car. We zoom in to the right of the race car, and SpongeBob, Phineas, and Ferb hop in. SpongeBob puts the key in the keyhole, and presses the pedal, making the race car to start. The red background changes to an actual race stadium.)
  • Private: What channel are we in now. I hope it's the Lunacorns.
  • Phineas: Sorry, Private. You're wrong again. Now, we're in "Go-Go Racer." It is about a young racer who competes in an international world-wide racing circuit.
  • (They stop at the starting line, where Pop is waiting.)
  • Pop: Absolutely not. You cannot race in this race. It's much too dangerous.
  • SpongeBob: But, Pop. We must. We must race with speed. We're racers. We race with speed, and racing with speed is what we must do. Aah! Ooh! Aah!
  • (The race cars are starting up, as a race official is about to start the rules.)
  • Race Official: This is a very dangerous race. Since we're all broadcasting it live around the world, many of you will not make it out of this race alive.
  • (Cameramen start shooting the race, when suddenly, out of the camera comes Future SpongeBob, Phineas, Private, and Clover, as well as Squidward, and Candace. They take a race car driver's car, as Future SpongeBob's driving, while Squidward, Candace, Future Phineas, Private, and Clover call the trunk.)
  • Race Offcial: Go, racers, go! Aah! Ooh! Aah!
  • (The race cars are off. Future SpongeBob's car drives by another race car. Future SpongeBob turns the wheel right, bumping the other race car, making the driver of that race car scream. The race car falls off the highway and explodes, with the driver taking a parachute. Back at the starting line, the platform where the race official is, explodes, making the race official jump off with a parachute. Two safety officials raise their thumbs up, but then explode. Back with SpongeBob, Phineas, and Ferb, who are determined to win. Suddenly, Future SpongeBob's car hits SpongeBob's car, then turns left to see SpongeBob, Phineas and Ferb.)
  • SpongeBob: You, get away from us. Aah! Ooh! Aah!
  • (SpongeBob, Phineas, and Ferb's car drive away. They see a curve at the end of the cliff. SpongeBob inserts a coin on the wheel, and then presses a button that reads "1," having the car eject legs, making the car jump high over the curve, but Future SpongeBob's car drives through it, causing it to break. The two cars drive down the cliff.)
  • Future SpongeBob: Stop. We just want to talk to you.
  • SpongeBob: Yeah, sure. Why should we believe you? You're an adult, which means you're not a child, and if you're not a child, you're an adult. And if you're an adult, that means I shouldn't listen to you. Aah! Ooh! Aah!
  • (They see pine trees coming their way. Phineas inserts another coin into the slot, and presses a button that reads "4." The car sets out lasers, cutting down some pine trees that are in the way, so that they can go through the woods. The drive back to the auto race, where the other cars are behind SpongeBob, Phineas, and Ferb's car. The trunk opens and reveals Patrick, Sandy, Isabella, Baljeet, Buford, the penguins, Marlene, and Masikura dressed in Spritle-esque little boy gear and the lemurs and Xixi in Chim Chim-esque monkey gear.)
  • King Julien: Oh, great. We're monkeys again.
  • Mort: Where's my tail's mask? The world will know who it is.
  • (They look at SpongeBob, Phineas, and Ferb's direction, as they see rocks falling off cliffs.)
  • Isabella: Phineas, look out! Aah! Ooh! Aah!
  • (Ferb inserts yet another coin into the slot, and presses a button that reads "2," making the tires sharp so they can go through rock. Future SpongeBob's car is unable to survive when he, Future Phineas, Future Private, and Future Clover notice that the two cliffs are actually combining. They scream as they jump off their race car. Luckily, SpongeBob, Phineas, and Ferb's car drove out of the two cliffs before they smash into each other, and Future SpongeBob's race car. SpongeBob, Phineas, and Ferb's race car drives to the finish line.)
  • Audience: Aah! Ooh! Aah!
  • (The car drives to an audience, as two ladies give SpongeBob, Phineas, and Ferb the 1st place trophy.)
  • SpongeBob: Ah. Now, this is more like it.
  • Phineas: Technically, I was in the passenger seat, so we get to share the trophy.
  • (Pop comes through the audience.)
  • Pop: How could you race in this race? Aren't you too young to race in this very dangerous race?
  • Phineas: Yes, yes we are.
  • Pop: Then, you should've gotten yourselves killed. You need to grow up. Ooh! Aah! Ooh!
  • SpongeBob: If I wanted to get screamed at by an adult, I could have stayed at Bikini Bottom.
  • Phineas: Well, we won a race like this. We got a trophy, and we didn't get yelled at. You see, that's the kind of thing Ferb and I do every day. We do something exciting and we never get yelled at.
  • Skipper: Does any animal ever get yelled at?
  • (Kowalski, Private, Rico, King Julien, Maurice, Mort, Marlene, Xixi, Masikura, and Clover raise their hands.)
  • Skipper: Uh, okay. That's what I thought.
  • (SpongeBob presses the channel button on the remote, making them go to channel 194, which is showing "Snooper Dog", a parody of "Scooby Doo." Some bats fly out of a tree hollow, then SpongeBob, Patrick, Sandy, Phineas, Ferb, Isabella, Baljeet, Buford, Skipper, Kowalski, Private, Rico, Marlene, King Julien, Maurice, Mort, Clover, Xixi, and Masikura appear in 60's teenager clothes.)
  • Private: This place sounds scary. Can this be the special Halloween episode of the Lunacorns?
  • Skipper: Private, this isn't the Lunacorns.
  • Phineas: Of course not. We're in "Snooper Dog."
  • SpongeBob: Sweet. This will be a perfect place to live. Our ride should be here right about... now.
  • (The Clue Cruiser stops at them.)
  • Phineas: Guess who's here.
  • (The door opens to reveal Snooper Dog and the Clue Crew, parodies of Shaggy, Daphne, Velma, and Fred.)
  • SpongeBob: It's Snooper Dog and the Crew Clue.
  • Sandy: Are those kids even old enough to drive?
  • Phineas: Nope, and even though they're teenagers, their parents let them drive around solving mysteries with a talking dog.
  • Snooper Dog: Put the sizzle in the fuzznizzle, y'all.
  • SpongeBob: I'm sorry. What?
  • Mort: I know what he's saying.
  • Maurice: What is it, Mort?
  • Mort: The thing is that I speak fluent doggy.
  • (The Clue Crew starts screaming.)
  • Snooper Dog: Subwhizzle! Fuwizzle! Snuthizzle!
  • SpongeBob: Does anybody understand what that dog is saying.
  • Mort: Really! Is that the kind of language doggies use?
  • Shaggy Lookalike: He's saying, like, run!
  • (Shaggy Lookalike points at a big white shaggy monster. Everyone starts screaming at the monster and run into a haunted house. The Fred lookalike holds the door for everyone to get in. He closes the door before the monster can get in. They pass a shelf, chairs, tables, and vases to each other to block the door so that the monster can't get in. Snooper Dog was about to get a chair from the monster. He didn't notice until he screams, causing the monster to roar, and everyone to scream. Cut to a hallway, as the monster chases them through different doors in different directions, in the style of "Scooby Doo.")
  • Singers:Kooky spooky, kooky spooky haunted house. Ooky pooky, ooky pooky haunted house. Pooky pooky pooky pooky, oh!
  • (A bird flies in through one of the doors.)
  • Bird: Eh, it's a chase scene.
  • (SpongeBob and the Velma lookalike bump into each other, causing her to lose her glasses. Her glasses land on SpongeBob.)
  • Singers: ♪ Ooky pooky, ooky pooky haunted house. Schmooky sooky, schmooky sooky haunted house. Mooky sooky, kooky spooky haunted house. ♪
  • SpongeBob: AAAAH! Can't see! Can't see!
  • (He runs down the stairs, and just when the monster is about to catch him, they tumble down the stairs, where Snooper and the Shaggy lookalike are sitting on a barrel and eating submarine sandwiches, and SpongeBob and the monster land on Snooper and the Shaggy lookalike.)
  • Singers: ♪ Pooky pooky pooky pooky, oh! ♪
  • (The monster lands on the ground, and a barrel falls onto the monster. The heroes and the Clue Crew come to the trapped monster.)
  • Clover: Case solved.
  • Skipper: Up high.
  • (The penguins high five themselves.)
  • SpongeBob: I knew if we came here, you'd help us solve the mystery of who's been chasing us.
  • Velma Lookalike: Now, let's see who this monster really is.
  • Mort: Although, I already have an idea. (He pulls the monster's face off revealing Future SpongeBob.)
  • All: A guy in a mask?
  • Future SpongeBob: But that's not all.
  • (He comes out of the barrel, and tears off the rest of the monster costume, revealing Squidward, Candace, Future Phineas, Future Private, and Future Clover.)
  • Squidward: Gotcha!
  • SpongeBob: You, again?
  • Phineas: We'd love to stay and solve more mysteries but we must be running away now.
  • (SpongeBob, Patrick, Sandy, Phineas, Ferb, Isabella, Baljeet, Buford, Skipper, Kowalski, Rico, Private, Marlene, King Julien, Clover, Maurice, Mort, Xixi, and Masikura jump into the TV, then Squidward, Candace, Future Phineas, Future Private, and Future Clover do the same.)
  • Shaggy Lookalike: Like, what the heck was that, Snoop?
  • Snooper Dog: Yo, man. I don't have all the answers, y'all.

Scene 26: Whatever Happened to SpongeBob... Again?

  • (Larry and Pearl are in SpongeBob's house, talking to Gary)
  • Larry: I'm sorry, Gary, but SpongeBob's not here. We haven't seen him since the last time he was at Goo Lagoon. I mean why did he run away, anyway?
  • Gary: Meow.
  • Pearl: Larry, do you understand what he's saying?
  • Larry: Of course I do. I speak snail. He's saying that Squidward and Mr. Krabs told him he couldn't watch television anymore.
  • Pearl: That fiend. He's embarrassing him. SpongeBob should have gotten rid of them when he had the chance. (She tries to run out of the building but Larry grabs her flipper.)
  • Gary: Meow.
  • Larry: He's also saying that SpongeBob was trying to tell them a ridiculous story about Plankton being evil.
  • (Pearl looks at Larry.)
  • Gary: Meow?
  • Larry: Gary is wondering if there's something we want to tell him if Plankton's evil.
  • (They look around the room, seeing some hidden cameras. One of them is a picture of Plankton with the camera hidden in the eye.)
  • Pearl: Nope. No he isn't.
  • Larry: He's the greatest criminal mastermind in all of Bikini Bottom
  • Pearl: Having hidden cameras everywhere is no reason we're saying that. (chuckles)
  • Larry: (tears off the Plankton picture off the wall.) No! no! this is our chance! We can finally tell the world about Plankton! (Larry picks up Gary) Listen to us, Gary. Plankton is... (he gets shocked by Gary's shell. He drops Gary by mistake and faints. He picks himself up off the floor.) Plankton is... (he tries to grab Gary's shell again, but gets shocked again. He gets up off the floor.) Plank... (he tries to touch Gary's shell once again, but gets shocked.) Oh, never mind. (One of the hidden cameras gives Larry a wedge of cheese.) Oh, boy! cheese! (He grabs some buns, lettuce, tomatoes, and krabby patty meat to make a crabby patty, and eats it.)
  • Pearl: Our little friend is out there somewhere. We have to find him.
  • Larry: And we will, Pearl. We will.
  • (Suddenly, Gary eats Larry's crabby patty.)
  • Larry: Hey! (he once more grabs Gary's shell, but gets shocked for old time's sake.)

Scene 27: BFFs Need to Stick Together

  • (Jeremy comes to the Flynn-Fletcher household. He opens up the door to find Candace.)
  • Jeremy: Hey, Candace. It's me, Jeremy. Are you ready to go out to play hooky with me? (He looks around the room seeing nobody there.) Candace? (A tumbleweed comes past him.) Hmm. That's weird. I could've sworn that she was waiting for me by the front porch. Maybe she's in her room. (He checks her room, but the room is empty.) Uh, Candace? She's not in her room, either. Hmm. I wonder if her brothers know where she is. (He checks Phineas and Ferb's room.) Phineas? Ferb? Have any of you seen Candace? (He looks around the room, but neither Phineas or Ferb are in the room, either.) Did they decide to take a day off from inventing usually big things by going grocery shopping with the mother? I know. I'll ask Stacy. Maybe she knows anything about where Phineas and Ferb might be. (He comes to the Hirano household. He knocks at the door, and Stacy Hirano opens up.) Hey, Stacy.
  • Stacy: Oh, hey, Jeremy. What a surprise. Come and sit down if you'd like.
  • Jeremy: (sits on the couch in front of her television set.) Thanks, Stacy.
  • Stacy: You're just in time. My mother, Dr. Hirano just made some grilled cheese sandwiches. I should know because they're Candace's favorites. They don't call it the Candace special for no reason. Which reminds me, did you bring Candace with you?
  • Jeremy: Uh, no.
  • Stacy: Why not?
  • Jeremy: Well, I talked to Candace on the phone, asking her if she could take the day off with me. But, when I came into her house, she wasn't there. Neither were her brothers. That's why I'm asking you if you've seen Candace and her brothers.
  • Stacy: You know, funny you should ask. I have no idea where they are at the moment. But luckily, my younger sister does. You want me to bring her down for you?
  • Jeremy: Well, sure. I mean, she's one of Phineas and Ferb's friends.
  • Stacy: Okay. Hey, Ginger!
  • Ginger: (comes into the room) Yes, Stacy?
  • Stacy: Jeremy wants to know if you've seen Phineas and Ferb.
  • Jeremy: As I was telling your older sister, that I wanted Candace to take a day off from busting her brothers. But, when I came over, neither she or her brothers were there. So, I was wondering, can you tell me where Phineas and Ferb got to?
  • Ginger: Hmm. I should be able to round up the rest of the Fireside Girls and let them know where Phineas, Ferb, and Candace are in order to get answers. Be right back. (She leaves the room to start gathering the Fireside Girls.)

Scene 28: The Animals Blame the Chimps

  • (The zoo animals come out of their hiding places.)
  • Burt: What just happened?
  • Bada: I don't know, but I do suspect some writing at the Chimpanzees'.
  • Joey: Blimey, who wrote that?
  • Bing: We bet it was the chimps.
  • Bada: You mean, that they were the ones who caused this mess in the first place?
  • Bing: Well, that's what it said.
  • (The chimps come to the other zoo animals.)
  • Mason: Excuse us, but we were wondering what just happened around here?
  • (The zoo animals turn to the chimpanzees.)
  • Bing: You. You did all this?
  • Mason: Now, now. Let's all get along here. We're birds of a feather. Well, we're not all technically birds, most of us are mammals. But we didn't cause all of this to happen.
  • Bada: Oh, but you did, alright. Do you realize what you did here?
  • Mason: Uh, no.
  • Bada: First of all, you cut off our tire swing in half. (The chimps look at the gorilla habitat, where the tire swing is cut off.)
  • Burt: And you smashed my peanut bags into smithereens. (The chimps turn to the elephant habitat, where all the peanuts are crushed.)
  • Roy: And you crushed on my bales of hay. (The chimps turn their attention to the rhinoceros habitat, where they see hay everywhere.)
  • Joey: And you blokes inflated my favorite ball. (The chimps look at the kangaroo habitat, where they see that Joey's beachball is inflated. The other animals angrily chatter indistinctly at the chimps.)
  • Mason: Wait just a minute. We didn't mean any damage to the zoo. What we saw happening was Skipper's dolphin nemesis, Dr. Blowhole. He brought some friends along for the ride to look for Skipper. But what we know is that the penguins, the lemurs, and Marlene went inside television. So we were wondering if we could use your help to get them out of there.
  • (The zoo animals look at each other.)
  • Bing: Oh, sure. We'll get them, alright.
  • Mason: Really? You will?
  • Bada: We mean you. Let's get them! (The gorillas bring out their crowbars.)
  • Mason: Phil, let's make a run for it! (The chimpanzees begin to run from the other zoo animals.)

Scene 29: New Improvements

  • Timo: Attention, lemurs. I have an announcement. Uncle King Julien and Crimson went inside the television set, and King Julien, Clover, Maurice, and Mort are missing.
  • Lemurs: (murmuring)
  • Timo: So, we must postpone the election until further notice.
  • Pancho: But, you're not the king. You're just the king's science-wizard guy. Come to think of it, you're not even a lemur, either.
  • Timo: I know. So, I've decided to fill in as king until either one of them gets back. Now who will be the perfect replacement for Maurice. (He covers his eyes with one hand, while the other hand points left and right at the crowd until he points at...) Butterfish. You will be the perfect replacement for Maurice.
  • Butterfish: I'm sorry, but I have to get to bed. It's too late at night to go to work anyways.
  • Timo: Okay, suit yourself.
  • (Through a puff of brown dust, Maggie the Unwashed appears. She licks her eye.)
  • Maggie: I'll be the new Maurice for you.
  • Timo: Really? You will?
  • Maggie: Sure. I have so many ideas of how to be a king's right hand man. (farts)
  • Timo: Okay, moving right along. We need a new captain of the Ringtail Guard. Who shall I choose. Uhh... Nurse Phantom. Hey, where is he?
  • Lemur #1: He's not here.
  • Timo: Okay. Very well, then.
  • Ted: Oh, pick me! I'll be Clover's replacement as captain of the Ringtail Guard.
  • Timo: Really?
  • Ted: Well, suresies, I did that once when Clover was on vacation.
  • Timo: Well, I... I guess I can give it a go. Okay. And finally, who will I pick to fill in for Mort? Um, Hector. You will be a great Mort.
  • Hector: Nope, not doin' this. I'm going back to bed.
  • Timo: (sighs) Who will be replacing Mort at this time of need?
  • (He sees Todd cuddling up on his feet.)
  • Todd: Can I be Mort's replacement.
  • Timo: Well, sure you can. If you can get off of my feet. I mean, I am a prickly animal.
  • Todd: Okay.
  • Timo: Now, then, we don't have any time to waste so we must think of a plan to find King Julien. But what? Wait. That's it. We should ask the other kingdoms where to find King Julien and Clover. Let's go, guys.
  • Maggie, Ted, and Todd: On it.
  • Ted: By the way, didn't Clover used to say "on it" while she was here?

Scene 30: Blackbird and Sparrow

  • (The show our heroes are in right now is "Blackbird and Sparrow", a parody of "Batman and Robin". A Batman-like signal appears in the sky. The gang is inside a mansion.)
  • SpongeBob: Terrific! This looks great.
  • Patrick: What's so great about this show?
  • Phineas: Are you kidding? We're in the world of Blackbird and Sparrow. (SpongeBob flips open a bust and presses a button on it. Then, puts on the Blackbird costume.) In this world, the hero can put on this cool crime-fighting suit. (Marlene puts Blackbird's trademark costume on Phineas.) Thank you, Marlene.
  • Patrick: Neat.
  • (Phineas grabs Patrick by the arms and lays him down hard on the table.)
  • Phineas: That gives his body enhanced strength and agility. (He flips. Then, Phineas goes to the bar table, where grabs a milkshake and throws it to SpongeBob.) And best of all, with his secret identity, nobody will know who he is.
  • Private: And I'm Sparrow.
  • Skipper: Oh, brother. Private.
  • Private: I am Blackbird's sidekick and fine feathered friend.
  • Skipper: You are unbelievable.
  • SpongeBob: (sits on a chair) I love this place. I should have thought about living here a long time ago. (He takes a sip from the milkshake.)
  • King Julien: In fact, we should live here now and forever.
  • Masikura: But, your majesty, what about your kingdom.
  • King Julien: Forget all about it, Masikura. I'm sure somebody else is taking good care of the kingdom while I'm here.
  • (Masikura turns her face from surprised to angry.)
  • Marlene: And I should become Feline Female.
  • Clover: Hey. I should be Feline Female.
  • Marlene: I win the casting rights fair and square.
  • Clover: But I'm a crime fighter.
  • Marlene: Does that matter?
  • Clover: Yes, it does.
  • Marlene: Well, I'll have you know that I am Feline Female, and I'll always be...
  • (Suddenly, a net captures them both, and then everybody else other than SpongeBob, Phineas, Private, and Clover, who see their future selves.)
  • SpongeBob and Phineas: You.
  • Future SpongeBob: Your channel surfing days are over.
  • Squidward: We've been looking all over the TV universe for all of you.
  • Future Private: And here we are to make you snap out of it.
  • Candace: You guys are so busted.
  • Future Clover: You better give us the remotes, now.
  • (SpongeBob, Phineas, Ferb, Private, and Clover flip themselves and are ready to fight their future selves, who pounce on them into the door, down the staircase, and into a pipe which leads everybody to a giant birdcage.)
  • Mr. Krabs: What is this place?
  • Skipper: Oh, no. We're trapped! Trapped! We'll never get out of here! (sobbing)
  • Phineas: This is The Birdcage. Blackbird's secret, paper-lined headquarters.
  • Private: Ooh, nice place. My kind of place to hang out. What? Penguins are birds.
  • (SpongeBob kicks Future SpongeBob in the face.)
  • SpongeBob: Nice try, pal. We're not afraid of you here. On this show, the good guy always win.
  • Future SpongeBob: You young fool, don't you understand?
  • (Future SpongeBob, Future Private, and Future Clover take off their masks, revealing their faces.)
  • Future SpongeBob, Private, and Clover: We are the good guys.
  • SpongeBob: What?! An older version of me?
  • Private: And me?
  • Clover: That's impossible. Neither of you can be me!
  • SpongeBob: I'm not supposed to get older. Get away from us!
  • Future Phineas: (sighs) I guess if they have to remove their masks, then I have to do the same, too.
  • (Future Phineas takes off his mask revealing his face.)
  • Candace: (gasps) It is you, Phineas. (sobbing) How could you?!
  • Phineas: An older version of me? You know, Ferb, not only is he trying to seize us, he's trying to seize the day.
  • (Future SpongeBob, Phineas, Private, and Clover are about to jump on them when suddenly...)
  • SpongeBob: Pause! (SpongeBob presses the pause button on the remote, which freezes future SpongeBob, Future Phineas, Future Private, and Future Clover.) You know, guys, I don't get it. If we're the good guys, and they're us, who's the bad guy?
  • (Back in the TV universe, Plankton, Dr. Doofenshmirtz, Dr. Blowhole, Parker, Hans, Rhonda, Savio, Clemson, Uncle King Julien, Crimson, Karl, Chauncey, and Agent P are seeing what's happening in the box that has "Blackbird" on.)
  • Plankton: The Sponge-Boob is here, too?
  • Dr. Blowhole: And the Peng-you-ins, too. Parker, do you see them?
  • Parker: There they are, with some friends of theirs.
  • Uncle King Julien: And my nephew. He, too, is here.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: What now, Perry the Platypus?
  • (Agent P shows Dr. Doofenshmirtz Phineas and Ferb in the cube.)
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Oh, them. Those two boys of yours. Forget about them, Perry the Platypus. It seems that they do not need you anymore. They have forgotten about you.
  • (Perry looks disappointed.)
  • Parker: That's right, Perry. I'm your only best friend now.
  • Perry: (growls)
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: What are you gonna do about it, huh? What are you doing?
  • (Agent P presses the button on the remote which takes him to the channel his brothers and their friends are in right now.)
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Oh, I see what he's doing. He's going to save his friends.
  • Plankton: Not for long.
  • (Plankton presses the button on the remote which takes him and the other villains to the cube that Agent P just went to. Back at the birdcage, the future SpongeBob, Phineas, Private, and Clover wake up, tied up in a chair.)
  • Future SpongeBob: What? huh? Where are we?
  • SpongeBob: That's a good question. If you're supposed to be us, why don't you know where you are?
  • Phineas: Why is it that you don't remember anything if you were supposed to be us?
  • Private: I think the better question is if you don't know where you are, why are you supposed to be us?
  • Clover: If you don't answer, I'll activate Laverne and Shirley on you. ANSWER US!
  • Future SpongeBob: I...
  • Clover: PAUSE!
  • (Future SpongeBob, Phineas, Private, and Clover freeze.)
  • Sandy: Guys, they're you 20 years older than you. They don't remember anything to do with the fact that you had friends.
  • King Julien: They probably don't even remember he asked them to invent the remote.
  • Future SpongeBob: Stop that. You've got to listen to me. We've got to stop them.
  • SpongeBob: Who them? and where are you from? It's time you told us now.
  • Phineas: You have to tell us your stories about where you came from. The future.
  • Private: Please, tell us. I'm begging you. Please, please, please tell us about your futures.
  • Clover: I asked very nicely, but now, I will unleash Masikura to get her tongue into your brains to tell us about your futures. (She picks up Masikura. As Clover is about to squeeze Masikura, Future SpongeBob begins to speak.)
  • Future SpongeBob: Time. Time is the key word.
  • (cut to the bad future of Bikini Bottom, where Plankton is the dictator.)2
  • Future SpongeBob (voiceover): My world is ruled by an evil dictator who can't be stopped.
  • (Dictator Plankton sees armies of fish in the same suit future SpongeBob has. Plankton spreads his legs. The armies do the same. Future SpongeBob comes in and puts his mask on.)
  • Future SpongeBob (voiceover): I was part of the resistance. I had secretly inserted myself amongst the ranks of his security forces to gain his trust.
  • (Plankton twirls the whip, wanting the armies to fight against Future SpongeBob. They dog pile on him, but they miss as Future SpongeBob jumps high. The armies jump, too. Future SpongeBob punches and kicks some soldiers, having them land on a mesh gate and all lying down. Plankton claps.)
  • Future SpongeBob: When word leaked to him about a resistance attempt to travel back in time and change history.
  • (Cut to Future Squidward and Patrick being chased by Future SpongeBob, and then cut to Plankton giving Future SpongeBob the time travel belt.)
  • Future SpongeBob: Had to be the one to go back.
  • (Future SpongeBob puts the time travel belt and dissolves. Cut back to the present.)
  • Future SpongeBob: I knew in my heart that that remote is what gave him the power to take over the world.
  • (SpongeBob looks at the remote.)
  • SpongeBob: You mean the one I'm carrying right now?
  • Phineas: I'm afraid so, but right now, I think the future me has something to say about himself.
  • Future Phineas: Where I come from, it was a pretty gruesome future. I was stored away as a child until I became an adult.
  • (Cut to the bad future of Danville, where Emperor Doofenshmirtz is the dictator.)
  • Future Phineas: In my world, our ruler is an un-defeatable evil emperor.
  • Emperor Doofenshmirtz: Ah, I'm a dictator now. Who do you think I am?
  • (Emperor Doofenshmirtz sees armies of people and animal agents in the same pharmacist suit future Phineas has. Emperor Doofenshmirtz salutes them, and they salute him back. Cut to Future Phineas, where he puts his mask on and salutes to Bref and powers him down. He runs away and goes to where the armies and Emperor Doofenshmritz are.)
  • Future Phineas: I was a member of the resistance. In order to have his word, it was my secret to join myself into his army.
  • (Emperor Doofenshmirtz blows a whistle, causing the armies to fight against Future Phineas. One of the soldiers use a kerosine while Future Phineas manages to use a hose to put out the fire. Another soldier gets whacked in Future Phineas' pelt. Another one flips over Future Phineas. Future Phineas was about to get wrangled by another soldier, but narrowly escapes. He punches yet another soldier. He kicks another one. A soldier looks around only to get punched in the back by Future Phineas. Suddenly, Future Phineas gives the final punch at the camera, actually all the soldiers. All the soldiers land on the ground, lying in defeat. Emperor Doofenshmirtz applauds.)
  • Emperor Doofenshmirtz: Bravo. What an achievement.
  • Future Phineas: By the time rumor spread around the emperor for him to time travel 20 years into the past and make changes to the world.
  • (Cut to Future Candace and Future Jeremy getting chased by Future Phineas, and then Emperor Doofenshmirtz gives Future Phineas the time travel belt.)
  • Future Phineas: I, alone, have information that reveals the only way to travel back 20 years before he can.
  • (Future Phineas finds the time travel belt and dissolves. Cut back to the present.)
  • Future Phineas: So what I've discovered is that the remote is what made Emperor Doofenshmirtz ruler of the Tri-State Area.
  • Phineas: What? That doesn't make sense. Anyhow, about that robot you were talking about, where is he?
  • Future Phineas: He's here. All I have to do is press this button.
  • (He pulls out a gray robot remote and presses a button, which allows him to come out.)
  • Bref: Greetings, movers and shakers. I am the Biconical Robot of Ethnical Futures. My friends call me Bref.
  • Future Phineas: Meet Bref. He's my business partner. He helped me during the battle.
  • Bref: That is right. I helped him fight off Emperor Doofenshmirtz' soldiers. And by the way, I really admire your intimidating time travel belt. It's really snazzy.
  • Future Phineas: Why, thank you.
  • Private: Okay. Now, tell us about you. (He points his flipper at his future self.) What was your future like?
  • Future Private: Loyalty, is what my goal is in my future.
  • (Cut to the bad future of the Central Park Zoo, where Dr. Blowhole is the dictator.)
  • Future Private (voiceover): Where I come from, Dr. Blowhole is declared the ruler who is unstoppable.
  • (Dr. Blowhole sees armies of animals, in the same black clothing Future Private wears, bowing down to him. He sits up, as the armies do the same. Future Private is carrying a bindle. He unpacks his bindle full of shooting stars, a bow and arrow, and his mask. He puts his mask on.)
  • Future Private (voiceover): I quit the penguins and joined the resistance. And without anybody knowing, I had to get accepted into the army by doing my dictator proud.
  • Future Dr. Blowhole: Attack!
  • (The armies begin attacking Future Private. Future Private does a karate pose. Two chimpanzees begins to pounce on him, but Future Private punches one chimp and kicks the other chimp. He twirls between an elephant and a rhinoceros, and punches the rhinoceros and kicks the elephant at the same time. He jumps when he sees an army of chameleons. When he lands, he slides and kicks the chameleons. He does more karate poses and kicks a flamingo and an ostrich. An otter comes racing towards him, and he is able to throw shooting stars at the otter, making the otter attached to a mesh fence. A kangaroo comes hopping to him, but Future Private shoots the bow and arrow straight to the kangaroo's butt cheek. Two gorillas come charging to Future Private. When the gorillas are getting closer to him, he just starting to do his trademark cute pose, which results his feathers molting, making the gorillas and the other animal armies fall. Dr. Blowhole claps his flippers.)
  • Future Private (voiceover): Once the dictator heard news about time travel back to 20 years into the past...
  • (Cut to Future Private chasing Future Skipper, Future Kowalski, and Future Rico.)
  • Future Private (voiceover): I knew I have to be the only one on Earth to do the job.
  • (Future Private grabs the Time Travel belt.)
  • (Cut back to the present.)
  • Future Private: From there, I learned that the remote is the ultimate weapon for him so that he can be ruler.
  • Private: That sounds... pretty scary. Even for me.
  • Clover: That's nothing. You should hear my future ego's story. Take it away.
  • Future Clover: Success, is what my key to my future was supposed to be.
  • (Cut to the bad future of Madagascar, where Uncle King Julien is the king.)
  • Future Clover (voiceover): My kingdom is overruled by an evil tyrant who won't be defeated.
  • (Uncle King Julien sees armies of lemurs in masks and the same suit future Clover has on. The armies jump twice.)
  • Armies: Harroo! Harroo!
  • (Future Clover jumps into the battleground, and puts on her mask.)
  • Future Clover: As member of the resistance, with nobody watching, I ran away from home and became among his soldiers to have his honor.
  • (Uncle King Julien blows a seashell, making the armies fight Future Clover.)
  • Future Clover: On it!
  • (A lemur soldier stalk upon her. She jumps and kicks the soldier. Lemur soldiers circle around her, so Clover begins spinning and punching the soldiers at the same time. Another soldier charges in and attacks her. Clover does the same to him, but she bites his finger, making him scream like a banshee. Some more soldiers charge in and she kicks them all. One soldier pounces on her, but she punches him before he can attack her. Another soldier attacks her but she kicks him. More soldiers circle around her as she keeps kicking and punching them. She even tosses one and landing him hard on another soldier. She then pounces on another soldier, and then slaps him in the face. She then notices more soldiers coming her way, so she just gives them all one big punch, defeating them all, and making Uncle King Julien applaud slowly.)
  • Future Clover: It was then when he heard about an deliberate escape to the past to return history to how it was before I got into this mess.
  • (Cut to Future Clover riding some fossa and chasing Maurice and Mort with a mango, and then Uncle King Julien gives Future Clover the time travel belt.)
  • Future Clover: I was called to do so.
  • (Future Clover puts on the time travel belt and dissolves. Cut back to the present.)
  • Future Clover: And so, I have come to realize that what made his uncle the king was that remote.
  • Clover: What? You mean...
  • Future SpongeBob: We have to destroy them before they find it.
  • SpongeBob: We? Ha. Well, we're most definitely not leaving.
  • Phineas: We're not going anywhere, in a luxurious mansion like this.
  • Private: Along with this fabulous birdcage headquarters, on account of the fact that I'm a bird myself.
  • Clover: Not to mention the fact that I am the leading lady around here.
  • Marlene: Ohhhhh!
  • Future SpongeBob: But you have to. Without us, the future will remain a desolate wasteland.
  • Future Phineas: There would be nothing but disaster if you don't join us.
  • Future Private: The future would be nothing but world hunger.
  • Future Clover: And populations would decrease to a mass extinction event.
  • SpongeBob: I'm never gonna grow up.
  • Phineas: And we're staying here forever.
  • Private: Why should I go to the land of the Lunacorns when I get to live here in this glorious birdcage.
  • Clover: Who knows? Maybe there would be new missions for me since I'm here.
  • SpongeBob: So, it's not our problem.
  • (Suddenly, an explosion occurs under the birdcage, revealing a giant Blackbird-like robot being controlled by Plankton, Dr. Doofenshmirtz, Dr. Blowhole, and Uncle King Julien. Also inside the robot are Agent P, Parker the Platypus, Rat King, Hans, Savio, Rhonda, Clemson, Karl, and Chauncey. They all, except for Agent P, start laughing evilly.)
  • Future SpongeBob: There's two remotes?
  • Mr. Krabs: Well, that explains a lot.
  • (Agent P waves at Phineas and Ferb.)
  • Plankton: Check out the unusually destructive things you find lying around a stately mansion.
  • Dr. Blowhole: We have so many ideas of getting rid of you and your little family of yours.
  • Uncle King Julien: Well, congratulations. You found who you were looking for if you want to find some criminal masterminds.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Wait a minute. You know these guys, Perry the Platypus?
  • (Agent P nods his head, and jumps off the giant robot.)
  • Phineas: Oh, there you are, Perry.
  • (The robot's arm points at the heroes and zaps a laser at their spot. The future SpongeBob, Phineas, Private, and Clover made their escapes from the traps.)
  • Future SpongeBob: For the record, I could have done that at anytime.
  • Future Private: And you know how I do things for a lovely lady like you. Right, Clover?
  • Future Clover: Believe me, Private. I know what I'm doing.
  • Future SpongeBob: Now, run!
  • (Song: You're Just Being Obvious)
  • Plankton: I think I feel a song coming on.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: I think we should sing while we're taking on our nemesis's.
  • Dr. Blowhole: Oh, there's nothing I like better than a good bad guy song to pass the time.
  • Uncle King Julien: You said it.
  • Plankton: (starts singing) ♪ It's true what they say about you, is that you have so much charm.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz:You have so much under your sleeves. And you never give anyone harm.
  • Dr. Blowhole:Now let us see what you've got. Let us see if you're up to it.
  • Uncle King Julien:It's time for your dance lesson. Come on, get up and do it.
  • (SpongeBob eats some soap, which makes him bloat and bubbles burst out of him, aiming at the giant robot. But the robot dodged the bubbles.)
  • Plankton:Let's see if you can tap dance on glass.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: But it won't break, so you will not pass.
  • (Future SpongeBob tries to punch and kick the giant robot, but it just won't fall.)
  • Both:If you think a disco is where you've taken us, we're gonna get straight. You're just being obvious.
  • (Phineas and Ferb use the baseball shooters to aim at the robot, but they hit the robot, only for the baseballs to fly back to Phineas and Ferb.)
  • Dr. Blowhole:It takes two to tango, only one is out.
  • Uncle King Julien:You will do the hokey pokey. That's what it's all about.
  • (Future Phineas uses Bref to fight against the giant robot.)
  • Both:If you find the ballroom and waiting for the next bus, well, it will take much time cause you're just being obvious.
  • (Bref barfs out some guts.)
  • Rat King:We'd like you to come to our playground. Slide on by right onto our swing.
  • Karl:Dance, monkey, dance on the monkey bars. They say that the play is the thing.
  • Hans, Clemson, Rhonda and Savio: ♪ Come on and moonwalk on the sandbox.
  • Crimson:You should give it a little rake.
  • Parker:But if you waltz around with too much raking, you're in recess, for heaven's sake. ♪ Come join me, brother.
  • (Skipper, Kowalski, Private, and Rico butt-kick the giant robot, but the robot's finger flicks them away into one of the cage's bar.)
  • Rat King: We'd like you to try to do some ballet.
  • Karl:But you're not light on your toes, hear what we say.
  • (Future Private uses his more powerful punches, kicks, and bites on the robot. But when he bit on the robot, he gets the robot scent off his tongue.)
  • Both:If you ask us where on Earth the Charleston was, you should practice lots, but you're just being obvious.
  • (Clover tries to use her moves on the giant robot. When she tries to give it a big punch, she bruised her hand.)
  • Hans, Clemson, Rhonda, and Savio:We have come to you, to sweep your samba.
  • Crimson and Parker: ♪ And we won't tickle away out of your lambada.
  • All:If you found your way into Bollywood or bust, consider it too late, for you're just being obvious.
  • Plankton:Try the salsa, it's delicious. ♪
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: ♪ Go belly dance with the fishes.
  • Rat King:Come and stay for the pink flamenco.
  • King Julien:Not a real one with flamingos. ♪ Because that would be off the heezy.
  • (The robot's finger zaps at King Julien, causing him to run.)
  • Plankton, Dr. Doofenshmirtz, Dr. Blowhole, and Uncle King Julien:So what we suggest is rumba for your lives.
  • Rat King, Karl, Hans, Clemson, Rhonda, Savio, Crimson, and Parker:Because your hot skill is too cold for our jive.
  • Plankton:If you're a nose, then boogie woogie if you must.
  • Dr. Blowhole:If you're a garbage, move if you can-can, you wuss. ♪
  • Karl:If you're a jitterbug, crawl around to make a fuss.
  • All villains:It doesn't matter that much, you're just being obvious! ♪♪
  • (Plankton pulls two levers to make the fingers point up to the cage's ceiling and zap the top of the cage out, making the rest of the cage fall as the robot gets away.)
  • SpongeBob: You know, in retrospect, maybe hanging a gigantic headquarters by a small metal ring isn't funny at all.
  • Sandy: Y'all think?
  • (The cage land on a pile of rocks as it rolls over until it hits flat ground.)
  • SpongeBob: No! They're ruining everything!
  • (The robot appears to the cage's left side.)
  • Plankton: So long, suckers! We're off to Dictator Week, and then to steal the Krabby Patty formula.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Rule the entire Tri-State Area.
  • Uncle King Julien: Become the new king of the lemurs.
  • Dr. Blowhole: Aren't we forgetting one thing?
  • Plankton: That's right. And we'll take over the world!
  • (Plankton presses a button on the remote. Then, the giant robot releases the villains laughing maniacally, sending them back to the TV universe. Back in the "Blackbird" channel, we see a crushed car being thrown away by future SpongeBob, Phineas, Private, and Clover.)
  • SpongeBob: Thanks for the save.
  • Phineas: I have to admit that being protected by our future selves is even better than being chased by them.
  • Private: We don't know what we do if you didn't show up.
  • Clover: We love you, guys. You're so cool.
  • Future SpongeBob: Hey, you're a hero now. And that's what heroes do.
  • Future Phineas: Saving the world from being ruled by a mob of bad guys.
  • Future Private: Without you by our side, the future wouldn't be quite as good.
  • Future Clover: You know what else, we think you are so cool, too.
  • Future SpongeBob: Are you ready to stop the villains and save the world?
  • (SpongeBob, Phineas, Private, and Clover shake hands and flipper with their future egos.)
  • SpongeBob: We are now.
  • Phineas: Let's do this.
  • Private: Absolutely.
  • Clover: Put it there.
  • All four: Let's go.
  • (SpongeBob presses a button on the remote which takes the heroes and the future SpongeBob, Phineas, Private, and Clover out of the channel. Once they're gone, the real Blackbird comes in landing, when he sees the destroyed headquarters.)
  • Blackbird: My stuff. Curse you, Riddler!

Scene 31: At Mama Krabs'

  • Larry: And then, they just ran away.
  • (Cut inside where Larry, Pearl, and Mrs. Krabs are having tea. Gary is just sitting on Pearl's lap.)
  • Pearl: He was so upset about my daddy's arch enemy, Plankton, we were wondering if you would be able to tell us something.
  • Larry: Like if he's evil?
  • (Mrs. Krabs spits out the tea at Pearl and Mr. Krabs. Then, lasers come out of a portrait of Mr. and Mrs. Krabs, pointing at Mrs. Krabs. Then, decorative spikes appear below her. Then, pocket lasers come out from the chair she's sitting on. She takes out the note and begins to read it.)
  • Mrs. Krabs: "Plankton is the kindest, sweetest, and most thoughtful ex-fiancee." If you see him, could you tell him we said that exactly the way he wrote it, please? (Pearl and Larry look at each other.) Wow, is it that late already? (She looks at the clock.) It's a shame you have to leave. I have some unfinished business to take care of.
  • (Gary bites Mrs. Krabs' arm.)
  • Mrs. Krabs: Yow! My (dolphin chatter) foot! Oh, I guess I can join you to get me son and SpongeBob back, but only because Eugene loves me so. (Karen watches from outside the pink anchor house, then she turns the other direction, leaving.)
  • Pearl: SpongeBob's missing. He's gone. We're never going to find him. Why didn't we know?
  • Larry: No, now, Pearl, don't give up, even though this isn't all our fault. You never know when a clue might come crashing through the windshield. (Just then, a plush SpongeBob with a note pinned on it literally came crashing through the windshield. Pearl reads it.)
  • Pearl: "If you want more information about Plankton and why SpongeBob ran away, meet em at the following address in 30 minutes. Signed, Deep K."
  • Larry: (chuckles, as Pearl and Mrs. Krabs look at him.) What? Deep K? Come on. That's hilarious.

Scene 32: The Fireside Girls to the Rescue

  • (The Fireside Girls are at the Hirano household.)
  • Jenny: So, how did you bring your girl scout troop with you?
  • Ginger: To help me know where Phineas, Ferb, Candace, and their leader, Isabella, have gotten to?
  • Stacy: Have they came up with where they've gone to?
  • Ginger: Not yet, actually. Hey, girls. Have you thought up of where they run off to?
  • (The Fireside Girls are watching television and having grilled cheese sandwiches. Gretchen has the remote.)
  • Adyson: So, what should we watch?
  • Gretchen: I know what we should put on. Blackbird.
  • Fireside Girls: Where?
  • Gretchen: No. I mean, "Blackbird and Sparrow." They're crime-fighting superheroes.
  • Ginger: I love that show.
  • Katie: Mine too.
  • Adyson: My other favorite, next to Ducky Momo.
  • (Gretchen presses a channel button on the remote. The TV changes to Phineas, Ferb, Candace, Isabella, Baljeet, and Buford with their new friends.)
  • Jeremy: Hey, wait a second. That's them! That's Candace! What happened to her?
  • Milly: And our leader, Isabella. She's there, too.
  • Jenny: So that's where Phineas, Ferb, and Candace are.
  • Ginger: Shall we watch them in this special episode?
  • (Suddenly, they hear the doorbell ring.)
  • Stacy: (She gets up off the couch and into the doorstep.) I'll get it. Yes?
  • (She sees the mail person from "No More Bunny Business" outside her doorstep.)
  • Mail Person: Are you Stacy Hirano?
  • Stacy: Yes. Yes, I am.
  • Mail Person: I have here a letter for you. (She gives her a letter which reads...)
  • Stacy: "You may not know him, but my father is evil. You might be confused at first, but meet me at the following address for more information. Signed, Vanessa Doofenshmirtz.
  • Jenny: Who is Vanessa Doofenshmirtz?
  • Stacy: I haven't got a clue. But she says that her father is evil though.
  • (Cut to the DuBois household, at Irving's room to be exact. Irving looks out the window while looking at his UPAFDS, looking back at the times when Candace tries and fails at busting her brothers. He gets back to watching Phineas, Ferb, Candace, Isabella, Baljeet, and Buford on his TV. He has a bowl of popcorn with him.)
  • Irving: I don't get it. For most of Phineas and Ferb's schemes, Candace seems to get them in big trouble. And this time, she's joining in on all the fun? She normally gets along with Phineas and Ferb just fine. While other times, she just has a tendency to bust them. But, at least I'm glad they're on television right now. (He munches on some popcorn.)

Scene 33: Chaos at the Zoo

  • (Mason and Phil are running all around the zoo being chased by many of the animals. They seek refuge under the peanut cart.)
  • Mason: We should be safe under here, Phil.
  • (However, Burt's trunk grabs them by their feet. Burt is carrying the chimps around.)
  • Burt: Oh, no, you're not. I don't want anybody safe, especially if that specific anybody is... (He stops when he sees a banana in his path. Mason and Phil let go of Burt's trunk.) Hey!
  • (Phil and Mason follow the banana, which happens to be a piece of string, which is being carried by Bada and Bing.)
  • Bada: Hey, yo. Where do you think you're going?
  • (Roy charges in and rams on Mason and Phil.)
  • Roy: Look. Tell me how you caused this incident throughout the zoo, or I guarantee you, I'm crushing you like pancakes.
  • (The chimps jump off of Roy and into the Reptile House cage.)
  • Mason: Well, at least we feel at home around here. Right?
  • (They suddenly see Barry and some chameleons surrounding them.)
  • Barry: There they are! The monkeys who dried my pond into an oasis. Stick to them, fellas!
  • (The chameleons stick out their tongues and use them as ropes to tie the chimps up. However, the chimps jump over them, making the chameleons' tongues stick to each other, tying each other into a bow. The chimps head outside of the Reptile House, as they sigh with relief.)
  • Mason: You know something, Phil? I think it's time we take matters into our own hands. Do you have any suggestions on what to do now?
  • (Phil gives out random sign language.)
  • Mason: Phil, we don't have time for all this stuff. There has got to be another way. What are we supposed to do to let the penguins know they didn't listened to us? (Phil shrugs.) Wait a minute. I just thought of something. Remember when we tried to make a commercial for the zoo to save it from being closed, and that the penguins retrieved the things we need to make that commercial? (Phil nods) Well, what if we did exactly like the penguins did at the time and find a telescope and a satellite dish to send a message on television to let them know they would've listen to us. (Phil gives out more sign language.) Well, of course we will be able to toss poo at them. That is how we roll. Phil, it's time to secure what we need to let the penguins apologize to us! Let's move!

Scene 34: Questioning the Jungle Animals

  • (The Crocodile Ambassador is asleep in a bamboo throne. The other crocodiles are asleep all over the rocks. Timo sits on the Crocodile Ambassador's head.)
  • Timo: (quietly) Yoo-hoo. Mr. Crocodile. Rise and shine. (loudly) GET UP!!!
  • (The Crocodile Ambassador jumps and plops down on the bamboo throne and breaks it.)
  • Crocodile Ambassador: Intruder! (turns to see his broken throne and gasps) Oh, no! My new throne! Can't you see how hard we crocodiles worked on my new throne? Now, it's ruined! (sobs)
  • Timo: I'm so sorry. I just wanted to ask you if you've seen King Julien.
  • Crocodile Assistant: I'm sorry, but the Ambassador is busy having a meltdown right now. So, please. Come back at a reasonable time.
  • (Timo leaves. Cut to the rat kingdom where the rats are fast asleep, and tucked into leaves, and resting their heads on leaf pillows. Todd comes in and puts on his ferocious face at King Joey. The rat wakes up.)
  • King Joey: What? Wha...? I'm a... Oh, right. I had that dream again, where I...
  • Todd: We're looking for King Julien. Do you know where he is and how we're going to find him?
  • King Joey: I dunno where he is, but I know how we're going to find him. We should build a maze.
  • Todd: Uh, I don't think so.
  • King Joey: (slaps himself) Stupid! Stupid! Stupid! Idiot.
  • (Cut to the aye-aye kingdom, where Maggie the Unwashed is farting in front of Brodney and Bronda. The aye-ayes start farting back at her.)
  • Maggie: Now, that's my kind of people.
  • (Cut to the fossa territory The fossa are asleep all around the territory. Ted runs in, waking up the fossas.)
  • Ted: Hey, you big bullies! King Julien and Clover are missing, but we don't know where. So, I came here to ask you if you know where they are, like, maybe, your large intestines.
  • Fossa #1: King Julien gone?
  • Fossa #2: Clover gone, too?
  • (Another fossa hears its stomach growling. The other fossa wake up, looking hungry, as a majority of them start panting frantically.)
  • Ted: Oh, boy.
  • Fossa #3: Fossa attack!
  • (All the fossa begin running for the lemur kingdom, as they trample on Ted, and not eating him.)
  • Ted: Fortunately, I didn't get attacked or eaten.
  • (Timo, Todd, and Maggie band up again.)
  • Timo: So, any luck on asking the other kingdoms?
  • Todd: Uh...
  • (Maggie farts)
  • (Ted comes rushing to the three, looking panicked.)
  • Ted: Hey, guys. I've got good news and bad news.
  • Timo: What's the good news.
  • Ted: I've asked someone who knows where King Julien and Clover are.
  • Timo: And the bad news?
  • Ted: I mistakenly told the fossa, and let them know that King Julien and Clover are gone.
  • (Timo, Todd, and Maggie look at Ted, giving him weird expressions.)
  • Timo: Really, Ted? The fossa?
  • Ted: Uh, what I meant to say is that what else can possibly go wrong? The fossa going to attack the lemurs in the middle of the night? I certainly hope not.

Scene 35: Chasing and Cruising

  • (The next channel they go to is channel 290, where playing right now is Clint's Hints, a parody of "Blue's Clues." We see a house with a barn next door. The door to the house opens as we go inside the house's living room. Plankton (as a coin), Dr. Doofenshmirtz (as a turkey), Dr. Blowhole (as a shark), Parker (as a pair of scissors), Hans (as a vulture), Savio (as a rope), Clemson (as a weasel), Rhonda (as a squirrel), Uncle King Julien (as a raccoon), Crimson (as a monkey), Karl (as a fox), and Chauncey run by chuckling sinisterly. Then, Jeff comes cartwheeling his way in.)
  • Jeff: Hi, kids. I'm Jeff. (He runs up to the camera.) Ignore the shaving cut from the 5:00 shadow. I'm really a kid just like you. Hey, let's go find some hints. (He runs farther from the camera.) Some Clint's Hints. Come on! (He runs off.)
  • (Just then, SpongeBob (as a towel), Patrick (as a fork), Sandy (as a spoon), Squidward (as an umbrella), Mr. Krabs (as a bowling ball), Phineas (as an ostrich), Ferb (as a bulldog), Candace (as a telephone), Isabella (as a squirrel), Baljeet (as a pig), Buford (as a ram), Agent P (as a chicken), the penguins (as garden gnomes), Marlene (as a frog), King Julien (as a rabbit), Maurice (as a badger), Mort (as a gopher), Clover (as a penguin), Xixi (as a parrot), Masikura (as a goldfish), Future SpongeBob (as a paper towel roll), Future Phineas (as a duck), Future Private (as a flamingo), Future Clover (as a wooden plank), and Bref (as a laptop) appear.)
  • Future SpongeBob: Why are all those colorful characters following us everywhere?
  • SpongeBob: Oh, they're my friends and neighbors, and some new friends from land. They accidentally fell into the TV from wherever they came from, and they have different personalities just like we do.
  • Future SpongeBob: It makes as much sense as anything else here,
  • SpongeBob: Well, I'm as gullible as any other adult when I grow up.
  • Phineas: Tell me about it.
  • Future Phineas: I'll say. I don't even know why a bunch of talking animals are coming with us wherever we go.
  • Phineas: Yeah, they're from different places. You see, I met them at the TV universe, and they fell into TV, too. Oh, did I mention that my friends from Danville are Isabella, Baljeet, and Buford? And have you meet my sister, Candace?
  • Future Phineas: Yeah, we've met. You know, I'm starting to understand everything about you and your comrades.
  • Phineas: Well, I'll be. I'll be happy especially after I've grown up.
  • Private: And we're not the only ones.
  • Future Private: I didn't know you have humans, oceanic types, and a sponge accompanying us.
  • Private: They fell into TV also. And so have my fellow penguins, the lemurs, and Marlene.
  • King Julien: You know what? I think working with a brand new race of beings doesn't sound so bad after all.
  • Bref: I can picture it now. People and animals from four different places connected into one big happy family. This could be the beginning of a beautiful friendship
  • Skipper: Isn't it great to be starting a co-alliance with humans and undersea life?
  • Private: I'll say, Skipper.
  • (The others look at the penguins.)
  • Private: I mean... Oh, no. A footprint. You know what that means.
  • Mort: Yes. It means someone steps on another one's...
  • Private: No!
  • (Jeff comes back, pointing at the footprint.)
  • Jeff: A footprint! That's a hint! (Runs to the camera.) A Clint hint. Now we have the clue as to where Plankton, Dr. Doofenshmirtz, Dr. Blowhole, and his friends might be. Hmm.
  • Patrick: Who is he talking to?
  • Rico: I dunno.
  • Future Private: Okay. So, the enemies were here. What do we do now?
  • SpongeBob: (takes out the TV guide) Okay, we're on channel 290 right now.
  • Phineas: Where playing right now is "Clint's Hints." A preschool series where the viewers talk play along with a boy and his pet to find clues of what to do depending on episode.
  • Future SpongeBob: Right. (He takes out the TV guide.) And our enemies are heading for the Biographical Channel which is 298.
  • Kowalski: Where it's currently Dictator Week there. And if I know Dr. Blowhole, he and his new army are on the brink of becoming dictator.
  • SpongeBob: And Maho Mushi's on 297.
  • Skipper: Did you hear that, men? We're almost there. Only a few more channels left.
  • Future SpongeBob: Now, that, I remember. Stupid, violent is the reason why I watch that every day.
  • Future Private: I remember that show, too. I didn't watch it much because of all the violence.
  • Future Clover: I'm not sure I ever heard of that before.
  • Bref: Neither have I.
  • Future SpongeBob: Come on. We have to focus on the mission. We have to stop Plankton.
  • Future Phineas: And we need to stop Dr. Doofenshmirtz from starting total domination.
  • Skipper: Come on, team. We gotta stop Blowhole from going through the channels and take over the world.
  • King Julien: That's right, my peoples. We've got to fly through the TV rainbow before they could reach the biographical pot of gold.
  • Marlene: Come on. Hop to it. (They go inside the TV set.)
  • (The next show they go into is "Ted and Jimmy", a parody of "Tom and Jerry". All the good guys who went in this channel are mice. They're inside a mouse hole.)
  • Baljeet: Are you sure they're in this channel?
  • Phineas: I thought you never asked, Baljeet. We're in the world of "Ted and Jimmy". It is about a family of mice who always get chased by a cat.
  • Baljeet: Uh, Phineas. I was asking someone else. (To future SpongeBob) Are you sure they're here?
  • Future SpongeBob: (looks outside the mouse hole) They've already been through here.
  • Private: I sure hope they didn't set out messy marks everywhere.
  • (They look outside to see that the kitchen is a mess. On the wall, it's written all the villains' names and "Was Here" after each of their names.)
  • Patrick: What makes you say that?
  • (The others look at Patrick. They sneak out of the mouse hole and go inside the living room.)
  • Future SpongeBob: Be careful. With that remote, they could be anywhere, or anything.
  • Future Phineas: So, watch your backs. Keep an eye out on the remote. And if you do, you'll see that the villains have it.
  • Future Private: Watch where you step. It could be said that they could be found anywhere.
  • Private: It's almost as if they're (turns around) right behind us. (He sees that nobody's behind the group.) Oh. Normally it works in the movies. (He turns again to see that the villains (as cats) are tip-toeing with mallets. But, as they noticed their nemesis's, they place lampshades on their heads.)
  • Patrick: Wow. Walking lamps with hammers. You don't see much of those anymore.
  • Private: Oh. (chuckles) Now, I'm convinced.
  • (Phineas, Clover, and their future selves look at each other.)
  • Phineas: I don't know about that.
  • Future Clover: We shall see, shouldn't we?
  • (She, future SpongeBob, Future Phineas, and Future Private come close to the standing cats, as they yank their tails. The lamp shades brighten up to reveal the cat villains' faces. All the good guys scream as they run from their feline enemies. The villains take off the lamp shades as they start chasing the good guys. SpongeBob jumps on an ironing cabinet's knob. He opens it, and the irons inside hits the villains' heads.)
  • Sandy: Wow. You don't see cartoon violence like that anymore.
  • (The irons fall off, as the villains reveal their faces, flattened by the irons. SpongeBob sees them and jumps off the knob.)
  • Patrick: Killer ironing boards, too. Those things are really rare.
  • (The villains' faces unflatten, as they continue to chase the good guys in different rooms. Dr. Doofenshmirtz stops to see Agent P with a nail and a hammer. Agent P places a nail on Dr. Doofenshmirtz's paw, and bangs it with a hammer in the paw.)
  • Phineas: Hey, that's violent, too. Didn't they have censors back then?
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: (screams as his head turns into a train whistle)
  • (The penguins are carrying a flea collar. Mort runs into the flea collar, and pulls it as Clover and her future likeness carry a big bulldog, and place him on the flea collar. Mort lets go of the flea collar, sending the bulldog to Dr. Blowhole, Uncle King Julien, and Karl, as the three villains scream and run from the flying bulldog who tries to eat all the villains as they retreat to a television set in the living room. The bulldog tries to get into the television, but gets hit by the screen, making him turn into a table. The villains come out of the TV screen as they throw mouse traps all over the floor and go back in. The mouse traps land near the good guys,)
  • Sandy: It's amazing how much imitatable violence they showed back in the 1940's.
  • Patrick: I'll say. Everyone knows how dangerous mousetraps are.
  • Baljeet: I'm surprised at the amount of brutality "Ted and Jimmy" had back in the days.
  • Buford: Nerd, I dare you to give one of those wedges a nibble.
  • Mort: Oh, boy. Cheese! (He runs to one of the mousetraps, until Skipper grabs him by the tail.)
  • Skipper: Hold it, Sad-Eyes. You can't eat that.
  • Clover: He's right. These mousetraps are extremely dangerous.
  • Mort: I don't care.
  • (He runs to the wedge of cheese, but Skipper and Clover pull him by the tail. As soon as Mort is pulled off the wedge, the mousetrap sets off. They eventually land on the other good guys and land on another mousetrap. They run before it sets off. They continue screaming and running past all the mousetraps which set off, until the good guys jump inside the TV set. Patrick's head comes out and sees the dog table.)
  • Patrick: And furniture made from dogs. This place has got everything. (He goes back inside the TV set.)
  • (The next show they go into is a parody of "Looney Tunes". The scenery right now is a forest with posters hung on trees reading "Plankton Season", "Doof Season", "Blowhole Season", etc. The "SpongeBob" characters appear as rabbits, the "Phineas and Ferb" characters appear in hunters' clothes, and the "Madagascar" characters are in "Looney Tunes" animal attire. They tip toe around the forest.)
  • Phineas: Everybody, remain quiet. For we are in "Hilarious Harmonies". Who knows what we will see around these parts.
  • Private: For a second, I thought I saw a pussy cat when we were in that last channel.
  • Skipper: Way to put up with the one-liners, young Private.
  • Private: Thank you, Skipper.
  • (They stop when they see a Daffy Duck-lookalike with his beak facing the opposite direction.)
  • Patrick: (grabs a carrot.) Eh. (He eats the carrot.) What's up, dork?
  • Daffy Duck-lookalike: They went that way.
  • (The gang runs off. The next show is a christmas special based on "Rudolph the Red-Nosed Reindeer". We see Santa's workshop in a snowy background with pine trees. Inside Santa's workshop, elves are cleaning up a mess that might be caused by the villains. On the wall is written "Plankton Was Here" (with a wreath as the "O"), "Doofenshmirtz Was Here," "Blowhole Was Here", etc. The good guys get zapped in as elves, with the exception of future SpongeBob, Phineas, Private, and Clover.)
  • SpongeBob: They've already been here, and they're destroying Christmas.
  • Phineas: They're ruining Christmas? That's terrible. And besides, back in reality, it's the middle of summer.
  • Private: Yay! Christmas is coming early! Christmas is... (He gets slapped by Skipper.)
  • Skipper: This isn't funny, Private.
  • Future Private: He's right. Our enemies were here and are about to ruin Christmas.
  • Clover: Whoever caused this to happen is ending up on the naughty list.
  • Buford: Yeah. They might as well have coal in their stockings.
  • Patrick: Ew, we're elves.
  • Sandy: We've been demoted.
  • Mort: I'm an elf. Hippity hoppity.
  • (Comet the reindeer comes in.)
  • Comet: My name is Comet. What do you two elves think you're doing? Clean up this mess while I go and make fun of that freak with the glowing red nose.
  • Private: Wow. On this show, even the adult animals mess things up.
  • King Julien: Please. I know what that's like back in my kingdom. Always trying to spoil everybody's fun.
  • (Comet blows a whistle and starts flying. Some reindeer fawns fly above the gang.)
  • Sandy: You know, I remember this show being a lot nicer.
  • (Chocolate falls on the heroes.)
  • Patrick: Oh. And a lot cleaner. Watch where you step.
  • Buford: It's raining chocolate.
  • Baljeet: Believe what you want, Buford, but I wouldn't recommend it.
  • Skipper: Just ignore the chocolate, boys. Pretend that it's...
  • Private: You don't need to say it, Skipper.
  • Mort: Oh, boy. Chocolate.
  • King Julien: I wouldn't if I were you.
  • (Cut back outside where two elves just finished making a snowman. One elf puts the hat on the snowman. Then, just as the two elves leave, the snowman comes to life.)
  • Snowman: Hey, I'm alive. Happy birthday!
  • (He suddenly gets hit by a pack of sled dogs pulling a sleigh being rode on SpongeBob, Phineas, Ferb, Private, Clover, their future selves, and Bref.)
  • Future Phineas: I remember this. This is the Christmas special I used to watch every year with my parents.
  • Future SpongeBob: I remember the Christmas special, too. Only this is more up here on land than back down under the ocean.
  • Future Private: I also remember watching this Christmas special with my boys.
  • Future Clover: Frankly, I didn't know there are Christmas specials that aired once every year.
  • Bref: Me neither.
  • Phineas: You remember doing stuff with Mom and Dad?
  • SpongeBob: And with your friends and neighbors?
  • Private: And with your brothers?
  • Clover: And sisters?
  • Future Private: Yeah. I remember opening presents on Christmas morning.
  • Future Phineas: I also remember coloring Easter eggs.
  • Future SpongeBob: The time I broke Squidward's window with a giant pencil.
  • Future Clover: All those times I almost embarrassed my twin sister even though she's still Mom and Dad's favorite.
  • All but Bref: And Dad was so proud. Man, our families and friends.
  • SpongeBob: You know, I'm starting to get a strange feeling.
  • Phineas: You're talking about our friends and families, right?
  • Private: Yes. I mean, we brought some friends of ours, but we barely brought our other friends and families with us.
  • Clover: Yeah. I wonder if they even know I'm gone.

Scene 36: Karen Tells the Bikini Bottomites

  • (Mrs. Krabs' car is on the freeway)
  • Mrs. Krabs: It's nearly nighttime. This should give us enough time to pick up SpongeBob's other friends.
  • Larry: Great idea, Mrs. Krabs.
  • (Cut to Shady Shoals, where Mermaid Man and Barnacle Boy are sleeping. Suddenly, Mrs. Krabs, Larry, and Pearl come in.)
  • Larry: Do you want to come with us to Bikini Bottom Cable?
  • Barnacle Boy: Are we going to star in a new episode of our show?
  • Larry: Oh, yeah.
  • (Cut to Squilliam Fancyson's house, as he is doing some aerobics, when Mrs. Krabs, Pearl, and Larry come in.)
  • Squilliam: Do you mind? I'm doing some...
  • Mrs. Krabs: Are you coming with us to find SpongeBob, Squidward, and their friends?
  • Squilliam: I hate to say this, but... count me in.
  • (Cut to King Neptune's palace.)
  • King Neptune: My queen, I don't know how long I'll be gone for, but I want you to know that I love you. (He kisses Queen Amphitrite.) Wish me luck. (He leaves with Larry, Pearl, Mrs. Krabs, and Gary.)
  • (Cut to Bubble Bass at the bus stop. When he hears a car coming, he stands up from the bench.)
  • Bubble Bass: I believe I called a... (he sees the car Mrs. Krabs is driving.) ...car. You must be Mrs. Krabs.
  • Mrs. Krabs: Want a ride with us?
  • Bubble Bass: Yes.
  • (Cut to a snowy mountain where Rrarg is crushing some ice to make ice cubes when he sees Mrs. Krabs' car.)
  • Mrs. Krabs: There's room in the car for one more, if you want Patrick back.
  • Rrarg: (happily) Rrarg! (he follows the car as it drives away.)
  • (Cut to the Bikini Bottom Cable Station, where the car is going to the parking garage. It stops at a parking space.)
  • Mrs. Krabs: (looks at her watch) It's 6:45. Where's Deep K?
  • Others: (chuckling)
  • (Mrs. Krabs look at them, and they begin whistling randomly together, except Mrs. Krabs.)
  • Mrs. Krabs: By the way, I really should take this and wind my watch again.
  • (Just then, Karen, Plankton's computer wife, in a black fedora and a black suit on, comes into the parking lot. Everyone in the car steps out.)
  • Mrs. Krabs: Are you Deep K?
  • (The others start chuckling again, Mrs. Krabs looks at them, as they stop.)
  • Karen: Yes, I am. (She takes out a book about Plankton.) The owner of the Chum Bucket, Plankton. He's meaner than you know. (She tosses the book to the group. Pearl picks it up, and sees pictures of Plankton ruining the vase, the photo of SpongeBob's family, and the piano, as well as the picture of Plankton writing the lie on the wall.) The vase. The picture. The piano. Plankton ruined them all and blamed SpongeBob.
  • Larry: Hey, he's key-scratching "Plankton was here" on Squidward's boat. He punished SpongeBob for key-scratching "Plankton was here" on his boat. Why would he do that?
  • Karen: Some say it's to make restaurant chains think their employees are horrible. So, they'll hire him more often.
  • Pearl: (exclaims) Hopping clams! He's using daddy's underwear to clean the toilets!
  • Mrs. Krabs: And me husband punished SpongeBob for that, by making him eat chocolates. Which, in retrospect, isn't a very good punishment, after all.
  • Larry: Unless it's that reindeer chocolate.
  • Gary: Meow.
  • (Subtitles: "What he said.")
  • (Suddenly, Tom charges in the parking lot.)
  • Tom: Did somebody say CHOCOLATE?!
  • Larry: Let's talk somewhere else. (They all run away from Tom.)
  • Tom: CHOCOLATE!!!!!!!!
  • (The group made it to a higher floor of the parking lot.)
  • Larry: We apologize.
  • Karen: Now, where was I? Oh, yes. Some say she's insane. Me, I think it's because he's evil. I think he's crazy. Crazy with a K.
  • Larry: Wait a minute. Plankton's hit record, "Plankton's Holiday Hits" suddenly makes sense.
  • Pearl: Oh, my gosh. SpongeBob is right. Plankton is terrible! Oh, Deep K, how can we ever thank...
  • (They see that Karen is gone. A tumbleweed comes rolling in.)
  • Larry: He's gone.
  • Pearl: We should've known.
  • Mrs. Krabs: We have to tell him we're sorry, and wherever he is, wherever he's hiding, we know one thing for sure.
  • Mrs. Krabs and Larry: He's watching television.
  • (Everyone hops back in the car.)
  • Larry: Deep K. (Everyone, but Mrs. Krabs, start laughing.) Oh, man. That kills me. (They stop.) Who was that computer anyway?
  • Pearl: I don't know, but she left this. (She holds up a note that reads...) "I am not Plankton's wife."
  • All: Hmm.
  • (Tom charges in.)
  • Tom: CHOCOLATE!!!!!!!!!!
  • Larry: Sweet barnacles! Step on it, Mrs. Krabs! Put the petal to the metal!
  • (Mrs. Krabs steps on the brake, making the boat go find a better parking space. Tom follows the boat.)
  • Tom: CHOCOLATE!!!!!!!!!

Scene 37: Vanessa's Evidence

  • (At the Danville Cable Station, Jeremy's long-lost cousin, Annabelle Johnson, are driving Jeremy, Stacy, Jenny, and the Fireside Girls to a parking space at the parking lot.)
  • Stacy: Thanks for giving us a ride, Mrs. Johnson.
  • Annabelle: Hey, nothing personal. Although, personally, I find this parking space to be brilliant. I mean, look at the floors. Epoxy, aren't they?
  • (Suddenly, the lights go out.)
  • Annabelle: What the...
  • (Vanessa comes in with a fedora and a gray suit on. She also brings in a film projector and starts a movie. It shows a clip of Dr. Doofenshmirtz as a crying baby at the hospital, as well as clips of his childhood including: him scared of climbing a high dive, him wearing girl clothes, his brother Roger getting more respect from their mother, him being kicked in sand by Big Black Boots Boris, him being raised by ocelots, and him being a lawn gnome.)
  • Vanessa: Heinz Doofenshmirtz is born in a land called Gimmelshtump. On his day of birth, neither of his parents showed up. As he was growing up, he was raised by ocelots. Then, his brother, the mayor, came along, and he is forced to wear girl clothing, because his brother gets a lot more respect than he does. And as the years passed, he ends up going through things that he just didn't like to do.
  • Man: Bewegen Sie nicht!
  • (Subtitles: Don't move!)
  • Stacy: Who is this Heinz Doofenshmirtz fella?
  • Annabelle: I don't know, but I'm sure he looks vaguely familiar.
  • Jeremy: Could he be my guitar mentor I've worked with before earlier this summer?
  • (The film shows the following clips of: Dr. Doofenshmirtz with a working cannon laser, him in his "Superstar" viral video, him selling bratwursts, and him doing poetry.)
  • Vanessa: But growing up, he invented his very first inator, a laser cannon, but he lost to a plastic volcano. During his teen years, he became a viral video sensation.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: (on video) I am a superstar. (He skates right into the toilet.)
  • Vanessa: And then he went on to find his true vocation, as a bratwurst vendor, and a poet.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: (on video) The movies are gray. The TV is black. The horses are running. Please bring me some food.
  • Jeremy: Okay. That didn't even rhyme.
  • (The movie shows footage of Dr. Doofenshmirtz getting his picture taken and meeting his nemesis, Perry the Platypus.)
  • Vanessa: And after many years of looking for a job, he considered a more challenging career. He started to become an evil scientist. The moment he saw an anthropomorphic platypus wearing a fedora, he knew that changed everything to him. He found his personal nemesis.
  • (The movie shows clips of Dr. Doofenshmirtz's inators.)
  • Vanessa: From then on, he made so many machines to help him destroy everything we've come to know and love, and his platypus nemesis comes in and thwarts them all every single solitary time. Among those machines include the Magnetism Magnifier, the Destructinator, the Metal Destruct-inator, the Gloom-inator 3000, the Monster-Truck-Away-inator, the Turn-Everything-Evil-inator, and most recently, the Magical-Remote-Control-inator. But, no matter how hard he tried to succeed with his contraptions, his nemesis always destroys them all for the good of the Tri-State Area.
  • Jeremy: Wait a minute. It IS the guitar mentor I worked for. I knew it. How could he be so evil?
  • Stacy: He wouldn't harm a platypus, would he?
  • (Cut to Vanessa and Charlene.)
  • Vanessa: (sighs) Mom, what's the use?
  • Charlene: But, I thought you said that pretend that this is a drive-in movie theater.
  • Vanessa: But this venue looks empty. Besides, everyone who parked here must be inside the building.
  • Charlene: But...
  • Vanessa: We need to find a way to address a bigger public. Wait a second. Since we're at the Danville Cable Station, why don't we go inside and start a televised campaign to tell the whole world what a villain my dad is. (They leave.)
  • (But, back inside the car with Jeremy, Stacy, Jenny, Annabelle, and the Fireside Girls...)
  • Jenny: Uh, who is that guy, anyway?
  • Ginger: And why did they show a movie out in a parking lot?
  • Annabelle: I have no idea. But, look at the screen. (The screen reads...) "I am not his daughter, Vanessa."
  • Stacy: Are you sure he's referring to his dad?
  • Jeremy: I'm not sure, but does this Vanessa Doofenshmirtz girl ring a bell, too?
  • (They look at him, when Irving passes by their car with his UPAFDS, and shows him photos of Candace trying to bust her brothers over the summer.)
  • Irving: In a suburban household in Danville, one fifteen-year-old girl made many attempts to bust her younger brothers from making so many inventions they've made all summer long.
  • (The others look at Irving with a weird expression.)
  • Irving: (chuckles nervously) Hey, has anyone seen Perry?

Scene 38: Monkeying Around in the City

  • (Pan around New York City. Somewhere in the city, Mason and Phil are riding around town with Phil driving. They stop.)
  • Mason: Tell me, Phil. Does this car make me look fat? (Phil shrugs his shoulders.) Uh, never mind. I was just asking. Anyhow, we'll be splitting into two chimps. Phil, find me a satellite dish wherever you may find one, and I'll find a telescope. Ready, set, go! (Phil runs off to find a satellite dish.) Now, if I were a telescope, where would I be? (Suddenly, he sees a taxi driving near him.) Wait a minute. What am I doing? Of course. How could I be so dumb? I'm sure someone has a telescope inside. A well-known cousin of the common chimpanzee, who can be a nuisance sometimes. My mission is to break in the taxi cab, steal the cellphone, and make like a banana and split. I can feel it right down here. Now, watch as the taxi drives past me and the male common chimpanzee hops in to take the telescope, right about... TAXI! (The taxi drives by and Mason jumps into the passenger's window. He sees the driver talking on the cellphone.)
  • Driver on cellphone: But, I was just asking you about the zebra who was moving all around the city, and I...
  • (Mason comes out through the passenger's window.)
  • Driver on cellphone: Oh, my... (Mason grabs the driver's arm holding the cellphone tightly.) Hey, watch it, buddy. This isn't a safari drive-thru. (Mason bites the driver's finger, making him drop the cellphone, then Mason goes to the trunk to steal the telescope.) OWWWWW! He bit my finger. What will my boss think of me?
  • (Cut to the driver's boss's office. He's still on the phone.)
  • Driver's Boss: Hello? Hello? (He still hears his phone beeping. After a long awkward pause, he angrily hangs up as he growls frustratedly. He then looks out the window and sees that Phil is climbing up the building he's in.) What in the world? (Phil keeps climbing up the building. People from various windows see him climbing up the building, surprised.)
  • Building Inhabitant #1: I don't believe this.
  • Building Inhabitant #2: It's like that movie I saw, only the gorilla is smaller in person.
  • Building Inhabitant #3: Shouldn't chimpanzees go back to the zoo where they belong?
  • (Phil reaches the top of the building, finds a USA flag, grabs it, and raises his other arm, as he starts screeching loudly. In another apartment, people are sitting at a table. They hear the screeching.)
  • Building Inhabitant #4: I'm sorry. Was it something you said?
  • (Phil throws the flag away, and looks all over the top for a satellite dish. He sees a table and some chairs, and he sees a satellite dish. He goes to it and thinks of what to do to get it out. He tries pulling it out, but that didn't work. He tries cutting it with a knife, but that didn't work either. He tries to pull a bolt off of it with his fingers, but that didn't even work at all, either. Instead, he gets electro-shocked. He looks for a screwdriver, which is placed on a table with other construction supplies. He takes the screwdriver, and begins to unscrew the bolts, until the satellite dish comes off. He grabs the satellite dish and climbs down the building with it. He comes down just in time for Mason who has the telescope with him to see him.)
  • Mason: There you are, Phil. So, did you get the satellite dish for us? (Phil shows the satellite dish to him.) Yes, you power-obsessed cretin. I guess it's not easy looking for the equipment you need unless you become shocked to hear your assignment. (Phil throws his arm at Mason, then shakes hands with him.) Now, come with me, Phil. We have to hurry, for we have to get back to the zoo and let the penguins know that they should've even listened to us. (sighs) So, do you think you noticed that the penguins could've listened to us? (He face palms.)

Scene 39: Fossa Attack

  • Timo: They're gone! They just jumped out into nowhere without me knowing. One moment, it was a normal day in the kingdom, and the next, they've vanished to thin air! They could be inside the television set I found at the Cove of Wonders and brought back to the plane. Lucky guess.
  • (Timo, Ted, Todd, and Maggie are talking to Sage Moondancer, the muscular brown and tan Indri with platinum blond hair.)
  • Sage: Television is like a giant mirror depicting different worlds instead of one's reflections. A real brain musher.
  • Timo: Listen to me, it's even worse. Uncle King Julien is planning on being the new king, and all the lemurs are going to be his slaves!
  • Sage: Hold on. It's my feeding time. (Sage's hawk lands behind Sage. The bird begins barfing into the Indri's mouth.) Gracias, amigo.
  • Timo: (very angry) Look. We're desperate to find King Julien and Clover, and they could be out there anywhere, and nobody in the kingdom knows where, and then we ran into you, and all you could ever think about is you and the natural wonders surrounding you! WHY CAN'T YOU GIVE US ANSWERS?!
  • (The hawk shrieks.)
  • Sage: (imitates his hawk) My spirit pet says that King Julien and Clover have gone inside television. (The hawk screeches again, as Sage imitates it.) And King Julien's uncle is following him to a network called The Biographical Channel so that he could become dictator.
  • Ted: Shamalama!
  • Todd: Hmm?
  • (Maggie the Unwashed lets out a small fart.)
  • Timo: Yeesh. Of all the ways to go to a suggestion box, you give really bad suggestions. Wait. You don't mean... (stammering) I mean, we've been saying that all along. I don't know what else to say. Come on, you three. We have to do something. I know. We have to go back to the kingdom and warn the others.
  • (The hawk squawks once again.)
  • Sage: (squawks back again) Want to go for a ride? (The others nod.) Come along.
  • (Timo, Ted, Todd, and Maggie the Unwashed hop on the hawk. Sage lets out another call, as the hawk picks him up in the arms with its feet. The hawk flies them back to the kingdom. They land once they reach the kingdom.)
  • Timo: Thanks for the ride, Sage.
  • Sage: The pleasure is all mine.
  • Ted: (sees a fossa print) Wait a minute. I just noticed something. Guys, look. I think I just found something. It's possibly be a hint. (The others see the fossa print.)
  • Timo: A hint? Where?
  • Ted: On the ground!
  • Timo: Oh, the ground. (chuckles and snorts) A hint on the ground. Why didn't you tell me? Let me observe. (He takes a closer look at the fossa print. He sniffs it, and then he tastes it. He gags a bit and then spits it on the ground.) I wouldn't want to rut here.
  • Sage: Hold on. I think those tracks look familiar. (He takes a closer look at the fossa print. He sniffs it, then licks it, then tastes it with his finger, much to their disgust.) These seem to be fossa tracks.
  • (Timo, Todd, and Maggie look at Ted.)
  • Ted: What's everybody looking at me for? It's not like you're telling me I told the fossa that Clover is gone and that the fossa are invading the lemur kingdom.
  • (Timo turns Ted's head and points at lemurs running and screaming and fossa chasing them.)
  • Willie: The fossa are attacking and we're all gonna die!
  • Ted: Oh, tarnation. That is bad, isn't it? You know, I feel terrible. I was the one that told the fossa that Clover was gone in the first place.
  • Timo: But shouldn't we do something?
  • (They look at Sage.)
  • Ted: Sage, remember when you helped Clover fight off the fossa after her brief vacation?
  • Sage: Yeah. So?
  • Ted: You're so tall and muscle-y. You can take them down, can you?
  • Sage: Well, um...
  • Ted: Come on. (He grabs Sage's arm and takes them to where the fossa are attacking.) Don't just stand there. Lemur up and fight for the kingdom. If you don't fight against them, we're doomed for infinity!
  • (The fossa are still chasing lemurs all over. Ted comes charging in carrying Sage, who has his fist out.)
  • Ted: Charge!
  • (Sage's fist punches out some fossa into a pile. Ted uses Sage's arm to hit some fossa in the face. Ted even uses both of Sage's arm and hit two fossa in each other's head, and then hitting another fossa multiple times. Then, Ted uses Sage's legs for kicking the fossa. He even kicks and punches some fossa himself. He lets out a hand to Sage.)
  • Ted: Join me.
  • (Ted grabs Sage's hands and spins around as he uses Sage to beat the fossa, until he tosses him, making him accidentally hit the waterslide, causing it to collapse.)
  • Ted: Aw, fried fritatatas! I missed them! (He turns to see that the waterslide is collapsing.) I aimed at the wrong target! (The fossa start running away from the collapsing waterslide, but the other lemurs stop running and screaming and notice the waterslide collapsing, as they gasp in horror.) I should've gotten eaten.
  • Sage: (He's now in the watering hole) Did I get the fossa, and why am I wet?
  • (Ted is surprised that he threw Sage into the watering hole and destroyed the waterslide. He turns to see the other lemurs staring at him.)
  • Ted: Don't get me wrong, everybody. The truth is that things have gotten much too different without King Julien and Clover around. Timo only told me to find some animals across the island to give us information on where they might be, and I asked the fossa to help find King Julien and Clover.
  • Horst: Really, Ted? You made the fossa look all over the jungle for King Julien, only for the fossa to attack our kingdom?
  • Sage: I was trying to help him stop their raid.
  • Willie: You don't say, huh? And who caused our waterslide to collapse?
  • (The lemurs see Sage in the pool with the collapsed waterslide.)
  • Sage: What? The fossa are gone, aren't they?
  • Hector: As far as authorities are concerned, you're undoubtedly the most ridiculous lemurs in the kingdom.
  • Pancho: Come on, everybody. Let's go back to our huts.
  • (The other lemurs start leaving Ted, Sage, and the collapsed waterslide.)
  • Ted: Wait a minute. Where are you going? Don't you want to come back and help us fix the waterslide?
  • Lemur #1: No way, Jose.
  • Lemur #2: You're such a troublemaker.
  • Lemur #3: You can't be trusted anymore.
  • Ted: Well, thanks for nothing, I guess.
  • (Timo, Todd, and Maggie the Unwashed come to the collapsed waterslide.)
  • Timo: Well, way to fight back, Ted.
  • Ted: I was only asking the fossa for some help. (sighs) I guess I have nobody to blame but myself. (He leaves.)
  • (Timo turns to see Todd growing sad eyes.)
  • Tammy: (off-screen) TODD!!! Bedtime, baby.
  • Todd: Coming, mother. (He leaves.)
  • (Timo turns to Maggie the Unwashed.)
  • Maggie: (farts) I'm not sorry. And I won't apologize. (She disappears via a puff of brown dust.)
  • (Sage gets out of the water, and Timo turns to him.)
  • Timo: Sage, I still need you, don't I? (chuckles nervously)
  • Sage: Life will always remain as a challenging unanswered trivial question still sitting many millennia at the waiting room of a hospital without a single game show contestant around to answer it. My debt is repaid. (He whistles, then the hawk swoops in and grabs him by the arms, and they both fly away, leaving Timo alone.)
  • Timo: Oh, dear. I guess that when everyone leaves, the search is off. Science has left me a sad and lonely tenrec. (sighs in despair) What am I going to do now?

Scene 41: What I Should Have Done

  • (Song: What I Should Have Done)
  • (Jeremy looks at photos of him and Candace together on his phone.)
  • Stacy: Hey, Jeremy. What's wrong?
  • Jeremy: It's Candace I'm more worried about. (sighs) I sure wish Candace and I would spend the whole day together. (starts singing) I want to see the love of my life. But today she has stepped out on me. I can't go anywhere without her. She is everything I want it to be. If only today would be special, as just the two of us alone. She loves me more than anything else. She cannot leave me on my own. So, what I should've done is for us to be together, as we make the most of our relationship continue to grow forever. We cannot let Canderemy split up and fall apart, and without her, I have nothing left with me, but a broken heart.
  • (Cut to the TV universe with just Candace and without anybody else.)
  • Candace: It's hard to believe throughout the day, you've never said 'hello.' It's just a single thought in my head, that I couldn't of had to go. I guess I had to be a little distracted, and didn't pay attention at all. But, somehow I get the feeling that I didn't get a single call.
  • Both: So, what I should've done is for us to be together, as we make the most of our relationship continue to grow forever. We cannot let Canderemy split up and fall apart, and without you, I have nothing left with me, but a broken heart.
  • (Scene changes to Mason and Phil.)
  • Mason: How could I feel so guilty from when they didn't even took my advice?
  • (Scene changes to Timo and Ted.)
  • Timo: How could she turn to such a big jerk?
  • Ted: And left me and everything else that is nice.
  • (Scene changes to the Bikini Bottomites.)
  • Larry: How didn't we know that our friend is away?
  • Mrs. Krabs: And that he should've listened or even heard.
  • Gary: (singing squeaks)
  • (Cut back to Jeremy.)
  • Jeremy: How could she even kept her word?
  • All: So, what I've should've done is for us to be together, as we make the most of our relationship continue to grow forever. We cannot let our friendships split up and fall apart, and without you, I have nothing left with me.
  • (Cut back to Jeremy, holding his phone displaying a picture of him and Candace.)
  • Jeremy: But a broken heart. I feel so heartbroken. Our bond is not forsaken. My spell could be awaken. For granite, you can't be taken. But a broken heart. (sighs) I love you, Candace.
  • (song ends)

Scene 41: The Chase is On

  • (The gang goes into the next channel, which happens to shows "The Feldmans", a parody of "The Simpsons." Inside Wintergreen Elementary School, Phineas writes down "This is the sincerest form of flattery" multiple times on a chalkboard. Then he leaves the classroom and he skateboards out of the school, where all of his friends are waiting. He skateboards throughout the town, with everyone following him.)
  • Skipper: Hold on a moment. I don't see any of our enemies, do any of you, guys?
  • Patrick: I don't understand. Why would they run in here?
  • Phineas: Are you kidding? We're in "The Feldmans". It's the longest running animated show on television. They could be in any of these episodes.
  • Sandy: The nuclear plant.
  • (We cut to the nuclear plant, where Plankton (as a Hercules beetle), Dr. Doofenshmirtz (as a fly), Dr. Blowhole (as a fish fly), the Rat King (as a bee), Parker (as a mosquito), Hans (as a termite), Savio (as a worm), Clemson (as an ant), Rhonda (as a wasp), Uncle King Julien (as a cricket), Crimson (as a ladybug), Karl (as a grasshopper), and Chauncey are writing "We Were Here", while laughing maniacally)
  • Mr. Krabs: Go on, SpongeBob. You have to stop them. You know, squat them like the mosquitos they are.
  • SpongeBob: Oh no. I can't stop them myself.
  • Private: But you still got us by your side. We can stop them together.
  • Buford: Yeah, we make a great team together.
  • SpongeBob: Well, as much as it kills me to say this... we need adult help.
  • (Cut to them with a laughing clown who puts a banana cream pie on his face. Then they're at a doorstep of a house, with a man speaking gibberish.)
  • Man: Hey, daddly daddly diddly diddly diddly diddly diddly daddly.
  • (Cut to them next to another man who belches in front of them, then farts.)
  • SpongeBob: Oh, come on. Is every adult in this show a moron?
  • King Julien: I mean, what do they take us for, a bunch of daft insects?
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: And speaking of a bunch of daft insects...
  • Dr. Blowhole: Look what we wrote at the nuclear plant.
  • (At the nuclear plant, the words are all written, and the villains laugh fiendishly as they fly away. Suddenly, the writing causes the plant to break, causing green slime to burst out. It goes to the good guys.)
  • Phineas: What is that?
  • Maurice: Whatever it is, we better make a run for it!
  • (Everyone starts running, except for the gassy man, which unfortunately the green slime caught, making him turn into a superhero. Cut back to the good guys, with future SpongeBob, Phineas, Private, and Clover, and Bref in front of them.)
  • Bref: Hi guys.
  • Future SpongeBob: Come on.
  • Private: Where are you taking us?
  • Future Private: We're sending us back home.
  • (The future guys grab their 20-year-ago selves as the others follow behind, as they're still being chased by the green slime. They reach the main house, as they enter through the garage. The green slime passes through the house. Cut inside where SpongeBob, Phineas, Ferb, Private, and Clover land on the couch. The same goes for their future selves and Bref. Their friends entered from the left.)
  • Candace: That was close.
  • Buford: What's shakin', bacon?
  • SpongeBob: Nice moves.
  • Phineas: You really should show us those moves.
  • Future SpongeBob: Thanks. We learned those at your age.
  • Clover: That's nothing. You should see my trainer. After all, I had training.
  • Future Clover: I can still take on Karl with my teeth.
  • Private: What about me?
  • Future Phineas: Come on. We have to get to the next channel. It's creeping us out even more that it's creeping them out.
  • (Future SpongeBob tries to go into the television, but he hits the left side of the wall. Future Phineas does the same, but he hits above the television set. Future Private hits underneath the television set. Future Clover hits the right side of the wall.)
  • Bref: Excuse me for cutting the shenanigans, but there is an easier way to get inside the TV.
  • Future Private: There is?
  • Bref: Sure. Check this out. (He jumps into the television.)
  • Future Phineas: Follow that robot.
  • (The future SpongeBob, Phineas, Private, and Clover all jump into the television.)
  • Patrick: What's wrong with them?
  • SpongeBob: It's this channel. It makes all the adults even stupider.
  • Phineas: You know, in our world, none of the adults watch those shows.
  • Baljeet: I really don't want to grow up here.
  • Skipper: And besides, there are more shows that make adults even more stupider than this one.
  • Private: You're right. Do you suppose we go to the next channel where it's safe?
  • Clover: In fact, this show is just about over anyway. The next one is starting on the next channel.
  • Mort: And according to the TV guide, what's coming up next on this channel makes adults much more stupider.
  • SpongeBob: Come on.
  • (They all jump into the television. As soon as the last one, Mort, jumps into the television, the green slime came inside the house just in time. The superhero-ized gassy man swims in.)
  • (Cut to the gang going to the next channel, which is currently showing "Hocusfocus Avenue," a parody of "Sesame Street." The scenery right now is a brick wall in front of a blue sky with clouds in it. Puppet versions of Plankton, Dr. Doofenshmirtz, Dr. Blowhole, Parker, Rat King, Hans, Rhonda, Savio, Clemson, Uncle King Julien, Crimson, Karl, and Chauncey walk behind the wall.)
  • Plankton: Today's show is being brought to you by the letter P, as in Plankton.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Time out. Today's sponsor is the letter D, as in Doofenshmirtz. Behold, my D-inator. It will replace every other letter.
  • Parker: Hold on there, doc. I think Plankton, here, has a point that today's sponsor is the letter P, as in Parker and Platypus.
  • Dr. Blowhole: Knock it off! I say that this show is being brought to you today by the letter B, as in Blowhole. See on top of my head? You see, I have a blowhole. Yeah, it helps me breathe for air when I'm underwater. That's how I got my name.
  • Rat King: Now, wait just a second. I happen to believe that this show today is sponsored by the letter R, as in rats.
  • Hans: Who cares? I say H is today's letter sponsor. You know. Hans starts with H.
  • Dr. Blowhole: No wonder why you were in Hoboken a long time.
  • Hans: Ha! Hoboken. Another H word. (He brings out a plate of hamentashens.) Care for a hamentashen?
  • Rhonda: No, I think that the Rat King is right. R is the letter sponsor for today.
  • Savio: Who asked? I would simply say that the sponsor is the letter S. (He poses his snake body to form the letter S.) See? I know my name starts with S, and so does my species. What do you know? I came up with another S word.
  • Clemson: Now, wait just a minute here. I'm thinking that today's letter is the letter C. The reason I know that its C, outside of the fact that it starts the word "crown" as in a king's crown in which I'll be having, is that because my name starts with it.
  • Uncle King Julien: Oh, no. That is not true. I beg to differ, but this show's sponsor today is the letter U, as in uncle.
  • Clemson: Anything else?
  • Uncle King Julien: Oh, yes. It also stands for, you better get out of my unicycle.
  • Crimson: Cut it out. You should listen to Clemson. He's right. Today is brought to you by the letter C.
  • Clemson: See? You can't stop me and Crimson when it comes to the letter C starting our names.
  • Karl: Oh, no, no, no, no, no. That's not what today's show is being brought to you by. It's the letter K.
  • Chauncey: (high pitched chattering)
  • Clemson: I don't care. I say that this show is being brought to you by the letter C.
  • Crimson: Clemson, you are so cunning.
  • Clemson: Thank you.
  • Plankton: Listen to us. The letter is P.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: If any of you don't finish talking about other letters, I would like to unleash my D-inator, and spread it all over.
  • Dr. Blowhole: I don't want to hear anymore of your dumb device.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Hey, how dare you call my device dumb? You know, in retrospect, they both start with the letter D, as well.
  • Hans: I got some hot fudge sundaes. (Dr. Blowhole zaps Hans' sundaes.) Hey, I just made them this morning.
  • Savio: You know what? Slither also starts with the letter S. In fact, I know some delicious snacks that start with S.
  • Hans: S'mores?
  • Savio: No, I'm thinking more along the lines of skunks, squirrels, and shrews.
  • Plankton and Parker: We say P.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: I say D.
  • Dr. Blowhole: I say B.
  • Rat King and Rhonda: We say R.
  • Hans: I say H.
  • Savio: I say S.
  • Clemson and Crimson: We say C.
  • Uncle King Julien: I say U.
  • Karl: I say K.
  • (A puppet version of Bref comes in while the villains are still arguing.)
  • Bref: Excuse me, but I can't help but overhear you guys arguing about what letter they like best.
  • Plankton: That's because Parker and I believe that we prefer the letter P.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: I want to get rid of all the letters that are not the letter D.
  • Savio: And I can't help but say stuff that start with the letter S, in which today's show is being sponsored by.
  • Bref: So what you're saying is that you can't decide which letter you choose.
  • (All the villains look at each other.)
  • Bref: Hmm. Sounds like what you need is a little teamwork.
  • Parker: Teamwork? What's that?
  • Bref: I thought you never asked. Teamwork is such a tremendous thing, you really should try it sometime.
  • Karl: The truth is... we still not in with this whole teamwork thing.
  • Dr. Blowhole: I brought a dictionary. (He opens it and looks for the word teamwork.)
  • Uncle King Julien: Can I look too? (He looks at the dictionary, too.) There's no such word.
  • Bref: Oh, yes, there is. As a matter of fact, I brought along some friends to show you what teamwork is.
  • (Puppet versions of SpongeBob, his future self, Patrick, Squidward, Sandy, Mr. Krabs, Phineas, his future self, Ferb, Candace, Isabella, Baljeet, Buford, Skipper, Kowalski, Private, his future self, Rico, King Julien, Maurice, Mort, Clover, her future self, Marlene, Xixi, and Masikura.)
  • SpongeBob: We're here to sing a little song about teamwork.
  • Phineas: That's right. We're in Hocusfocus Avenue. It is the longest kiddie show to hit the airwaves. This show is so popular, that it airs all around the world.
  • Skipper: Does the show air in Antarctica?
  • King Julien: Or Madagascar?
  • Phineas: On this show, it teaches little children everything they need to get them ready for school, like the alphabet and numbers. Not to mention important heart warming lessons like sharing or taking your turns.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Did you just say another callback?
  • Phineas: Take that, logic. Anyway, another lesson they learn about on this show is the importance of teamwork, in which we're about to show you right now.
  • Plankton: We don't care about your pathetic teamwork.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: For all we care about is dominating Dictator Week.
  • Dr. Blowhole: So don't bother showing up.
  • (The villains laugh maniacally and leave. Dr. Blowhole tosses the dictionary to Bref.)
  • Bref: Ow. Hey, are you guys leaving us? Oddly enough, we were originally planning to do a high-budget instrumental break dance routine somewhere in the middle of the song.
  • (Song: Bits of All of Us)
  • Plankton: Knock it off. I hope that's not permanent.
  • Bref: (looks at the dictionary) Oh, I get it. Hey, you guys. Come back. Let me just explain. (starts singing) ♪ They say there is no "I" in teamwork, but there's an "M" and there's an "E." ♪ That's me. ♪ I mean you can't have a team without individuals, on that we can agree. ♪ Hit me. (Future Phineas tries to program words on the monitor on Bref's belly.) Wait a minute. Bear with me for just a second here, okay? Watch this. Ready? ♪ You take the "T" from the end of Doofenshmirtz, and the "E" from Candace the brat. ♪ No offense. ♪ Phineas has an "A" in it and Maurice has an "M," so we're a team, my friends, that's that.
  • Future Phineas: Oh, that was easier than I thought it would be. If only we had a "W", we could spell out "teamwork."
  • Squidward: My name has one of those.
  • Future Phineas: That's right. "Squidward" has a "W" in it.
  • Dr. Blowhole: So, we can do it!
  • Bref: Okay, from the beginning.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz:You take the "T" that's very deep in "Doofenshmirtz."
  • Candace: The "E" from "Candace" the brat.
  • Phineas: ♪ "Phineas" has an "A" in it.
  • Maurice: And "Maurice" has an "M".
  • Bref: So, we're a team, my friends. That's that.
  • Squidward: So "Squidward" gives us a "W".
  • Future Clover: And an "O" from "Clover."
  • Clover: Hey, that's me.
  • Rat King and Rhonda: We get an "R" from "Rat King."
  • Karl: And a "K" from "Karl."
  • Mort: And teamwork's what we've got.
  • Bref: That's right. Teamwork's what we've got.
  • Parker: So, we just need to work together.
  • Baljeet and Buford: Cooperate and trust.
  • Skipper, Kowalski, Private, and Rico: 'Cause there is no "I" in teamwork, but...
  • Bref and Future Private: There are bits of all of us.
  • Patrick: Hamentashen! (He wolfs down Hans' whole plate of hamentashens.)
  • Hans: Hey, zat is mine.
  • Bref: Big finish!
  • Good Guys:So, we just need to work together.
  • Villains: Together.
  • Good Guys: Cooperate and trust.
  • Villains: And trust.
  • Bref: There may be no "I" in teamwork.
  • King Julien: But... ♪ (he points at Bref's bottom.)
  • Good Guys:There are bits.
  • Villains: There are bits.
  • Good Guys: That's right, there are bits.
  • Villains: There are bits.
  • Sandy: Of all of us! ♪ (she sustains note.)
  • Everyone Else: All of us! ♪♪ (they sustain note.)
  • (SpongeBob breaks his guitar hardly, while Patrick breaks the drum on SpongeBob.)
  • SpongeBob: Oh, yeah!
  • Plankton: What happened?
  • Bref: You helped us out with our teamwork song. Now, that's what I call teamwork.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Hey, we like this teamwork thing.
  • Uncle King Julien: We'd like to thank you for showing us the light.
  • Savio: From now on, we'll be doing things together as a team. Thank you. (He hugs Skipper, Kowalski, Private, and Rico.)
  • Skipper: Will you let go, please?
  • Savio: Oh. Sorry. (He lets the penguins go.)
  • King Julien: Eh, what exactly are your thanks for our kindness?
  • Dr. Blowhole: By changing the sponsor, of course.
  • Plankton: By the number 12. (the villains laugh maniacally and leave. They jump into a television set in a room. They break the paper TV screen. Cut back to the good guys.)
  • Bref: Perhaps my song should use a little more up-tempo feel.
  • Private: I feel terrible.
  • Skipper: What do you mean, Private?
  • Private: I can't believe we helped the villains out into working together into going to the Biographical Channel.
  • Future Clover: Not exactly. We still have time.
  • Future Private: We don't have time to lose now. We have to find them before they get too far.
  • Phineas: She's right. We do have the whole day of tracking down our villains before they can reach channel 298.
  • SpongeBob: This way. Quick!
  • (Most of them rush off. Patrick, Sandy, and Skipper are still here.)
  • Patrick: (looks at Sandy and Skipper) I've never felt more alive. Get it? Felt. Felt!
  • Skipper: Patrick, you are unbelievable.
  • Patrick: (chuckles) Thanks, Skipper. Not only that, but I bet you are, too. (they leave, too. And now, the group jumps into the television screen, breaking the paper TV screen, and struggling to get inside.)

Scene 42: Future Characters Dissolve

  • (The next channel they go to is channel 297 where they're currently playing the end credits of "Adolescent Genetically Altered Karate Cows". The group zap in and holds on to one of the credits.)
  • Future SpongeBob: Now where are we?
  • SpongeBob: Channel 297.
  • Phineas: We're on the end credits of "Adolescent Genetically Altered Karate Cows." The next show is "Maho Mushi."
  • Skipper: Did you say "Maho Mushi?" I always wanted to be in "Maho Mushi."
  • Private: And I always wanted to be in the Lunacorns.
  • Skipper: We'll get to that after we're on Maho Mushi, Private.
  • Clover: I don't know if I ever heard of Maho Mushi.
  • Phineas: Well, we'll show you when we get to the show. Now, hang on to the credits.
  • SpongeBob: They'll pull us right to the show.
  • Sandy: Wow. These credits are moving fast.
  • Patrick: They're animation credits. They go really fast because nobody cares about them.
  • Mr. Krabs: Sure, they do. They have families.
  • Patrick: Doesn't everybody?
  • Candace: (looks down to the end of the credits) Guys, I'm not so sure the credits will take us to the show.
  • Buford: Why's that?
  • Candace: You know how I'm afraid of heights. (to Future Phineas) Can I hold your hand?
  • (Future Phineas holds Candace's hand.)
  • Future Phineas: You're in good hands now, my past sister.
  • Bref: When you got friends with you, nothing is impossible.
  • Private: Hmm. I wonder if we can hop all the way up to the start of the credits.
  • Kowalski: It's worth a try, Private.
  • Future Private: Or maybe we can use a tool to help us reach us to the top.
  • Skipper: Excellente. Rico, grappling hook.
  • (Rico barfs out a grappling hook. He is about to use it for all the penguins to reach the top of the credits, but Clover and her future self see the penguins.)
  • Future Clover: Are we interrupting?
  • Skipper: Well, uh, Bombshell. Where's Ring-Tail?
  • Clover: Ooh. Bombshell. I've got a codename.
  • Skipper: It's more like a compliment, really.
  • Future Private: Clover, where have you been? I mean... hey.
  • King Julien: Are you looking at this, Maurice? This is something I really shouldn't un-see.
  • Mort: The future-y Clover is in love with Private. Hubba hubba.
  • Maurice: Oy vey.
  • Xixi: This just in. We're making special ending cameo appearance in the end credits of "Adolescent Genetically Altered Karate Cows", as we keep hold of them, making us go into "Maho Mushi", coming up next on Channel 297.
  • Skipper: Ring-Tail, there's no need to poke fun at us. We need to be on our guard, everyone. Our foes could be anywhere at anytime.
  • Clover: Exactly. So, we all need to keep our eyes out on them.
  • Mort: I don't see any sign of them.
  • Private: Me neither.
  • Skipper: That's because you're looking at the wrong direction, young Private. Now, START LOOKING, OR I'LL....
  • (Suddenly, a laser zaps at the credits the good guys are standing on. They all see a cow spaceship being controlled by their enemies.)
  • Plankton: Say "the end," SpongeBrat.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: It's curtain time for you, Perry the Platypus!
  • Dr. Blowhole: That is a wrap, peng-you-ins.
  • Karl: Nobody panic! Not yet at least!
  • (Plankton jumps on another button, setting another laser at SpongeBob, making him fall. Dr. Doofenshmirtz presses another button, setting another laser at Phineas, Ferb, and Perry, making them fall. Dr. Blowhole presses another button, setting another laser at Skipper, Kowalski, Private, and Rico, making them fall. Uncle King Julien presses another button, setting another laser at King Julien and Clover, making them fall.)
  • Sandy: SpongeBob!
  • Isabella: Phineas!
  • Mort: King Julien!
  • Marlene: Guys!
  • (Future SpongeBob, Phineas, Private, and Clover see them falling. They use their grappling hooks to grab their past selves.)
  • SpongeBob: (screams)
  • Phineas: Well, Perry, at least we're together during our final moment as we plummet to the bottom.
  • (Perry nods)
  • Kowalski: I'm sorry, men, but this looks like this is our final mission, as we die in the process.
  • Private: I'm too young to do so, Skipper.
  • Skipper: Too bad, but as I always say, it's been an honor.
  • Rico: (screams) No!
  • King Julien: Clover, please keep me safe for old time's sake.
  • Clover: Don't worry, your majesty. No matter what happens to us in the end, I am always willing to protect my king.
  • King Julien: (weeping voice) You don't know how long I've been hearing these words, Clover. It means a lot to me.
  • (The grappling hooks grab SpongeBob, Phineas, Ferb, Perry, the penguins, King Julien, and Clover. They land on the credit future SpongeBob, Phineas, Private, and Clover are.)
  • All: Thanks.
  • SpongeBob: Man, I'm a lot less selfish in the future, aren't I?
  • Phineas: Not to mention the fact that I shouldn't leave my friends out when they need me.
  • Private: And that change can sometimes be a good thing, right?
  • Clover: Yeah, I learned my lesson as well.
  • Phineas: Haven't we all?
  • Future SpongeBob: It's all part of growing up, kids.
  • Future Phineas: Friends will always be there for you.
  • Future Private: No matter where you go, everything will be just fine.
  • Future Clover: And the future would be much of a better place.
  • Bref: But, it still needs a little work, though.
  • (They all smile at each other. Suddenly, a laser hits future SpongeBob, Phineas, Private, and Clover.)
  • Bref: Phew. I was so lucky I didn't get destroyed. Ironic, because robots are built, not born or hatched. (to the villains) You hear that, weirdos? You can't stop me! For I am made by Phineas, and that nothing can... (Unfortunately, he gets shot by a laser as well.) Lights on the time travel belts on future SpongeBob, Phineas, Private, and Clover start to beam.)
  • SpongeBob: Wait a minute. What's happening?
  • Phineas: How is this possible?
  • Private: Laser beams are not important at a lighthearted time like this.
  • Clover: Whoa. I should've seen this coming. I mean, what are those shiny things strapped with you?
  • Future SpongeBob: Plankton's damaged my time travel belt.
  • Future Phineas: Heinz Doofenshmirtz destroyed my time travel belt.
  • Future Private: Dr. Blowhole did the same thing to mine.
  • Future Clover: Mine, too.
  • Future SpongeBob: They're the only thing tethered to the present.
  • Future Phineas: Our dictators said we needed them for when we go to the past..
  • Future Private: With them to dissolve, we wouldn't even exist.
  • Future Clover: Most especially, since the future is about to change.
  • Mort: You really are bad at spoilers, aren't you?
  • Skipper: Stay out of it, Sad-Eyes.
  • (Future SpongeBob, Phineas, Private, and Clover and all the good guys see the cow spaceship. The utters are glowing.)
  • Plankton: We interrupt this program for a sudden cancellation!
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Your regularly scheduled program will be replaced with a black hole! It's a figure of speech.
  • Dr. Blowhole: Neither of you will be right back after this message!
  • Uncle King Julien: But we will!
  • SpongeBob: No!
  • Phineas: You can't!
  • Private: Never!
  • Clover: Not on my watch!
  • (They all press a button on the remote, that deletes the cow spaceship, with Plankton, Dr. Doofenshmirtz, Dr. Blowhole, Parker, Hans, Lulu, Savio, Rhonda, Clemson, Uncle King Julien, Crimson, Karl, and Chauncey still around.)
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Oh, shmirtz.
  • (They all fall to the bottom of the credits, screaming in terror. They land on the final credit. The remotes are in the main villains' mouths and tails.)
  • Parker: There's no way we'll be able to lose to them now.
  • Karl: Not at this rate. Now, move!
  • (The villains start climbing up the credits.)
  • (Future SpongeBob, Phineas, Private, and Clover look down at the villains, and then at their past selves.)
  • Future SpongeBob: It's up to you now. You can stop them in Maho Mushi, and you can change the future.
  • Future Phineas: Time's running short. You'll still defeat your enemies.
  • Future Private: Even if you're on your own now, you'll be able to stand up against them, and stop them for good.
  • Future Clover: And you will have to power to make the future brighter and better like how it used to be in our pasts.
  • SpongeBob: But, if I change my future, then you won't exist.
  • Phineas: We don't know what we'd do without you, guys.
  • Private: You guys are so amazing, you've got us on our sides now.
  • Clover: We love you, guys. We just don't want you guys to go. You wouldn't be able to live if our futures changed.
  • Future SpongeBob: Sure, we will.
  • Future Phineas: And we'll exist in the future worth getting to.
  • Future Private: You can do it, SpongeBob, Phineas, Private, and Clover. You're great for a sponge, human boy, penguin, and lemur. We know.
  • Future Clover: We'd be pretty great if we were to exist in the good future, too.
  • Future Private: Yes, we will.
  • (Future Private's and Future Clover's lips pucker up as they are about to kiss. Suddenly, their legs disappear, and so do the rest of their body.)
  • Maurice: That's something I should really never un-see.
  • Phineas: So, if they're gone, what about Bref?
  • Bref: I'm very much sorry, but I, too, must part. I wish you the best of luck. I bid ye farewell. (He fades away. Then, the time travel belts dissolve.)
  • SpongeBob: No. Come back. Please!
  • Phineas: No. Wait. We want you back. Please!
  • Private: What the... No. We don't want you gone. We want you here!
  • Clover: No. Stop. It can't end here. Don't go!
  • (They look at each other, as they grow frustration.)
  • All four: AAH!
  • SpongeBob: Everytime there's something great in my life, every time, it gets ruined!
  • Phineas: In here, I thought every single day of summer vacation would be fantastic, but no! This time, it's different! It gets really bad!
  • Private: Whenever good things turn up to me as expected, they always turn down!
  • Clover: And they're not going to ruin anything else! We need to stop their bad-doing and have things turn up they way they're supposed to.
  • (As the villains are one credit close to the good guys, they all see a screen that leads them to Maho Mushi.)
  • SpongeBob: There it is. Maho Mushi.
  • Phineas: They say it's a wildly popular animated monster trading card series.
  • Private: And my fellow penguins have been very big fans of the show since they were hatched.
  • Clover: I may not be sure if I heard of that show, but I am ready to take them down. How about you?
  • (They all agree.)
  • Patrick: But, you're not in that show.
  • Candace: Neither of you are.
  • Marlene: I second that emotion.
  • Masikura: That's because we haven't been on it yet. (They look at her.) What?
  • (SpongeBob press a button on the remote, which lets a nib come out of it, which writes "Starring Plankton, Doofenshmirtz, Blowhole, and friends vs. SpongeBob, Phineas, King Julien, and friends on the TV guide part depicting "Maho Mushi.")
  • SpongeBob: We are now. Oh, wait a minute. (Presses a button on the remote that releases an eraser at the end. It erases everything it wrote except the "vs," and writes "SpongeBob, Phineas, King Julien, and friends vs. Plankton, Doofenshmirtz, Blowhole, and friends.)
  • Phineas: Top billing. Much better.
  • Private: I couldn't agree more.
  • Clover: Neither can I.
  • (The credits take them to the screen with Maho Mushi on it.)

Scene 43: At the TV Station

  • (SpongeBob's forgotten friends are at the TV station, where they meet the Director from the episode "Model Sponge".)
  • Director: Guten tag. This is the offices of Bikini Bottom Cable. I am ze owner and ze president. What can I do for you all while I wait for security to show up and throw you out?
  • Pearl: Please, sir? SpongeBob and his friends ran away because nobody believed him when he said that Plankton is evil.
  • Director: What? Haven't you ever heard of "Plankton's Holiday Hits?"
  • (He shows him a clip of the commercial for "Plankton's Holiday Hits" on one of the monitors with Plankton singing "O Come All Ye Fearful.")
  • Plankton:O Come All Ye Fearful. Cower as I CRUSH YOU!
  • Director: What did you think that song was about anyway? Pumpkins or sauerkraut?
  • Gary: Meow.
  • (Subtitles: Sauerkraut.)
  • Larry: We have to get a message to SpongeBob and his friends to let them know we're sorry.
  • Director: SpongeBob, eh? Well, he did try to look his best on Picture Day, but then again, he only showed up before it was over with the peanut butter and tacos. He also didn't want to star in my commercials. But then again, he was popular enough to do toilet duty, on the other hand.
  • Rraaargh: Rraargh!
  • Director: (screams as he ducks down behind the desk)
  • Larry: Come on. While he's cowering upon Rraargh's fury, let's get a televised message to SpongeBob. What do you think he's watching?
  • Pearl: Well, whatever it is, it's smartly written, well-thought out, and highly educational.
  • Gary: Meow.
  • (They pass through the door as it closes. After that, the "On Air" signal turns on.)

Scene 44: Cable Station

  • (Jeremy, Stacy, Annabelle, and the Fireside Girls are at the Danville Cable Station, where they meet the owners, Daniel and Jeffery.)
  • Daniel: This is the Danville Cable Station office. I'm Daniel.
  • Jeffery: And I'm Jeffery. How can we help you?
  • Jeremy: You see, I wanted Candace to spend the day with me, but we can't find her anywhere, until we saw her on television.
  • Daniel: Candace, you say? Isn't Candace the name of Phineas and Ferb's teenage sister?
  • Stacy: Yes. Yes, she is.
  • Jeffery: You know, we heard Phineas and Ferb have been making special guest appearances in various TV shows all day.
  • Annabelle: Wait a minute. You knew where Candace is?
  • Daniel: Of course, we do.
  • Jeffery: And if I didn't know better, they've been meeting new friends in every TV show they appear in.
  • Daniel: I'll say. They seem to lovers of television so much, that there is no way they'll be able to stop channel surfing without ever having to watch television.
  • Jeremy: But, this is urgent. We need to tell our friends that we need them. Without them, none of us will be able to...
  • (Suddenly, Vanessa and Charlene arrive.)
  • Jeffery: Oh. Excuse us. (They see Vanessa and Charlene.) You're at Danville Cable Station. What can we do to help you?
  • Vanessa: We're here to tell all the Tri-State Area a message proving that my dad is evil. You see, he's an inventor, who's prone to ruling the entire city. He wears a white lab coat, has bad posture, and has a platypus nemesis.
  • Daniel: Evil, huh? Well, didn't you hear news stories about him rescuing an innocent kitten, and joining the Organization Without a Cool Acronym?
  • (He shows them footage of Dr. Doofenshmirtz rescuing a kitten from "Voyage to the Bottom of Buford" and him joining O.W.C.A. in "Agent Doof.")
  • Vanessa: I'm serious. He spends most of his days literally doing evil things, especially to an innocent platypus.
  • Daniel: What do you think, Jeffery?
  • Jeffery: Believe me. I've been to Doofenshmirtz Evil Inc. before. I've seen his inventions, and their ability to obliterate things or ruin everything.
  • Daniel: Well, why didn't you say so, ladies. The recording room is right out there.
  • Vanessa: Thanks. Come on, Mom. We have to spread our message that dad is evil. (They go to the recording station.)
  • Jeremy: But, what about Candace?
  • Jeffery: We're sorry, but you'll have to wait until they're done recording.
  • (Jeremy, Stacy, and the Fireside Girls sit in a row of seats.)
  • Stacy: So, what do we do now?
  • Jeremy: I suppose we can look over the memories Candace and I did together on my phone while talking about how she's doing right now.
  • Stacy: Hmm. I wonder how Candace is really doing right now?

Scene 45: Caught!

  • (The chimps rush back to the Central Park Zoo with the equipment. They make it past the entrance.)
  • Mason: Well, Phil, we made it. (They see the other animals approaching them.)
  • Bada: And just in time, too. Because we got you.
  • Mason: (whispering) If you have any poo, now's the time to do it.
  • (Cut to the chimps being tied up in a rope, and surrounded by the other animals.)
  • Bing: You chimps are going to pay for the entire mess you've made and whatnot.
  • Mason: Any other ideas?
  • (Phil looks at Roy, and points at him, the treadmill, and the satellite dish to Mason.)
  • Mason: Oh, come on, now, Phil. You're just pointing at random objects. Wait a second. I know what you're showing me. What you're telling me is that we should have the rhino run the treadmill with the satellite dish attached so that we could get our broadcast on television, just like that one time we did when we did that commercial we did to save our zoo.
  • Bada: Okay. So, we have to make our decision right now. The question is what will the chimps' sentencing be? Anybody have any ideas?
  • Barry: Oh, I will give him a little touch with my finger. (Mason and Phil start to get scared.)
  • Joey: Joey got an idea. How's about I kick box them so hard that they'll cry for their mummies.
  • Roy: I got it. I say I should pummel on them. Yeah, skewer them if you know what I mean.
  • Bing: That'll work.
  • Pinky: May I suggest we fling fruit at them and then laugh at them and take pictures, too.
  • Bada: Yo, Bing. We haven't heard from you.
  • Bing: Hmm. I think that we will hug them and squeeze them and pet them until they get flattened.
  • Roy: Hey! Quit stealing my ideas.
  • Bada: I thought pummeling and skewering them was your idea, remember?
  • Roy: Yeah, that was from earlier. I changed my mind.
  • Barry: I still think I should touch him. And I thought they were stealing MY ideas. Right, gorillas?
  • Bing: Who said anything about you touching them?
  • Barry: Well, hugging is still touching.
  • Joey: Yeah, but I like me idea better.
  • Pinky: Me, too. Those chimps will be so humiliated in public. (laughs)
  • All: (talking indistinctly)
  • Burt: (trumpets to make them quiet down.) Thank you. I know how to make the chimps uncomfortable. Let's squash them with my bottom. (All the other animals, except the chimps, agree with him.)
  • Mason: I don't like where this is going. (Phil begins to get the feeling as if he's about to vomit.)
  • Bada: Yo, chimps. You got anything to say before you get sat on?
  • Mason: Yes. I would like to say that... Roy, get on the treadmill.
  • (Roy responds to Mason's command. He gets on the treadmill.)
  • Mason: Phil, you have the camera, right? So, gorillas, you have thumbs, right?
  • Bada: Yeah, so...
  • Mason: We want you to attach it to the satellite cable.
  • Bing: Well... eh...
  • Mason: We will owe you all our bananas.
  • Bing: Eh, okay. But after Bada and I work together to tape the camera and the telescope to that satellite thingy, we're going back to your demise.
  • Mason: Deal.
  • (So, Bing puts some tape on the camera and the telescope and attach it to the satellite dish. Bada presses the record button.)
  • Bing: Yo, Bada, aren't our fingers too big for the buttons?

Scene 46: At Club Moist

  • (Timo, Ted, Dorothy, Willie, Horst, Hector, Pancho, Todd, Tammy, Butterfish, and the other lemurs are already at Club Moist, finding Dr. S and Nurse Phantom. Timo looks at the map.)
  • Timo: Are you sure this is Club Moist?
  • Ted: I've heard that it turned into a hospital now. King Julien turned this place from a night club to a hospital when making sure his legacy will help everyone and not hurt them.
  • Timo: Hmm. Not bad.
  • Dr. S: (off-screen) Do I hear a bunch of patients dying for me to operate on them this early in the morning (comes out) OUT OF A CAVE?!
  • (Thunder strikes outside the cave. Timo and the lemurs jumped in fear, thinking that Dr. S is about to eat them. Timo rolls himself into a ball.)
  • Dr. S: I'm sorry for startling you. King Julien made me and Nurse Phantom look for jobs here at Club Moist the Hospital when we reformed.
  • Timo: (pops himself back up and chuckles) That's okay. We need your help. King Julien, Clover, Maurice, and Mort went inside television, so can you help us get our king back? Oh, I'm Timo, by the way.
  • Dr. S: I'm Dr. S. Nake. But, you can call me Dr. S.
  • (Nurse Phantom comes in, yawning.)
  • Nurse Phantom: Could you keep it down, Dr. S? You know how I hate being disturbed this late at night.
  • Dr. S: Oh, yeah. This is Nurse Phantom.
  • Horst: Wait a second. I thought you were Rob "The Party Animal" McTodd. King Julien's former friend who helped him form the rap duo, "Lemurs Love the Lemur Ladies."
  • (flashback)
  • King Julien and Rob: Lemurs love the lemur ladies.
  • (end flashback)
  • Nurse Phantom: That was past me. The me I am now is old and disgusting, and went under many medical conditions. That's why King Julien made me nurse inspiring him from my expert knowledge of plastic surgery and obvious people skills.
  • Dr. S: And King Julien inspired me to help people who got hurt by practicing medicine OUT OF A CAVE!
  • (thunder strikes)
  • Dr. S: But, medicine isn't the only thing we do around here. We also do technology around here.
  • Timo: So, you could be able to help us?
  • Dr. S: Maybe. You'll just have to come with us to see what we have.
  • Nurse Phantom: Come along.
  • (They go to Dr. S's operating room. They see some machinery. Some attached to brain suckers. There's also another fixed television set, and a smartphone.)
  • Dr. S: Behold, my emergency room/laboratory!
  • Nurse Phantom: Care for some arrabbiata?
  • Timo: You have a laboratory?
  • Dr. S: I happen to have machinery all over the room.
  • Timo: (turns to see the television) You have a fixed TV here, too?
  • Dr. S: I only turn it on under my patients' request.
  • Willie: How convenient, but how are we going to find King Julien with your help?
  • Timo: Besides, I left the remotes back in the plane.
  • Dr. S: Calm down, everyone. I have one piece of equipment that just might help you get Clover and your king back.
  • (He shows Timo and the lemurs a video recorder with a stand.)
  • Timo: What's that?
  • Dr. S: This is something called a video recorder.
  • Dorothy: Uh, how do you use it?
  • Dr. S: We use it to record whatever's going on around us. And that's not all. It also comes with a cord attached the TV so that the recording will be on TV.
  • Timo: That's it. I know just how to get Clover and King Julien back to the kingdom.
  • Dr. S: GREAT! Nurse Phantom, set up the video recorder! (Nurse Phantom sets the video recorder on top of the stands and plugs it into the television set.)
  • Nurse Phantom: What? I'm the one with the arms and the legs.
  • Timo: Everybody, take your place. Butterfish, Tammy, you two in the back.
  • (The other lemurs stand behind Butterfish and Tammy. Ted, Dorothy, Willie, Horst, and Pancho are in front of the other lemurs. Timo stands in the middle of the crowd.)
  • Dr. S: Start rolling, Nurse Phantom. (Nurse Phantom turns on the video recorder.) And... ACTION! (The video recorder starts recording.)

Scene 47: Maho Mushi

  • (A stadium filled with cheering crowds. At the stadium, two giant Transformers-style robots are ready to fight. One white robot began fighting the black robot. The gang zaps in, Anime-style.)
  • SpongeBob: Well, here we are. The super-violent world of Maho Mushi.
  • Skipper: Yes! Just what I always wanted for my birthday! Me appearing on Maho Mushi! (laughs maniacally)
  • Patrick: How can anything this small be that super and violent. (he raises his arms and accidentally releasing lasers from his hands, punching holes into the stadium. He looks at Sandy, Squidward, and Mr. Krabs) You should start listening to me more.
  • Private: Um, Skipper. If it's all the same to you, can you show me where the bathroom is. I really need to go bird poo.
  • Skipper: No, Private. This is what I've been always dreaming of since I was a baby penguin. I told you I've been a big Maho Mushi fan all my life.
  • Private: Oh, in that case, Kowalski. Can you show me where the bathroom is?
  • Kowalski: Nope.
  • Private: Hey, King Julien, can you find the bathroom for me? I really need to go.
  • King Julien: Well, eh... okay. I'll help you find the restroom.
  • Private: Oh, brilliant! (they both leave.)
  • (SpongeBob, Phineas, Ferb, Skipper, and Clover put their heads together and do a pep talk.)
  • SpongeBob: Okay, everyone. This is it. The last channel before channel 298. We have to stop our enemies right here. Or they'll get to the next channel and take over the world. Are you with me?
  • Skipper: (puts his flipper in center) I'm in.
  • Clover: (puts her hand on Skipper's flipper) On it.
  • Phineas: (puts his hand on Clover's hand) Yes, yes I am.
  • Ferb: (puts his hand on Phineas' hand) Me, too.
  • SpongeBob: (puts his hand on Ferb's hand) I'm ready.
  • (An announcer with a microphone and a black suit stands in the center ring.)
  • Announcer: Ladies and gentlemen, time for the super-violent action danger of... MAHO MUSHI!
  • (Japanese words for Maho Mushi zoom into the screen in front of the entire stadium.)
  • (The villains (Anime-style) zap in. They strike poses.)
  • SpongeBob: Plankton!
  • Skipper: Blowhole!
  • Clover: Uncle King Julien!
  • Phineas: You know this guy, Perry?
  • (Perry nods, and he puts on his fedora and uses lasers via his hands. Dr. Doofenshmirtz shields himself with a giant bubble.)
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Banzai Bubble!
  • (The laser hits the bubble, accidentally hitting the giant black robot.)
  • Plankton: You think you can stop us here? Ha! This is the kind of super-violent Japanese action show, where we learn all our evil Krabby Patty-stealing techniques.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz:Our evil pharmaceutical techniques.
  • Dr. Blowhole: Our evil echo-locating techniques.
  • Rat King: Our evil bone-breaking techniques.
  • Hans: Our evil friend making up techniques.
  • Uncle King Julien: Our plum-picking evil techniques.
  • Karl: And we'll make sure you lose once and for all.
  • SpongeBob: Forget about it, guys. The only way you're getting out of here is over our cold-blooded...
  • Phineas: Un-moving...
  • Clover: Limited-animation...
  • Skipper: And blood-sucking body!
  • (SpongeBob uses a remote as a sword and charges.)
  • SpongeBob: (yells Japanese)
  • (Plankton uses a remote as a sword and charges)
  • Plankton: (yells Japanese)
  • (Phineas, Ferb, Skipper, Kowalski, Rico, Clover, and the villains do the same. They all use their remote swords, and hit each other as they land on their feet. SpongeBob loses a piece of his skin. Phineas loses a piece of his hair. Agent P loses a piece of his fedora. Skipper loses a feather. Clover loses a fur piece. The villains laugh, until Plankton loses a piece of his antenna. Dr. Doofenshmirtz loses a piece of his hair. Dr. Blowhole loses a droplet of water from his dorsal fin. Rat King loses a fur piece. Same with Uncle King Julien, Crimson, Clemson, and Karl. Hans loses a feather. They growl at the heroes. Plankton presses a button on the remote to make him and the other villains to become stronger. SpongeBob presses a button on the remote to make him and the other good guys to become stronger. They land on the ground with just one of their hands. The bad guys yell and Dr. Doofenshmirtz hits a button, which the remote releases a laser at the good guys. However, Agent P uses the green remote to as a shield to protect himself and his friends. The laser got hit by the remote Agent P's holding up and it hits another part of the stadium. Dr. Blowhole sees the black robot lying on the ground. He presses a button on the robot to make it grow larger. The black robot tries to stomp on the good guys. They run. Skipper uses the green remote to zap at the white robot. He smiles. The white robot grows. Uncle King Julien growls as he presses a button to release the hands off the black robot, as they they try to zap the white robot and finally punch it, making it faint. Clover presses a button on the remote to release a foot off the white robot to kick the black robot's butt. Mort comes out of nowhere and jumps onto the white robot's foot.)
  • Mort: Whee!
  • (The black robot falls forward and explodes. All the villains growl as they all charge, while the good guys start charging, too. They all yell in anger as they get closer. Once they hit, a huge boom happened, causing all the fighters to fall on their bottoms. SpongeBob falls on his face, next to Patrick, Squidward, Sandy, and Mr. Krabs.)
  • Patrick: Wow. This show is great. I wish we were watching it.
  • Sushi Seller: Sushi. Maho Sushi.
  • Rico: (pops up) Fish!!! (he pounces on the sushi seller as he gobbles down on the sushi.)
  • (Phineas, Ferb, Skipper, Kowalski, and Clover walk over to SpongeBob.)
  • SpongeBob: I had to pick the one show they know as much as I do.
  • Mr. Krabs: As long as Plankton have access to the Krusty Krab.
  • Phineas: And that pharmacist guy has access to the Tri-State Area.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: (off-screen) I heard that!
  • Private: As well as Dr. Blowhole having access to the human race.
  • King Julien: And Uncle King Julien's access to my kingdom.
  • Sandy: They're all just as powerful as you are.
  • SpongeBob: But if neither of us had access to the Krusty Krab.
  • Ferb: Or the Tri-State Area.
  • Skipper: Or the humans.
  • Clover: Not to mention King Julien's kingdom, we can still beat them, and beat them for good.
  • (Dr. Blowhole uses the remote to release a laser. All the fighting heroes jump.)
  • Phineas: Be strong, Perry.
  • Patrick: Look out. (He raises his arms releasing lasers, which accidentally hit a flying jet tank which lands on the bad guys. The fighting heroes land on their feet.)
  • SpongeBob: Sandy said when I get older, our friendship goes away. And I couldn't remember them at all.
  • Phineas: That's nothing. We learn that friendship should not go away, and we'll still be as long as we live.
  • Skipper: We sang a whole song about it earlier in this movie. But that's not our case. Private, here has been a life-long fan of the Lunacorns, he grew up watching the show.
  • Private: I still watch new shows, too!
  • Clover: I'm kind of on the same page here.
  • SpongeBob: Either way, we don't know exactly when we'll start to forget them or not. So we'll have to figure out one year at a time.
  • Private: So how are we supposed to age out of our friends and shows, move away, and move on?
  • SpongeBob: First, we'll have to get back to normal.
  • (They change from their Anime-phase. SpongeBob changes to his traditional animation from his show. Phineas, Ferb, and Perry change to their traditional animation from their show. The penguins change to their CGI animation from their show. Clover changes to her CGI animation from her show.)
  • Phineas: Okay. So, we're back to normal. What do we do now?
  • SpongeBob: Fast forward one year. Age one year older.
  • (He presses a button, causing them to age one year older. They look at their friends.)
  • Clover: Any luck?
  • SpongeBob: No good. I still recognize them.
  • (Plankton carries the tank, and he and the villains resume chasing their enemies. The changed good guys scream.)
  • SpongeBob: Maho Mushi wall run!
  • (They run up to the wall and fly as the villains miss them by crashing their heads to the wall. The changed good guys land on the ground and run.)
  • Private: Is this good enough?
  • SpongeBob: One more year. Age one more year older.
  • (SpongeBob presses a button making them one more year older. They stop running.)
  • Phineas: Any hope yet?
  • (They look at their friends. Patrick holds up a foam finger.)
  • SpongeBob: We still recognize them. I guess we can still have our friends for a few more years.
  • Private: And I can watch the Lunacorns for a few more years.
  • (Suddenly, they see lasers coming from the villains' remotes. They set up a really big one, hitting the sushi stand, where Rico was currently at.)
  • Rico: Fried fish!!! (wolfs the fried fish down.)
  • (SpongeBob presses a button on the remote, making them a few more years older.)
  • Phineas: Cool, I'm fifteen. (An armpit hair comes out of his shirt sleeve.) Oh no. An armpit hair. (He looks at Perry getting older.) Perry, you haven't aged a bit.
  • Skipper: Did we succeed.
  • SpongeBob: (looks at their friends) Rats, we still recognize them.
  • (The villains land. Dr. Doofenshmirtz raises the remote and drags it hardly to the floor, causing land to rise. The good guys are still running. SpongeBob presses a button and age one more year.)
  • Kowalski: So...
  • SpongeBob: (looks at his driver's license) Focus: Driver's License. Finally. But, you're not grown up yet.
  • (SpongeBob presses a remote causing them a year older.)
  • SpongeBob: Well...
  • Phineas: Are we missing the prom or something? Not grown up yet. (they look at their friends from the monitor.) They're still there.
  • (SpongeBob presses a button, making them one last year older. The animals are elderly. Clover looks just like Grandma Rose. A battery on the remote dies out.)
  • SpongeBob: Wow, I can't remember anything.
  • Private: Eh, what was that, sonny.
  • Skipper: I can't believe we grew so much older.
  • Clover: But, we feel so much younger.
  • Phineas: And I look so much younger. (He looks at elderly Perry the Platypus, carrying a walker, walking slowly while the slow-motioned "Perry the Platypus" theme song plays.) Whoa, you really let yourself go.
  • SpongeBob: So why are we running?
  • (They get hit by the rising land. They faint. However, Phineas gets up off the floor and sees elderly Perry lying there.)
  • Phineas: Perry! No!
  • (Phineas and Ferb run to Perry.)
  • Phineas: Ferb, how are his vitals? I'll give him mouth-to-bill resuscitation.
  • (He manages to give Perry a mouth-to-bill resuscitation. The villains laugh maniacally.)
  • Plankton: Say goodbye, you fools, forever!
  • Audience: Aah!
  • Announcer: Ooh!
  • Remaining Good Guys: Aah!
  • (Suddenly, the battery on the villains' remote stops working. Plankton presses one of the buttons.)
  • Plankton: Hey. What's going on? Why won't this stupid thing work?
  • Dr. Blowhole: I don't know. Does anybody know how to get this stupid thing to work?
  • Karl: Perhaps I should be of help. (he was about to throw away the remote, but gets interrupted by Dr. Doofenshmirtz.)
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: I know what's happening. It's needs a change of batteries.
  • Sandy: Because SpongeBob is moving away from us.
  • Buford: Phineas is moving away, too.
  • Kowalski: (wheezing) And Private's too old for the Lunacorns.
  • Clover: And we animals are too old for anything.
  • (Suddenly, an Anime stadium security guard charges in.)
  • Security Guard: I heard you guys are not fighters and are forced to kick you out of this stadium.
  • Patrick: Hey, who is this guy? And why does he want us out?
  • Sandy: But, we can't leave SpongeBob.
  • Patrick: But the meter's running.
  • (The Rat King is about to step on the penguins. King Julien grabs Mort.)
  • King Julien: Maho Mushi Kick Toss Attack. (He throws Mort away.)
  • Mort: Whee! I should start listening to him more.
  • (Mort hits the Rat King, who falls on Plankton, who throws away the remote, which lands on SpongeBob. He gets up.)
  • SpongeBob: Whoa, nice arena. Are we playing the cougars again? (He walks up to Mort.) Hey, nice yellow fur. Are you the mascot?
  • (Mort runs to Clover, who is found lying there as if she's dead. He gasps in horror.)
  • Mort: Clover! WHY!!! (sobs) King Julien, Maurice, Xixi, Masikura, come quick.
  • King Julien: Now's not the time for...
  • Mort: It's Clover! She's... she's...
  • (King Julien, Maurice, Xixi, and Masikura look at elderly Clover lying there.)
  • King Julien: Oh no.
  • (They head up to Clover.)
  • King Julien: It cannot be. We're too late. (crying)
  • (Xixi and Masikura look down tearfully, sobbing a bit. Even Maurice is crying now.)
  • King Julien: (hysterically) She had so much to live for, Momo. Look at her. So much more tail twitching to do. (sobs) So much more getting things done and doing things for us.
  • Maurice: Your majesty, why did we end up having Clover go into the TV universe in the first place? I guess some things cannot change.
  • (We go inside Clover. Cut to her, Agent P, Skipper, Kowalski, and Private sitting in a white bench in a white background.)
  • Clover: Hey, what are you guys doing here?
  • Skipper: We died from a rising mountain out of a molehill.
  • Kowalski: Even though, technically, it wasn't a molehill. Dr. Blowhole used a magical remote control to make the land rise up and squash us.
  • Clover: So, what you're saying is that you guys got squashed, too?
  • Piney: Hello, Clover. And who are your little penguin friends, and your platypus friend?
  • Skipper: I'm Skipper. And this is Kowalski and Private.
  • Private: Hello.
  • Skipper: Oh, and this platypus here, his name is Perry.
  • Perry: (growls)
  • Piney: Hello, penguins and Perry. My name is Pineapple. The reason I brought you up here is because there was a battle at a human arena between you, some friends of yours, and an army of ne'er-do-wells. And it appears that one of them used an attack to knock you dead.
  • Skipper: What do you mean?
  • Piney: If you penguins don't believe me, talk to Clover.
  • (The penguins turn to Clover.)
  • Private: Well, you see, I love the Lunacorns so much. I was a very big fan since when I was a chick. I loved that show ever since. But then, one day, on Skipper's birthday, it was the Lunacorns marathon. And I wanted to be on the Lunacorns since it was their marathon.
  • Clover: What happened?
  • Private: Skipper placed a bet on who can run past a sea of mouse traps to get the remote Kowalski invented for me to get inside television. And I won the remote. I went through a variety of different shows, and I gotten a really dangerous weapon from Jonny Hunt, so that I can give it to Skipper on his birthday.
  • Skipper: Sure, it was the perfect present any penguin can desire. I owe you big time, young Private. I really do.
  • Private: Thanks, Skipper. So I asked him if he and the boys can join me on my expedition to the land of the Lunacorns. And we went through different shows with a bunch of other friends. Some of them aren't animals.
  • Clover: I think I find it swell to be working with humans.
  • Private: You really do, Clover?
  • (Clover nods her head.)
  • Private: And then, we met future versions of myself and Clover, and two friends of ours.
  • (Perry nods his head.)
  • Private: And then our enemies showed up and tried to defeat us. So we chased them through many different shows, and then, when we arrived to channel 297, our future selves dissolved into thin air with their time travel belts. And then we went to Maho Mushi to defeat our enemies, but they squashed us to death.
  • Clover: Don't take it personally, Private. I had that experience, too. It's just that... I had just finished another one of my fan fictions.
  • Skipper: Did you say fan fictions?
  • Clover: They're private. But anyway, I went out and find King Julien, but he, Maurice, and Mort went out somewhere. So I decided to see if the other lemurs need help with anything, and they were just fine. So, I went back and found a fixed TV set Timo made, when all of a sudden, a magical remote came out of nowhere and I began to use it. And it made me go inside television. I met you there, and I've gone through the same shows you visited. I even got another one of those really dangerous weapons. But, then I asked King Julien, Maurice, Mort, and a few more friends to come with me to the TV universe with us. We went through many shows together. We met our future selves. We tried to fight our enemies, and then the rising land squashed us.
  • Perry: (growls)
  • Clover and penguins: You, too?
  • (Perry nods his head.)
  • Clover: You mean all this time we went channel-surfing, made new friends, and dodging our enemies, we have put our friendships to the test to avoid certain problems?
  • Skipper: Well, I guess you can put it that way.
  • Kowalski: But, about that friendship thing, and saying goodbye to old friends...
  • Clover: How could I have been so guilty? I felt like that my kingdom had forgotten about me and didn't need me anymore.
  • Piney: Your kingdom will never forget you, Clover. They need you more than ever.
  • Skipper: So do we. In fact, we had an adventure together.
  • Private: We saw new places together.
  • Kowalski: We made new friends together.
  • (Perry nods his head.)
  • Piney: And it's all thanks to you, Clover, and you, Private.
  • Clover and Private: Really?
  • (Clover turns to Private.)
  • Clover: I risked my kingdom to get to know each other.
  • Private: And I risked my show to go to new shows I've never saw before.
  • Clover: This is almost as if we're...
  • Both: ...not so different after all.
  • (they both hug each other.)
  • Clover: It feels like I'm starting a whole new kingdom.
  • Private: And it feels like I'm starring in something new for a change.
  • Piney: I'm glad you two are finally doing the right thing. Now, if you all don't mind, I'll be making a new bet with a bunch of bananas and coconuts who'll bore me to death if I don't win the bet.
  • Private: Can you give us another chance?
  • Clover: Yeah, we want to finish off our enemies from taking over the world.
  • Piney: If you really want to save the world from a plague of villains, then I'll allow it. Deal?
  • Clover: Deal.
  • (Perry nods his head.)
  • Piney: I hereby declare that you're free to go. Good luck, you guys. Oh, and Perry. (growls like Perry)
  • (They fade from the white background and back into the stadium, where the security guard is beginning to round up anybody outside the audience who isn't fighting.)
  • Sandy: SpongeBob, press any remote to make you and your new friends younger before we get nabbed and leave forever!
  • King Julien: But, how can we without Clover?
  • Phineas: Or Perry? (He leans his head on Perry. He hears breathing.) Wait. Do I hear breathing?
  • Security Guard: (sighs) I guess we gotta do this the hard way. (He begins to grab Patrick and Sandy.)
  • Sandy: Get your hands off me.
  • SpongeBob: My friends are in danger. I guess I have to zap myself. (He points the remote at himself and zaps himself into a baby. He chews on a remote, and his diaper gets filled.)
  • Phineas: What's happening? (Perry gets up off of Phineas' arms.) Perry, you're alive!
  • Ferb: Not that. Look. He de-aged too much.
  • (Phineas comes to Baby SpongeBob and takes the remote out of his mouth, making Baby SpongeBob cry. Phineas points the remote at Baby SpongeBob and makes him his normal age again.)
  • SpongeBob: Sweet! I'm me again. And why do my pants smell bad?
  • Phineas: Not the time for that now, SpongeBob. Right now, we have to de-age the penguins and Clover.
  • (They point the remotes at Clover, Skipper, Kowalski, and Private, zapping at them, and making them their normal ages again. Skipper, Kowalski, and Private wake up.)
  • Private: Skipper, I had a great dream. I dreamt that we were with Clover and a talking pineapple.
  • Skipper: Yeah, well, me, too. What in the name of the Egyptian Queen's Metal Beard? Kowalski, bring in the orchid!
  • (Kowalski grabs the Dendrobium orchid, and the penguins head to the lemurs, Xixi, and Masikura. Kowalski stuffs the flowerpot into Clover's mouth. Clover wakes up, coughing and surprised, and spits out the flower.)
  • Clover: Yuck. I hate Dendrobium orchids.
  • King Julien: Clover! You're alive! It's a miracle! I thought we lost you forever.
  • Mort: Clover's alive, and she's a young zombie come to eat our brains!!! (screams and runs away)
  • Maurice: And you're back to normal, too.
  • Clover: I know. I feel so much younger. Now, if you'll excuse me, I have a battle to win.
  • King Julien: I'm fighting with you, Clover.
  • Maurice: Me, too.
  • Xixi and Masikura: So are we.
  • Clover: Well, then, how about that? We have a battle to win. Let's move.
  • (Phineas zaps Perry back to his regular age.)
  • Phineas: Only one more person to de-age. (He points the remote to himself, presses a button, and de-ages himself to his 9(-10)-year-old self.) Yes! I'm me again. Good thing I didn't turn into a baby.
  • (He turns to see the security guard taking Marlene in his arms, while Isabella, Candace, Baljeet, Buford, Patrick, Sandy, Squidward, Mr. Krabs, King Julien, Maurice, Mort, Xixi, and Masikura following them out of the stadium. They (except for the security guard and Marlene smile at SpongeBob, Phineas, Ferb, Agent P, Skipper, Kowalski, Private, and Clover. They smile right back at them. Until the villains surround them.)
  • Plankton: I hope you enjoy going through puberty once, because you're not gonna do it again! Finish them off! I'll finish off SpongeBob. (points at Dr. Doofenshmirtz) You, finish off the platypus and his two boys. (points at Dr. Blowhole and Hans) You, finish off the lead penguin. (points at the Rat King, Rhonda, and Savio) You three, finish off the other two penguins. (points at Uncle King Julien, Crimson, Clemson, and Karl) And you, finish off the rodent.
  • (The villains salute to Plankton. Then, they leap with their hands that are going to laser their desired targets Plankton told them about.)
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: I'm finishing Perry the Platypus off with my fists.
  • Hans: We're finishing Skipper off with fish.
  • Crimson: And we're finishing Clover off like father and daughter.
  • Clover: Stop!
  • (Once the villains reach their targets, they stop and land on their bellies.)
  • Plankton: What's the big idea? I thought I told you to defeat them!
  • Crimson: But I had to say that we should finish our sister off like cousins.
  • Clover: Wait a second, did you say, cousins?
  • Crimson: Yes, I did.
  • Clemson: You see, Clover, you may not know it, well, you know a lot about your family tree and all, but the truth is... is that I'm your cousin.
  • Clover: WHAT?!
  • Crimson: From what I told Clemson, is that he's my cousin.
  • Clover: Doesn't that make him my cousin, too?
  • Crimson: That's right. You're my sister. We're your family.
  • Clover: Sheesh. I'm flattered. But seriously, I have another family, made up of not only me and you two, but also my friends here, as well. Meet SpongeBob, Phineas, Ferb, Perry, Skipper, Kowalski, and Private.
  • Clemson: Say, I know you penguins. You tried to rescue me, Hans, Rhonda, and Savio from the Hoboken Zoo from android versions of ourselves.
  • Crimson: You know these penguins?
  • Clemson: Of course I do. They rescued me, Hans, Savio, and Rhonda from android doubles.
  • Hans: We joined the penguins for a battle against their android doubles and ours.
  • Savio: These androids considered us dirty, because they wanted the Hoboken Zoo cleaner than any other zoo.
  • Rhonda: So, who's the new lemur, Clemson?
  • Clemson: Guys, I'd like you to meet my other daughter, Clover. Clover, I'd like you to meet some friends of mine. Meet Hans, Savio, and Rhonda.
  • Clover: Hello. I'd like you to meet some friends of mine, as well. Meet SpongeBob, Phineas, Ferb, and Perry.
  • (Skipper looks stunned)
  • Private: Go on, Skipper. Tell them.
  • Skipper: Okay. As much as I hate to say this, I'm giving you... (inhales) ... Private's last five peanut butter winkies. Private, do you have the five peanut butter winkies you have with you?
  • Private: Um, yes. As a matter of fact, I'm afraid I do, Skipper. (He takes out the remaining five peanut butter winkies and gives them to Skipper.)
  • Skipper: Thank you, Private. (He gives two winkies to Clover, who gives them to Clemson and Crimson.)
  • (Crimson and Clemson both eat the winkies)
  • Crimson: Me likey.
  • Clemson: Me likey, too. You know, these taste even better than Booty Doodles.
  • Clover: (hugs Clemson and Crimson) You are like the family I've ever had.
  • (Skipper gives three of the peanut butter winkies to Rhonda and Savio, and gives the last one to Hans.) And I'm giving you this as an apology for the Denmark incident, because if it wasn't for you becoming an big, selfish enemy since then in the first place, then I wouldn't be your friend anymore. Here, take the winky. It's your's. (gives the winky to Hans) Will you ever forgive me?
  • Hans: (takes the wrapping out of the bar, then eats the candy.) So delicious. Skipper... (his voice breaks) after all these wasted years we became foes... I'm going to say one thing to you. (Skipper was surprised on what Hans is going to say.) Thank you.
  • Skipper: (tearfully) You're welcome. (they both start hugging and crying.) I'm sorry, Hans.
  • Hans: No, I am, you chicken.
  • Skipper: No, I am, you turkey.
  • Plankton: What is the matter with you, guys? You were supposed kill your foes! If you want something done right, you gotta do it yourself. And if you can't do it, then the pharmacist, the dolphin, the raccoon, the weasel, the giant rat, and I will finish them off for you.
  • SpongeBob: Plankton, are you out of your mind? You've been chasing us all over the TV universe. Why are you trying to stop us from getting this close to the Biographical Channel?
  • Plankton: That's easy. Because we're evil geniuses bent on world domination, and you and your friends are all just a bunch of big harmless buffoons who aren't young enough to know anything. (He and the non-reformed villains laugh evilly.)
  • SpongeBob: You're right. We are just a bunch of big harmless buffoons.
  • Plankton: Yes, we know that.
  • Parker: I know that platypus. Please, join our family, for old time's sake. We're very fortunate platypuses together.
  • Perry: (growls angrily at Parker)
  • Ferb: Perry's saying that he only has two families. One of them is made of Phineas and I, and a mother and a father.
  • Candace: And me.
  • Phineas: And the other is made up of whole bunch of new friends made up of a talking sponge, starfish, squirrel, squid, crab, penguins, lemurs, otter, toucan, and chameleon, who've been through a lot in one whole day.
  • SpongeBob: And if there's one thing we've learned from this day is that friendship keeps growing.
  • Plankton: I get the idea. Now, kill...
  • SpongeBob: For we don't care if we let our friendships go...
  • Private: Or we kept ourselves attached to our childhood shows.
  • Clover: Because none of these can make us anything more for what we really are inside: a family.
  • Phineas: But that's okay. Because we've gone where no sponge, starfish, squirrel, squid, crab, brother, sister, platypus, penguin, lemur, otter, toucan, or chameleon has gone before. Inside television, where we saw new exciting places, made many unusual friends, meet our future selves, and tried to save Dictator Week from you.
  • SpongeBob: So, yeah. Me and my new friends maybe a bunch of big harmless buffoons, but we're a family of big harmless buffoons. Once you have taken over the world on Dictator Week, who are you planning to share it with?
  • Plankton: When I fell into the TV, I saw an army who I made some new friends with. The pharmacist...
  • Phineas: Perry, you've been chased by that pharmacist? Doesn't that make you a secret agent?
  • (Perry nods)
  • Phineas: Well, you know what? We don't think you're a bad family.
  • Private: If you look into your hearts, I know what you'll find there is what you really wanted.
  • Clover: Which is to let us be free to live and let live. But if you aren't those who follow their dreams...
  • SpongeBob: Then you should proceed and kill us.
  • Rat King: Hey, that's a great idea.
  • Plankton: You heard him. Let's finish them off once and for all.
  • (The un-reformed villains resume their attack.)
  • Skipper: Hey, where are the remotes?
  • Rico: (in a booming voice off-screen) PAUSE! (The villains freeze when they're getting so close to defeating their nemesis'.) ERASE! (The villains suddenly change from their Anime forms to their regularly animated forms. They land on the ground.)
  • Plankton: What? Why can't we remember anything?
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: For a minute there, we felt like taking down Perry the Platypus and taking over the world.
  • Uncle King Julien: But if you think you're right for a bunch of psychics, then think again.
  • (Maggie the Unwashed appears out of nowhere through a puff of brown dust.)
  • Maggie: Better lost than won, I always say. (farts) I'm still not sorry.
  • (She disappears via a puff of dust.)
  • Dr. Blowhole: Because, e're still gonna destroy you, peng-you-ins.
  • Uncle King Julien: Wait, do you hear that?
  • (they hear rumbling, and they see a giant shadow, which belongs to Rico, who has eaten all the sushi there was from the stadium. He lets out a Godzilla-style roar. The villains all screamed.)
  • Rico: AND DELETE! (his giant flipper presses a button that causes all the unchanged villains to be gone, and sent back to their proper universes.)
  • Parker: Perry, we made a great team together!
  • (Plankton lands back at the Chum Bucket.)
  • Plankton: What happened? Karen, I had the greatest dream. I almost took over the world and destroyed everything.
  • (Suddenly, a plush SpongeBob with a paper pinned on it crashes through a window and hits Plankton. Plankton takes a closer look at it by ripping it off the SpongeBob plush.)
  • Plankton: (reading) "Call everyone in Bikini Bottom. You're dead. Signed, Deep K. P.S.: I am not your computer wife?" Who are you, Deep K?
  • (Dr. Doofenshmirtz landed back at the usual room where he and Agent P have their battles.)
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: What just happened? (Just then, the monitor puts on Vanessa and Charlene) Vanessa, I've been having this dream where I...
  • Vanessa: Everyone in Danville, we have an announcement. If you're watching this, then it's very important. My father, Heinz, is evil. He does harmful things to a harmless platypus. He makes crazy inventions to make several changes that maybe bad to us, but good for him. He does the opposite of what he's supposed to do at an alignment club he joined.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: What?
  • Vanessa: And furthermore, he's just being plain evil, like villainous-evil. He's nothing more than a mean, crude, selfish, nasty, vile, disfigured, poorly-postured evil person!
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Curse you, Vanessa and Charlene, and also L.O.V.E.M.U.F.F.I.N. in which I'll officially be dismembered from.
  • (Dr. Blowhole, Parker, and the Rat King fell into the Coney Island Marine Park dolphin pool.)
  • Dr. Blowhole: What happened?
  • Parker: I don't know. I haven't a clue.
  • Dr. Blowhole: I just had the craziest dream where I joined forces with a bunch of animals and aliens and took over the world.
  • Marine Park Zookeeper: And here are some photos for your fish, Flippy.
  • Dr. Blowhole: Wait? My name is still Flippy?
  • Parker: (jumps out of the pool and takes the bucket from the zookeeper, and brings it back to the dolphin pool.) Uh, Dr. Blowhole, I found some pictures of the Hoboken Zoo.
  • Dr. Blowhole: Stop mistaking the Central Park Zoo as the Hoboken Zoo, Parker.
  • Parker: Ah, but there's something I think you should see.
  • Dr. Blowhole: Let me see those. (He takes the photos that are of the damage he caused, even the words that read, "The Chimps Did All This." He gasps in horror.) What chimps?!
  • (Suddenly, Rat King pops out of the water.)
  • Rat King: (inhales) Hey, where am I?
  • (Dr. Blowhole and Parker look at the Rat King, and they both start screaming, causing the Rat King to scream, too.)
  • (Uncle King Julien, Karl, and Chauncey land roughly at Karl's lair.)
  • Uncle King Julien: Oh my goat cheese. What is this place?
  • Karl: Why, that would be my lair, of course. Man, I had that dream, and... What are you doing here?
  • Uncle King Julien: I... I can explain. (They hear a hawk call from outside the lair.) What was that? (They go out to see Sage and his hawk.)
  • Karl: What do you want?
  • Sage: My hawk and I come to inform you that King Julien says and he quotes, "I told you so."
  • Uncle King Julien and Karl: What?!
  • Sage: (does his bird call, which the bird responds by grabbing his arms with his claws and carrying him back into the sky. Uncle King Julien and Karl look at each other.)
  • Both: Told us what?!
  • (We go back inside Karl's lair, only to go back inside Karl's broken television set. Once we're inside the television set, it reveals the security guard taking SpongeBob's friends, Phineas and Ferb's sister and friends, Clover's king, his right hand man, Mort, Xixi, and Masikura following the security guard, with him carrying Marlene.)
  • Marlene: Help!
  • (Rico sees the security guard and the friends he's taking with him.)
  • Rico: HEY, GUYS!
  • Skipper: Boys, he means us. (He, Kowalski, Private, Hans, Savio, Rhonda, Clemson, Crimson, Clover, Phineas, Ferb, Agent P, and SpongeBob look at their friends being sent out of the stadium by the security guard.)
  • Marlene: No! Skipper!
  • Security Guard: Remember to buckle up on your way home.
  • Candace: What are we gonna do?
  • Sandy: (brings out the amnesia spray she used on Mr. Krabs earlier) Maho Mushi Amnesia Bottle Security Guard Spray Maneuver! (she shakes it and sprays it on the security guard.)
  • Security Guard: (coughs at the spray) What am I doing? I heard and said that a boy with a talking sponge, penguins, and lemur grew up and don't need their friends anymore.
  • Sandy: Does SpongeBob and pals look grown-up to you?
  • Security Guard: Uh, no. But then again, all you Maho Mushi fighters look alike to me. (he leaves.)
  • Sandy: (looks at her amnesia bottle) I love this stuff.
  • SpongeBob: We did it, guys.
  • (Everyone congratulates their heroes.)
  • King Julien: Now that's what I call an action sequence.
  • Marlene: Skipper, my hero.
  • Phineas: Nice outfit, Clover.
  • Clover: Thank you.
  • Rico: GROUP HUG!
  • (Rico manages to do a great, big group hug on all of his old and new friends. Their hug is shown on the Mushi-Tron. The audience gave a big cheer.)
  • Audience: Aah! Ooh! Aah!
  • (Rico lets go of his friends. SpongeBob, presses a button on the remote that allows him, Phineas, Ferb, Agent P., Private, Clover, Patrick, Sandy, Squidward, Mr. Krabs, Isabella, Candace, Baljeet, Buford, Skipper, Kowalski, Rico, King Julien, Maurice, Mort, Marlene, Xixi, and Masikura back into the TV universe.)

Scene 48: Come Home

  • (The gang leaves the channel and go through the TV universe.)
  • Sandy: Hey, what's the matter, SpongeBob? We just beat our enemies and stopped them before they could take over the world.
  • Patrick: You should be happy.
  • SpongeBob: You'd think I would be, right? I'm even okay with growing up. I mean, did you see what an amazing adult I'm gonna be? But, I only got that way because adults treated me right. I mean, in every show we visited, adults were either complete idiots or never around.
  • Squidward: Yeah, we should be one or the other.
  • Mr. Krabs: You should never vote, boy.
  • SpongeBob: I know. You two were so mad at me, you could've fired me before I even get that old.
  • Phineas: See, guys, I told you work together to do anything. Am I right?
  • Candace: You know, Phineas, I have to admit, that even though I try to bust you for all the other stuff you did over the summer, you made this one even better. I'm sorry for bothering you, but you showed me the light to what a good time we had today. You're my brothers.
  • Phineas: You really mean that, sis?
  • Candace: Yes, yes I do.
  • Isabella: And we've made so many fabulous and interesting new friends during this trip. And you know what? You showed them that we make up a family together, even though, technically, they're not part of your family.
  • Skipper: Well done, Rico. That was flawlessly executed. You deserve it.
  • (The penguins high five each other.)
  • Kowalski: What can we do to celebrate our victory?
  • Skipper: Well, we've defeated our foes and...
  • Hans, Savio, and Rhonda: Ahem.
  • Skipper: Well, some we just reformed.
  • Marlene: Rhonda, you're back. (she hugs her disgusting roommate.)
  • Rhonda: Hello, rat-face. Can I be your roommate again?
  • Marlene: Okay, but on two conditions. No more being disgusting or annoying me with your Take me out to the ball game. And no more calling me "rat-face." You got it?
  • Rhonda: Sure, Marlene.
  • Private: I have to admit that going to new and exciting places is so much fun. I wish we could go to the Lunacorns right now. (sighs)
  • Skipper: It's not too late, young Private. We'll get you to the land of the Lunacorns in no time.
  • King Julien: You know, Clover, you did good taking my uncle and Karl off of my throne.
  • Clover: Well, technically, it was Rico who scared them off.
  • Rico: What the heck, man.
  • Clover: But it was actually nothing, really. I mean, I took a trip to Frank-ri-la when they nearly killed us. There, I learned how my kingdom really needed me at most.
  • Crimson: And you even made us come to our senses about family.
  • Clemson: We're so sorry we've ever doubted King Julien and his kingdom. We should make it up to you, your king, and your kingdom.
  • Clover: You really mean it? I don't know what to say.
  • Maurice: I sure hope the kingdom can't miss out on any of the things that we've done with our new friends.
  • Mort: They will be so happy. (He gets hit by another moving cube and falls down.) Why does this keep happening to me?! (He lands on another cube, whose screen changes to Gary, Larry, Pearl, Mrs. Krabs, and all of SpongeBob's other friends.) AAAH! Who are you people?
  • Larry: Um, hello.
  • SpongeBob: Does that sound like Larry? (He goes to the cube that has his forgotten friends in it.) That's them. My other friends.
  • (Jeremy, Stacy, the Fireside Girls, and their friends appear in another cube.)
  • Jeremy: We're desperately trying to reach Candace.
  • (Candace goes to the cube with Jeremy, Stacy, the Fireside Girls, and their friends.)
  • Candace: Jeremy! Hi, Jeremy.
  • (The penguins go to a cube that has Mason, Phil, and the zoosters in it.)
  • Mason: Skipper, we're sorry we didn't understand you. We were wrong.
  • Skipper: Mason?
  • (Another cube with Timo, Ted, the other lemurs, rats, crocodiles, and aye-ayes appears. Mort was riding on the cube with SpongeBob's friends.)
  • Timo: You had every right to be angry with the kingdom.
  • (The entire group going through the TV universe see almost all the screens turning to their four groups of forgotten friends.)
  • Larry: Please, we just want you to come home, because...
  • Jeremy: It's time for you to come home. I want you. We need you. And more importantly...
  • Mason: Please, come back to us. We're desperate. We'd don't know what we'd do without you rescuing us.
  • Timo: But we really want you to come back home to the kingdom you belong to, and do you know why?
  • (Almost all the screens on all the cubes are filled with one of the four groups of forgotten friends on each cube, except for a really big cube, which now changes to all four groups on it.)
  • All forgotten friends: We love you!
  • Hector: But, I don't.
  • (SpongeBob, Phineas, Private, Clover, and their friends outside the cubes smile at the cubes, and then to each other.)
  • SpongeBob: Well, I guess this is where we part.
  • All: Aw.
  • Savio: We're really gonna miss each other.
  • Mort: You five were the greatest navigators we ever had.
  • SpongeBob: I think it's time for you to be your own navigator. Here, the really dangerous weapon I got from Jonny Hunt. Here, Mort. It's all your's. (he gives his really dangerous weapon to Mort.)
  • Maurice: I can't believe you're gonna do this.
  • Mort: Yay! My very own painful high-speed Mort dryer. I can't wait to try this out!
  • Patrick: That was very sensible of you, SpongeBob.
  • Mort: Thank you, SpongeBob. I love it.
  • Phineas: Well, I guess this is it. We go our way and you go your's.
  • Patrick: We must be brave, you guys. (He gives Ferb a hug, then SpongeBob gets a hug from Phineas. Candace hugs Squidward. Sandy hugs Marlene. Isabella hugs King Julien.)
  • King Julien: (weeping) I hate long goodbyes. They make me so... (cries)
  • Private: I love you, guys. We'll never forget each other.
  • (Private gives Clover, Phineas, and SpongeBob one final hug to each other.)
  • Clover: We'll never forget you either.
  • (Their hug gets interrupted by Mort who pops up in the middle of the group.)
  • Mort: No, you have to go. Far away so that our enemies won't take away our feet or any of our other parts. Just go. Don't you see you don't want us anymore? You're just a...
  • Phineas: Don't worry, Mort. I'm sure we'll cross paths again soon.
  • Mort: Really? (he hugs Phineas' feet.)
  • Phineas: Aw, that is sweet.
  • SpongeBob: So, how do we get home?
  • Phineas: Don't you remember? We have a remote which can take us anywhere we want to. Different channels, back here, back home. We should just press it.
  • SpongeBob: Okay. Here it goes. (SpongeBob, Phineas, Private, and Clover grab their magical remotes and press a button that will allow them to take them back home. Everyone bid their farewells to each other until they get zapped back to their respective universes.)

Scene 49: Returning to Bikini Bottom

  • (The on air signal turns off, as Larry, Pearl, Gary, Mrs. Krabs, and the others leave the recording studio. Rraaargh is holding the director gently.)
  • Director: But his neighbor did inspire my chances of making him a clarinet-performing star, but he had to go on an adventure to get it back before he can audition. But it was his friend that got him convinced.
  • Larry: Do you think he heard the message?
  • (Just then, SpongeBob, Patrick, Squidward, Sandy, and Mr. Krabs come out of the monitor.)
  • SpongeBob: You bet we did.
  • All: SpongeBob!
  • Mrs. Krabs: Eugene!
  • Pearl: Daddy!
  • (They gather around SpongeBob, Patrick, Squidward, Sandy, and Mr. Krabs, as they all do a group hug. Gary creeps onto SpongeBob's back.)
  • Gary: Meow.
  • Mrs. Krabs: Me son's employee has forgiven us.
  • Squidward: Yeah, so have I.
  • Larry: And our gang's back together.
  • Pearl: How can we ever thank you?
  • Director: By getting ze heck out of my office. You're all nothing but trouble. (Two muscular fish kick everybody but the director out of the office.) But, then again, he did teach me that jellyfish deserve their proper home at Jellyfish Fields.

Scene 50: Everything Else Can Resume

  • (Jeremy, Stacy, and the Fireside Girls come out of the recording studio.)
  • Danny: Did you ever wonder what kind of shoes I wear?
  • Jeffery: Not exactly, but are you wearing shoes with or without aglets?
  • Danny: What do you mean?
  • Jeffery: Well, hypothetically speaking, that if your wearing laces, your shoes have aglets on them.
  • Danny: Us and our ideas.
  • Jeremy: I wonder if she responded.
  • Stacy: What about her brothers?
  • (Suddenly, Phineas, Ferb, Candace, Isabella, Baljeet, Buford, and Perry come out of the monitors.)
  • Phineas: Hi, guys. Did you miss us?
  • Candace: Hi, Jeremy.
  • Jeremy: Candace. You came back.
  • Stacy: And Phineas and Ferb. They're home.
  • Irving: Oh, there you are, Perry.
  • (Perry growls)
  • Candace: Irving, what are you doing here?
  • Irving: Um, I really have to get home now. (He runs away.)
  • Candace: Jeremy, I'm sorry I bailed out on you. I want to make it up to you right now. What do you say?
  • Jeremy: You really mean it, Candace?
  • Candace: Yes. Of course.
  • Jeremy: After all this time, it was finally so easy. (He hugs Candace.)
  • (Ferb covers his eyes.)
  • Jeffery: (sobbing)
  • Danny: Pull yourself together, Jeffery.
  • Jeffery: But, it seems like just today that Phineas and Ferb have gone inside television.
  • Danny: It was only today. I mean, yeah. Very beautiful. Very lighthearted.
  • Phineas: (to Annabelle) Uh, Mrs. Johnson. If it's all the same to you, should we let Candace and Jeremy have their time alone and can you drop us off back at home?
  • Annabelle: Yes. Yes, I would. Where do you live again?
  • Phineas: We're located at Maple Drive under the address of 2308. (To Ferb) You can look now, Ferb.
  • Ferb: Not giving it a try.

Scene 51: The Penguins Come Home

  • (The penguins, Marlene, Hans, Savio, Rhonda, and Clemson come out of the TV at the Penguin HQ.)
  • Skipper: We're home, everybody.
  • Kowalski: You know, Skipper, I have to admit there's no place like home.
  • Rico: (kisses the ground as he chuckles)
  • Private: So, if we're back home now, does this mean we won't be going to Lunacorn land?
  • Skipper: Probably not, young Private. I think that we've done enough channel surfing for one day.
  • Kowalski: Uh, Skipper, you might want to look around.
  • Skipper: What? (He sees that the entire HQ is a big mess.) Sweet Mr. Joan of Arc! What happened to the HQ?
  • Kowalski: Apparently, Skipper, someone must've came in here looking for the remote.
  • Private: But who?
  • (Hans, Savio, Rhonda, and Clemson look at the mess, too. They turn to the penguins.)
  • Savio: We're so sorry for making such a big mess, my ex-foe.
  • Rhonda: We were only finding the remote.
  • Skipper: But you... I... (stammering)
  • Mason: (off-screen) HELP!
  • Skipper: Sounds like somebody is in danger. Double time, everyone.
  • Hans: We're going with you, Skipper.
  • Skipper: No, Hans. This one's on me and the boys.
  • Savio: But we're just kindly suggesting you.
  • Skipper: I don't know. The boys and I have got this covered.
  • All but penguins: Please?
  • Skipper: (sighs) Okay. You can all follow me.
  • Marlene: You're my hero, Skipper.
  • Skipper: I sure am, Marlene. Now, move out! (They all head out of the HQ.)

Scene 52: Return to the Lemur Kingdom

  • Dr. S: (turns off the video recorder) And CUT!!!
  • Timo: So, how did we do?
  • Ted: How will King Julien and Clover react?
  • (King Julien, Clover, Maurice, Mort, Xixi, and Masikura come out of the TV set.)
  • King Julien: By using an unusually sophisticated remote control.
  • Timo: King Julien, you're back!
  • (The lemurs gather around King Julien, Clover, Maurice, Mort, Xixi, and Masikura.)
  • Ted: Listen, Clover. We're sorry for not heeding your responses when we had problems earlier.
  • Clover: I accept your apology.
  • Ted: Oh, thank you, Clover.
  • King Julien: And Clover, I just wanted to say, that I hoped you learned something about going inside television realms to find out what certain people's problems were.
  • Clover: Look, all the other lemurs don't have... I mean, yes, King Julien.
  • King Julien: And I know I have trouble saying it before, but I guess you're pretty cool with missing out on your job as commander.
  • Clover: That somehow turned out okay.
  • King Julien: Hold that thought. What I'm saying is that you can't go out and find your own problems when others have their own. And, Clover, you seem to make it an experience to solve your own problems while trying to solve others' sometimes.
  • Clover: Thank you, your majesty.
  • King Julien: Don't mention it, Clover.
  • (The teenage female lemurs scream fanatically as they trample on King Julien again.)
  • King Julien: Clover, help me! I've been groupie-d by the brigade!
  • Mort: (looks at the female teen lemurs, as he furiously screams and runs away like a maniac.)
  • Timo: Thank you so much for your help, Dr. S. How can we ever thank you.
  • Dr. S: No need to thank me, but feel free to thank this glorious technology you'll expect from a creepy snake doctor who also practices medicine and operates OUT OF A CAVE!!!
  • (thunder strikes)

Scene 53: Closing the Chum Bucket

  • (At the Chum Bucket, SpongeBob, Patrick, Sandy, Squidward, Mr. Krabs, and Health Inspector Yellowtail are scolding Plankton.)
  • Mr. Krabs: So, Plankton, what do you have to say for yourself?
  • Health Inspector Yellowtail: In the face of this overwhelming evidence that are and have always been an evil, lying, troublemaking shrew!
  • (They show him pictures of Plankton's crude actions from when SpongeBob was on television.)
  • Plankton: (weepy) I'm sorry. I blame television.
  • Mr. Krabs: Nice try. What do you take us for, idiots?
  • Plankton: Um, yes.
  • Health Inspector Yellowtail: Plankton, we're officially closing down the Chum Bucket!
  • (Plankton looks shocked at this news, as SpongeBob, Patrick, and Sandy cheer.)
  • Mr. Krabs: Those gleeful customers are right to celebrate. You should've been kinder to me.
  • Health Inspector Yellowtail: You should've been less violent to the Krabby Patty formula.
  • SpongeBob: And I've seen enough. Pause. (He pauses Mr. Krabs, Health Inspector Yellowtail, and Plankton.)
  • Patrick: Oh, SpongeBob, what are you doing?
  • SpongeBob: The only reason Mr. Krabs is keeping the formula safe in the first place is that because he has a mean zooplankton who owns his restaurant 100 feet away from him. I know he'll lose it when we're older, but we won't be taking any chances until then. If that means a few more years of putting up with Plankton, then it's totally worth it.
  • Sandy: Aww.
  • Patrick: Wow. Mr. Krabs loves his formula more than he hates Plankton, and that's saying something.

Scene 54: Rescuing the Chimps

  • Burt: So, if I'm going to squash the chimps, should I sit on them one at a time, or should I sit on them both?
  • All: One and done.
  • Burt: Don't worry, you two. This won't hurt a bit. In fact, it will only hurt a lot. (He begins sitting on the chimps, when he hears a voice.)
  • Skipper: Not so fast.
  • (They see Skipper, Kowalski, Rico, Private, and Marlene.)
  • Bada: Well, if it isn't the funny birds.
  • Bing: What brings you here?
  • Skipper: We want you to meet a few friends of mine. (He lets out a whistle, in which Hans, Savio, and Rhonda come out.)
  • Bada: Who the heck are those mooks?
  • Skipper: We have Hans, the puffin who wanted to be my friend again, but I declined, so he became evil. The walrus here is Rhonda, who was Marlene's roommate who did disgusting things to her. And I'm sure you remember Savio, the snake who visited us three times.
  • Bing: And why are they here again?
  • Skipper: You see, they were at the Hoboken zoo. We visited there and made them good by fighting off their android doubles. But then, one day, Dr. Blowhole visited and turned them evil, by helping him go inside Dictator Week on the Biographical Channel so that he can become dictator. It wasn't until we got to one channel before the Biographical Channel, where we made them good again, and they helped us defeat Dr. Blowhole.
  • Rico: (speaks gibberish)
  • Skipper: Oh, right.
  • Marlene: Rico sure has a way with words, doesn't he?
  • Private: Listen, you guys. You can't harm the chimps, because they are among our friends. And friends don't hurt each other.
  • Burt: What?
  • Skipper: Listen to the Private, you mobsters. He's speaking the truth.
  • Private: When we were inside television, we made so many new friends. Some of them were humans, and some were from underwater. And we went to so many new places we see while we were inside. But, I've learned something else from when we were inside television today, and that is nothing can beat spending time with true friends. So if we humbly ask you to release the chimps so that they can live happily, as friends of ours, and yours.
  • (The other animals look at each other.)
  • Bada: What can we say, Bing?
  • Bing: Maybe the birds are right.
  • Bada: Funny birds, you're right. (The penguins, Marlene, and the Hoboken animals smile.) For a couple of cut-ups who didn't solve the mystery of who was messing up the zoo.
  • Skipper: You mean that?
  • Bing: That's right, birds. The chimps here have been ruining the zoo the whole time. Duh. Sit on them, Burt.
  • Burt: With pleasure.

Scene 55: Feeding their Enemies

  • (Uncle King Julien and Karl are tied into a vine being held by King Julien, Maurice, and Mort. A pack of hungry fossa are under Uncle King Julien and Karl.)
  • Uncle King Julien: Nephew, why are you doing this to us?
  • King Julien: (unravels a long leaf scroll) For proving that I can be immortal by going into the fossa territory with Maurice, making me ship away all the mangoes and my peoples to Feartopia, and more importantly, trying to reclaim the throne even though you've just been a king already so that you can banish everything good and decent! (points to Karl.) And as for you, Karl, and your evil purring cockroach. I'm feeding you and my uncle to the fossa, for attempting to remove me from the throne just by simply going inside television without anybody looking.
  • Karl: (growls angrily) I blame technology for this!
  • Uncle King Julien: I second that!
  • King Julien: Tough break, you two. I'm not giving the fossa you as a present, I'm giving them you for lunch. And besides, just like the fossa, you're probably thinking that your nephew is stupid, right?
  • Uncle King Julien: Yeah, right.
  • Karl: As if.
  • King Julien: Well, then, I have only one thing to say to you both.
  • Maurice: What is it? What are you going to say to them?
  • Uncle King Julien: Yeah, Julien. Say something before we get ourselves out of this net trap of yours.
  • King Julien: I'm only going to say this as a nice and friendly word of advice before my arms get tired. In your faces! (Uncle King Julien and Karl are shocked.) Therefore, for your own good, you must not reclaim the crown nor the throne in which they're rightfully mine. You must not come back to my kingdom ever again. And you must not... Shouldn't Clover do the honor of releasing the rope?
  • Maurice: I'm pretty sure Clover is very happy to have her family together again.
  • (Cut to Clemson giving Crimson and Clover riding a bicycle.)
  • Clover: (laughs) We're doing it, Crimson. We're learning how to ride a bicycle. We're superior!
  • Crimson: It's all part of catching up, sister girl.
  • Clover: Faster, cousin, faster. We feel like we're driving.
  • Clemson: Good for you, cousins. Now, you're becoming queen of the world. (He pushes Crimson and Clover's bike, making it go faster.)
  • (Crimson and Clover are riding their bike super fast, until they see a rock, in which the bike accidentally hits, making the two crowned lemurs fly off the bike and into the cliff.)
  • Clemson: I'm gonna try something a little more easy.
  • (Clemson pushes Crimson and Clover on the swing set.)
  • Clover: Faster! Faster! Faster!
  • Clemson: Up, up, and away, then. (He pushes Crimson and Clover too hard, making them fly off the swing set and into a cliff.) Have a nice landing?
  • (Crimson and Clover are on the teeter-totter.)
  • Clover: Clemson, you really should try this.
  • Clemson: Coming in for a landing. (He jumps onto the teeter totter, making Crimson and Clover fly off of it and into a cliff.)
  • Clover: Why do all these activities involve being pushed down a cliff?
  • (Clover, Crimson, and Clemson play badminton.)
  • Clover: I didn't know we're having a great time playing badminton. (She uses her racket to toss the badminton to Clemson, in which he catches.)
  • Clemson: What will they think of next.
  • Clover: Can you do a big one? My sister and I are ready to go underground.
  • Clemson: You got it! (He uses his racket to throw the badminton to Crimson and Clover, in which they jumped while trying to catch it, but they fall down a cliff again.) That really had to hurt. At least it would if they weren't wearing any protective gear.

Scene 56: Trial at OWCA

  • (Cut to a courthouse, where Agent P is the plaintiff, Dr. Doofenshmirtz is the defendant, and Major Monogram, Carl, and various animal agents are among the jury. All of Dr. Doofenshmirtz's inventions are also there. A judge bangs a gavel.)
  • Judge: Order! Order! Francis Monogram, have you reached a verdict?
  • Major Monogram: Yes. Yes, we have, your honor. In the case of Agent P vs. Dr. Doofenshmirtz, the jury finds in favor of our defendant, Dr. Heinz Doofenshmirtz.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: I regret that televised message sent by my daughter, Vanessa. Although for some reason, I also curse two little boys and their band of talking animals for taking me down.
  • Major Monogram: I wasn't finished.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: (chuckles sheepishly)
  • Major Monogram: Anyway, we find the defendant, guilty of all charges.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: (sarcastically) Curse you, Perry the Platypus.
  • Judge: Well, Heinz Doofenshmirtz, I hereby sentence you to 104 days. And I hoped you learned your lesson from building inventions causing such devastating things.
  • Major Monogram: Although we did find evidence when he was fighting against Heinz Doofenshmirtz on Maho Mushi, he was with his home owners, thus, blowing his cover. So, we also find the plaintiff guilty.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Wow, Perry the Platypus is guilty, too? What a coincidence. It was a good thing that the two little boys knew very little his true identity, though.
  • Carl: Why? Why'd you do it?
  • Judge: In consideration of exposing your secret identity to your owners, I hereby sentence you, Agent P, removal from your hometown in Maple Drive under the address of 2308, and will never be able to see his owners again, permanently.
  • (Perry becomes shocked by what he just heard. Then, he looks at Dr. Doofenshmirtz's ins, and leaves his seat. He approaches them and begins using the Least-Likely-Inator from "Misperceived Monotreme", by hitting a button that sets it off, and lands in front of it, making the machine hit himself. Then, he begins using the Forget-About-It-Inator from "A Real Boy". He presses a button on it on the courtroom. The wave hits Major Monogram and Carl.)
  • Major Monogram: What are we even doing here, anyway?
  • Carl: I have absolutely no idea.
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: Well, what are the odds of being blasted by a collection of my past creations... (The wave hits him, too.) Wait a minute, why am I here? I'm not supposed to be here. Frankly, I don't come for jury duty, either. Uh, your honor?
  • Judge: (The wave hits the judge) Not guilty.
  • (The wave hits the entire Tri-State Area. First, it hits Vanessa and Charlene back at their house.)
  • The Slacks: Doofenshmirtz ex-wife's house in the hill somewhere.
  • Charlene: Vanessa, after all this time of not finding anything about Dr. Doofenshmirtz and why he's been so evil, all those misadventures we've missed out on from your father because we had to focus on other things, even though you were involved in some of his schemes, you are right all along. I'm so proud of you, Vanessa. You're the luckiest girl ever.
  • Vanessa: So, does this mean that... (The waves hits them.) Aren't we doing something dad-related?
  • (Cut to Stacy, Jeremy, Jenny, and the Fireside Girls)
  • Stacy: Jenny, you should've been there. Jeremy had to come over and ask me where Candace had gone to with Phineas and Ferb. And they were inside television.
  • Jenny: So, how did you ask them to come home?
  • Jeremy: Well, we... (Suddenly, before Jeremy can answer, they get hit by the wave.) Were we doing something Candace-related?
  • Ginger: Can we get back to our Fireside Girl lodge for our next meeting?
  • Stacy: Yes. Yes, you can.
  • (The Fireside Girls leave.)
  • Jenny: What's that all about, anyway?
  • Stacy: What were we talking about again?
  • (Cut to Candace taking Linda to the TV room to show the magical remote controls.)
  • Candace: Come on, Mom. Hurry up. Phineas and Ferb have made remote controls that took them into television. Now, feast your eyes on this.
  • (She was about to show Linda the remotes, but the wave suddenly hit them. They see that the room is clean.)
  • Linda: I see nothing.
  • Candace: No! They've got to be hidden somewhere. (She messes up the room just to look for the remotes, but they're not anywhere to be seen.)
  • Linda: We go through this every time, Candace. Every time you tell me your brothers are up to something big, you force me to come home and see absolutely nothing. I wish you'll get over it. (She leaves.)
  • Candace: But, but, but, but, but, but....
  • (Cut to Irving and Albert at their house.)
  • Irving: But, Albert, you can't do this to me?
  • Albert: I saw you at that cable station, explaining every little detail about Phineas and Ferb in front of the public alone, without my permission?
  • Irving: But, I can explain all of this. You see, I was watching Phineas and Ferb on TV, and they were with Candace, making me think of all those times she tried busting her brothers, and I started thinking today might be different, so I passed the cable station, and then, I began showing my presentation to...
  • Albert: Irving, you're grounded. (They both get hit by the wave, too.) What just happened?
  • Irving: We were about to watch some television together.
  • Albert: Oh, right. What should we watch? Maho Mushi?
  • Irving: You know what? I was thinking the same thing.
  • (Cut to Bikini Bottom, Karen is pushing a trolly with all the evidence that Plankton is evil. She suddenly gets hit by the wave, and falls on her front, pushing the trolly too hard, causing it to ride away from her. She gets up.)
  • Karen: Was I doing something SpongeBob-related?
  • (Cut to Larry and Pearl.)
  • Pearl: So, how much cheese is in that Krabby patty anyway?
  • (They get hit by the wave.)
  • Larry: Were we doing something SpongeBob-related? (He looks at the Krabby patty in his pincer.) Why am I carrying a half-eaten Krabby patty? Oh, well. It's a shame it wouldn't go to waste. (He finishes eating up a Krabby patty.)
  • (Cut to a mental hospital, where Mrs. Puff comes out.)
  • Mrs. Puff: At last, I'm cured! No more SpongeBob! For the first time in my life, I'm able to focus on other things. I figured out cold fusion. There's no limit to the good I can do in the deep blue sea! (She suddenly gets hit by the wave.) What the barnacle is this junk? Was I about to help people? I wonder what this should be the work of. (She puffs herself up into a big balloon, thusly breaking the dock she was standing on, and begins speaking in a deep voice.) SpongeBob. (She begins rolling herself back to the mental hospital.)
  • (Back on land, at the Central Park Zoo, Burt is about to finally squash the chimps.)
  • Mason: Quickly, Phil. Start getting the last of your fresh air while we still can. (starts breathing fast.)
  • Bada: Don't just stand there, Burt. Start dropping booty!
  • Burt: That's exactly just what I'm going to do. (He finally begins sitting on the chimps.)
  • Skipper: Time's running out. Mason and Phil are about to be sat on by an elephant. Are you Hoboken-ers in or not?
  • Hans: Are you kidding, Skipper, old bud. We'd love to... (They get hit by the wave.) But, you are, by far, the most psychotic penguins we've ever met, and this zoo of yours is more of a disease-riddled cesspool than ours'. (to Rhonda and Savio) Come on, my comrades. Let's go back to the Hoboken Zoo to eat all of our androids' fudges.
  • (Hans, Rhonda, and Savio leave.)
  • Rhonda: Oh, yum.
  • Savio: You know, that's what I'm really having a hankering for.
  • (Burt and the other zoo animals get hit by the wave.)
  • Marlene: What the heck am I doing here?
  • Bing: Is anyone other than me so confused as I am?
  • Burt: I feel a little tired, here. I think I should lay down right here. (He sat down, when he hears muffled conversations. He gets up and sees that it's the chimps he sat on.)
  • Mason: Why did we do what's wrong so that this is what we get for that?
  • Skipper: You better be careful of where you sit, Big Gray.
  • Burt: I'm sorry. I never noticed you were there. (He unties the chimps.) You're free to go.
  • Mason: Hold on a moment. What are we even doing here?
  • (Phil shrugs his arms.)
  • Rico: I dunno.
  • Kowalski: I don't know, either.
  • Skipper: Did we get a case of amnesia or something?
  • (Cut to the zoo entrance where zookeeper Alice is with Gus, the repairman, who has just arrived.)
  • Alice: There you are, Gus. I'm so glad you could make it.
  • Gus: Me and the boys come here to remove all water source in penguin habitat. Then, tomorrow, we tear down rest of habitat, making way for new wolf habitat.
  • Alice: That's good, because our penguin habitat unexpectedly doesn't have any penguins, anymore.
  • Gus: Are you sure they were transferred back to Antarctica where they belong?
  • Alice: I just don't care. (They both get hit by the wave.)
  • Gus: What am I supposed to be doing here?
  • Alice: You know what? Why don't you just go home and forget why you're here.
  • Gus: But, you didn't answer me why...
  • Alice: I don't care. Just get the heck out of here.
  • Gus: Great. (He leaves.)
  • (Cut back to Madagascar where Sage Moondancer is being carried by his hawk. The wave suddenly hits them both.)
  • Sage: Wait. Did I just remember that somewhere in the jungle, an animal or plant needs our assistance?
  • (Cut to Dr. S and Nurse Phantom at Club Moist.)
  • Dr. S: Nurse Phantom, can you believe we actually made technology happen in a... (Suddenly, the wave hits both of them.) What is this junk, anyway? Nurse Phantom, destroy it! DESTROY IT ALL!!!
  • Nurse Phantom: But, what about our medical tools we already have?
  • Dr. S: Those can stay.
  • (Cut to Abner and Becca, looking around the jungle.)
  • Becca: Do you hear what's going on, Abner?
  • Abner: You mean like we're hearing just the jungle's fauna, or are you talking more precise?
  • Becca: We've searched all over, and there's no sight of King Julien to be found. You know what that means, right?
  • Abner: We plan a funeral to dedicate his memory?
  • Becca: No. King Julien's been abdicated. He's finally got his miserable self gone for good.
  • Abner: Right! Now, we will brainwash all the other lemurs in the kingdom off of that "child's play" king and make them all bow down. (They suddenly get hit by the wave.) Do you want me to explain to you everything?
  • Becca: He's still around?!
  • Abner: I never thought of him to be gone as much as we wanted him to be.
  • Becca: Shaddup, Abner.
  • Abner: I just wanted to come clean and give you the spiel just in case he returns.
  • Becca: There's no way for King Julien to return!
  • Abner: Y'know, I'm beginning to get a strange feeling since... what are we doing again?
  • Becca: Finding King Julien, and we will not liberate King Julien until he is off that throne!
  • Both: (as they march off) LALA! LALA! LALA! LALA! LALA!

Scene 57: SpongeBob Buries His Time Capsule

  • (Back in Bikini Bottom, SpongeBob carries his "Jonny Hunt" lunchbox to a hole he just dug up with a shovel by a coral tree. He opens it, revealing the TV guide book and all the photos of his adventures with his new friends. He smiles as he closes it. Patrick, Sandy, Squidward, and Mr. Krabs come in.)
  • Mr. Krabs: What are you doing, boy.
  • Squidward: Did I get you digging your own grave again? (laughs)
  • SpongeBob: Nope. I'm just burying a time capsule. Everybody may have forgotten what happened, but that doesn't mean we have to. (He grabs the shovel and buries the time capsule with some sand.) I'm gonna grow up someday, and I just want to make sure I remember the things that really meant something to me. (A coral flower grows. His friends look at each other.) And most importantly, when I grow up, I want to make sure I don't make the same mistakes Squidward and Mr. Krabs made. Or maybe my other friends?
  • Sandy: Well, that's a long, long time from now. Come on. (She shows them a beautiful day around Bikini Bottom.) It's a beautiful sunny day. The scallops are singing, and the future looks bright.
  • Patrick: Wanna go inside and watch TV? Sandy built this magic remote control and she brought it into your house. I have no idea what the buttons do, but I hear it can do anything.
  • SpongeBob: Duh. (He throws away the shovel.)
  • Sandy: (sighs)
  • (They all go inside SpongeBob's house.)

Scene 58: Phineas and Ferb Bury Their Time Capsule

  • (Phineas and Ferb are carrying a "Futurellis" lunchbox to a hole they just dug near the tree they usually sit under. Phineas opens it and they look at the TV guide and the photos they've taken during their adventure inside it. Ferb closes it when Isabella arrives with Baljeet and Buford.)
  • Isabella: Hi, Phineas. What'cha doin'?
  • Phineas: Burying a time capsule. Everybody's memories maybe erased for no good reason, but I guess some people can still remember everything over the course of that day. Ferb and I, for one, are glad we can. (Ferb begins burying the capsule with some dirt.) You know, I really learned something that day. Not because we should let history be changed to a war aftermath by strangers we don't care about, but they're not important, either. I learned that, I have to admit, even though you have to accept change sometimes, I can still have friends like you around, and sometimes it's better to stay where I am, even when my parents don't need me anymore. As a matter of fact, we still have time to figure out what to do in the future.
  • Isabella: That's okay. You don't have to move here for a while. Besides, it's a nice day outside today. The sun's shining, the birds are singing, and there's so much to do on a day like this.
  • Phineas: Thank you, but we still need to come up with today's activity. What do you want to do today, Ferb?
  • Ferb: (whispers into Phineas' ear.)
  • Phineas: But, didn't we already done that yesterday? I mean, nothing personal, but can we make up our own television network?
  • Ferb: Come to think about it, we feel like it could use just one thing more.
  • Phineas: Whatever new idea we come up with, they're always as creative as we think, adjustment or not. (They all go inside the house.)

Scene 59: Private Buries His Time Capsule

  • (Private goes to the exact same spot in Central Park where his fellow penguins played "Maho Mushi" with the lemurs, with a "Lunacorns" lunchbox and the bazooka he got from "Jonny Hunt". He opens it, and inside are the TV guide and the photos he has taken during his adventure. He closes it as the other penguins approach him.)
  • Skipper: Private, we've been looking for you everywhere.
  • Kowalski: What are you doing? Playing "Maho Mushi" without us?
  • Private: Actually, no. What I'm really doing is I'm burying a time capsule. You see, nobody at the zoo may have the memory of yesterday, but hey, I'm lucky I'm still able to look back. But before you know it, everybody else begins to forget the whole thing. (He buries the time capsule with some dirt.) One of these days, I may as well have to grow up. But at least I can grow up and still be a fan of the Lunacorns deep in my heart while realizing all the lessons I've learned. And best of all, I've learned that no matter where I go, I'll always remember there's no place like home.
  • Skipper: We hear you loud and clear, soldier. Now, let's go back to the zoo, young Private. We have a full day on our hands. Lots of kids waiting for us to perform for them.
  • Private: (sighs) But, I still want to be with the Lunacorns, though.
  • Kowalski: (smiles) Private, we've all been thinking. Maybe if you wish hard enough, you can still be a part of the show.
  • Private: Really?
  • Kowalski: I just invented a very special remote control.
  • Private: Is it the same one from yesterday?
  • Kowalski: Well, it sort of looks like that. I just need to remember what the buttons are for.
  • Skipper: Then, you can come back up when you're done, Kowalski, so that we can address the public.
  • Rico: Uh-huh.
  • (They look at Private with a pleasing face.)
  • Skipper: Well, if Private wants to see a Lunacorn, then it's alright with me.
  • (Private smiles, as the penguins walk back to the zoo.)

Scene 60: Clover Buries Her Time Capsule

  • (Clover carries an old "Hocusfocus Avenue" lunchbox she found from the Cove of Wonders to the Baobab tree. She opens it and inside are a battery from the magical remote control and photos of the events that happened during her television adventure. She smiles as she closes it. King Julien, Maurice, and Mort come to her.)
  • King Julien: Hey, Clover. What are you up to now?
  • Mort: Some kind of new freaky-beaky crime scene?
  • Clover: Not really. I'm only burying a time capsule. That's all. Just because everyone on the island couldn't remember anything about what happened while we were on television, it doesn't mean I have to remember it all. (She buries the lunchbox to the ground with some dirt.) I wouldn't think about my own problems all the time. It would be too much for me. But, trying to get everything settled for me can be a burden. But, in my opinion, to come clean, sometimes it's alright to help others. And in the future, I promise myself not to make the same mistake I made myself from that very day.
  • Maurice: I'm sure that mistake won't happen for a long time to come. Look around. It's a great day around the island, with birds calling, plants growing, and a abundant supply of fruit.
  • (Suddenly, Timo comes running to the lemurs.)
  • Timo: Hey, guys! I have something to show you back at the Cove of Wonders!
  • King Julien: Sorry, sci-zard. But, I have a kingdom to run.
  • Clover: And I have to resume my job as head of security.
  • Timo: You don't have to, today. Follow me. I'll show you.
  • (The lemurs follow Timo to the Cove of Wonders. They go inside and they see a television set and two remote controls. One that is a regular, and another being a magical remote control.)
  • Timo: Tada! What do you think?
  • King Julien: Is that a fixed TV set?
  • Timo: Yes. Soon, we'll be able to hook it up somewhere in the kingdom for all the lemurs to see pre-recorded stuff. (laughs and snorts) Can you believe it still works after hitting the island?
  • King Julien: I didn't even remember you have a fixed television set here.
  • Timo: But, seriously, I really should put in some batteries for the remote.
  • Clover: Don't worry. I can help you with that. After all, I've learned my lesson on helping others and the importance of teamwork. (She picks up the regular remote and one of its batteries. Mort comes in and picks up the other battery.) Ready, Mort?
  • Mort: Ready. (Clover and Mort are about to put the batteries in the regular remote, when Mort accidentally puts one foot on the magical remote, sending them, King Julien, and Maurice inside television.) Oopsie. (chuckles)

Scene 61: The New and Improved TV Universe

  • (King Julien, Maurice, Mort (with one of the regular remote's batteries and the magical remote control), and Clover (with the regular remote and its other battery) go through the TV universe. Mort looks down and his battery.)
  • Mort: What is this place?
  • King Julien: What are these fancy pink flying squares with numbers and pictures on them?
  • Clover: This is the TV universe.
  • Maurice: Your majesty, are you sure this place rings a bell?
  • King Julien: Oh, Momo.
  • (Clover turns her head and notices SpongeBob, Patrick, Sandy, Squidward and Mr. Krabs to her left. She turns her head and sees Phineas, Ferb, Isabella, Baljeet, and Buford to her right. She turns her head and sees Skipper, Kowalski, Rico, and Private coming in front of her. She waves at SpongeBob, Phineas and Private)
  • (SpongeBob waves at Phineas, Private, and Clover.)
  • Sandy: Who are these varmints?
  • (Phineas waves at SpongeBob, Private, and Clover.)
  • Isabella: I didn't know animals can talk like that. Maybe you don't need that animal translator after all.
  • (Private waves at SpongeBob, Phineas, and Clover.)
  • Skipper: Hi, Ring-Tail. And who is the new lemur?
  • Private: Skipper, this is Clover.
  • Phineas: It's so good to see you, guys.
  • SpongeBob: So many channels. I really don't know where to start.
  • Private: How about the Lunacorns? I've always wanted to be part of that show.
  • Clover: I guess we can always start our tour somewhere, right?
  • (They all smile at each other as they take off. Zoom out to see the entire TV universe.)

Scene 62: 20 Years into the Future for Real

  • "BIKINI BOTTOM: 20 YEARS INTO THE FUTURE"
  • (In a normal, yet technologically advanced Bikini Bottom in the future, SpongeBob's son (from The Great Patty Caper) and daughter are unearthing the "Jonny Hunt" lunchbox SpongeBob buried 20 years ago. They run inside.)
  • SpongeDra: Hey, daddy.
  • (Future SpongeBob, now in regular SpongeBob's regular suit, is checking the mail. He looks at his children.)
  • SpongeDra's unnamed daughter: What's this? (Future SpongeBob's children show him the lunchbox they've unearthed.)
  • Future SpongeBob: Hey. (He picks up the lunchbox.) I remember this. It's my time capsule. (He opens the lunchbox, and takes one of the pictures out of it. That one particular photo he got out of the lunchbox was the one with SpongeBob, Patrick, and Sandy that Plankton took when Squidward and Mr. Krabs yelled at them. He grimaces when he notices Patrick and Sandy in it, but then smiles.) Oh well. Time to go to work at the Krusty Krab. (He puts the picture in his pocket.) And time for your babysitter.
  • (The door opens to reveal a robotic version of Squidward. The children look scared.)
  • Squidward Robot: Hi, SpongeBob. I'm here to babysit the precious gifts from above. But, not literally, though. It's a figure of speech.
  • (Future SpongeBob and his children become confused.)
  • Future SpongeBob: There's something about this that's familiar, but I... (He hears his watch beep.) Oops. Gotta go. I'm gonna be late. (He shakes his legs to get his children off.) Bye, SpongeBill. Bye, SpongeDra. (They land comfortably on the ground. Squidward Robot turns his head back.)
  • Squidward Robot: Have a memorable day, SpongeBob.
  • (As soon as Future SpongeBob closes the door on his way out, Squidward Robot unveils a clarinet and plays loud, off-key music. The children cover their ears.)
  • SpongeBill and SpongeDra: No. Don't leave! Take us with you!
  • (Outside, Patrick, Sandy, Mr. Krabs, and the real Squidward are watching what's going on at SpongeBob's house.)
  • Future Sandy: Like father, like son.
  • Future Patrick: Tell me about it.
  • (They start laughing.)
  • (Now, we cut to the good future of Danville with mobile homes, flying cars, and jet packs. In one certain household, Xavier and Amanda unearth the "Futurellis" lunchbox Phineas and Ferb buried by a now-digital tree. They go inside to see their mother, Candace, who is talking on the phone.)
  • "DANVILLE: 20 YEARS INTO THE FUTURE"
  • Future Candace: But, Stacy, all jobs need to have a strategy. But, I'm sure you'll work it all out when you find your's. (gasps) No way. Really? Oh, I'm just doing alright, and so are the kids. Xavier and Fred are in the backyard digging for treasure.
  • Xavier: Hey, Mom.
  • Future Candace: I gotta go, Stacy. Keep up with your llama legislation. (She hangs up and turns to her children.)
  • Xavier: Look what we found while we were sitting under our digital tree in the backyard.
  • Fred: And I was sitting next to him. (They give her the lunchbox.)
  • Future Candace: Oh, my gosh. I remember when I was looking at the window, seeing Phineas and Ferb bury this. (She opens it, and sees TV guide and the photos. However, she takes out a photo of Phineas, Ferb, Candace, Isabella, Baljeet, Buford, and Perry in a fedora. She smiles as she puts the picture in her pocket.) Xavier, Fred, I guess I'm gonna pick up a few thing. So, stay out of trouble, you two.
  • (Just then, Amanda comes down.)
  • Amanda: So, you're leaving me in charge, right? Did you tell them I'm in charge?
  • Future Candace: Relax, Candace. Nobody has to be in charge.
  • Amanda: But, what if there's a disaster?
  • Future Candace: For instance?
  • Amanda: What if a flying car of the future pulls a bit to the right and crashes half the house?
  • Future Candace: If that ever happens, I guess I can leave you in charge. (She heads out the door.)
  • Xavier: (looks at Fred) Fred, thanks to Phineas and Ferb, we have so many ideas of what to do this summer. And I know exactly what we'll do today.
  • Fred: I know the same thing as you.
  • Amanda: My mom told me I'm in charge under one condition, and I'm watching you.
  • (Future Phineas, Future Isabella, and some children of their own look right nearby at Future Candace's house.)
  • Future Phineas: Yes, Isabella. I still love my sister.
  • Future Isabella: I know you do, Phineas.
  • Future Phineas: You know, the lunchbox they've dug out was my time capsule.
  • (Cut to the good future Central Park Zoo, which somehow remains the same as 20 years ago. At Central Park, three penguin chicks that look like baby Skipper (from "Rock-A-Bye Birdie") and baby Private (from "Penguins of Madagascar: The Movie") unearth the "Lunacorns" lunchbox. They go back to the penguin habitat at the zoo, and into the HQ.)
  • "CENTRAL PARK ZOO: 20 YEARS INTO THE FUTURE"
  • Penguin Chicks: Hey, daddy.
  • (Future Private and Skipper are cuddling with an egg, cooing.)
  • Future Private: I'm calling you, Egbert. Coochie-coochie-coo. (They notice the chicks with the "Lunacorns" lunchbox.)
  • Penguin Chicks: Come, daddy. Take a look at what we got.
  • (Future Private and Skipper come to their chicks.)
  • Future Private: My time capsule. I remember that.
  • Future Skipper: Where did you find it?
  • Penguin Chicks: At the park.
  • (Future Private opens the lunchbox to see the photos and the bazooka from "Jonny Hunt." However, Future Skipper takes out one photo of him, Private, Kowalski, and Rico from the past. They both look at each other and smile. Future Skipper hangs the picture up on the wall with tape.)
  • Future Skipper: Come on, Private. Our public awaits us.
  • Future Private: Where are we going, Skipper?
  • Future Skipper: We're going up to the humans like we've always done, Private. We'll smile and wave for them, and perform our underwater routines for them. And we'll be fed fish by them.
  • (Future Private blushes.)
  • Penguin Chicks: What about us?
  • Future Skipper: And you'll stay right down here, watching us from above. And keep a sharp eye on Egbert, okay? Oh, and remember children, no going on dangerous missions without permission.
  • Penguin Chicks: Okay, daddy.
  • Future Skipper: Now, come on, Private. Commence adorable mayhem. Let's go! (They both go up the ladder and into the fishbowl exit. Once they're gone, the penguin chicks look at each other.)
  • Penguin Chick #1: Cute and cuddly, boys. Cute and cuddly.
  • (Above the penguin HQ, future Kowalski, future Rico, and future Marlene are watching future Skipper and Private come out.)
  • Future Kowalski: Isn't that the most beautiful thing to happen before us?
  • Future Marlene: All we can do is wish them the best they can do. I sure hope they're alive and well.
  • Both: We're so proud of each other.
  • (All three hug each other.)
  • Future Rico: (sobs quietly)
  • (Now, we cut to the good future of Madagascar, and nothing has changed at all. A young ring-tailed lemur unearths a "Hocusfocus Avenue" lunchbox from under the baobab tree. They climb up the baobab tree and into the plane.)
  • "MADAGASCAR: 20 YEARS INTO THE FUTURE"
  • J.J.: Uncle Julien.
  • (His uncle happens to be none other than King Julien XIII. He turns the chair around and sees the young lemur and the lunchbox.)
  • J.J.: I found something for you. I hope you like it.
  • Future King Julien: That lunchbox. Can it be? Yes. It's the time capsule Clover buried twenty years ago. (He opens it and sees the photos and battery inside. He looks at the battery, but then looks at the photos. He takes out one of the photos. The photo he took out was the one taken when he, Clover, Maurice, Mort, Xixi, and Masikura came out of television and into Club Moist. He smiles.) Yeah, good times. And speaking of which, it's time for me to adore my peeps again. Oh, by the way, J.J., how would you like to come to one of my off-the-heezy bashes tonight? We've got really impressive music, guaranteed to make your mind like a time-bomb exploding in a coal mine.
  • J.J.: Well, I... (smiles) I would love to.
  • Future King Julien: Great! Meet me at dusk so we can move our tushes like there's no tomorrow, huh?
  • J.J.: I'd like that.
  • Future King Julien: See you then. (He jumps out the window.)
  • J.J.: Hmm... If he's my uncle and I'm named after him, I wonder if he has an uncle named Julien, too. I mean, after all, we all come from the line of Julien kings.
  • (Future Clover, Future Maurice, Future Mort, Future Xixi, and Future Masikura, all watch the plane from another branch of the baobab tree.)
  • Future Maurice: Would you look at that?
  • Future Clover: Hmm. I guess it goes to show you that some things never change.
  • Future Mort: And neither do we. (chuckles)

Scene 63: Finale

  • King Julien: (He closes a book that has a picture of future Clover, Maurice, Mort, Xixi, and Masikura in it.) And that settles that.
  • Private: I agree. It was a bit wonderful.
  • Phineas: Now, everybody gather around for the finale, right away.
  • SpongeBob: Five, six, seven, eight!
  • (Song: "We Love Our Shows")
  • Private:I love the Lunacorns.
  • SpongeBob:We love our favorite shows.
  • Clover:'Ever since we were little, we've all got in the knows.
  • Phineas:'We love our friendships.
  • Isabella:We think that they're great.
  • Candace:If there's any question about them, we won't hesitate.
  • All:Let's believe what we want, at the correct time and place. We pull ourselves together, as plain as the smile on our face. So let us all come together and make up as we go. No matter what we do, we let our friendships grow.
  • Sandy: And aren't we all sharing a special connection here?
  • Candace, Squidward, Paula Poundcake, and friends:We love being with each other unconditionally.
  • Irving, Albert, Timo, George, and robotic dog and cat:Our differences don't matter, but one thing we see.
  • Blackbird, Xixi, Masikura, Bada, Bing, Burt, and zoosters:As long as we're together and living as one, we can accomplish anything our way to get the job done.
  • Ted, Todd, Maggie, Maurice, Mort, Jonny Hunt, and his crew:We could work our way to happiness for futures to come. And we hold our heads up high in this ditty we hum.
  • Larry, Pearl, Gary, Baljeet, Buford, Dr. S, Nurse Phantom, Snooper, and Clue Crew:And we will know no matter where we are. We never give up our dreams and follow the shining star.
  • SpongeBob, Phineas, Private, and Clover:Let's believe what we want, at the correct time and place. We pull ourselves together, as plain as the smile on our face. So let us all come together and make up as we go.
  • Mr. Krabs, Marlene, Mason, Phil, Pop, and Race Official:We don't care what they say.
  • Patrick, Penguins, Major Monogram, Carl, and Jeff:Can't imagine it other way.
  • Karen, Vanessa, Charlene, Sage, Heavy Hal, and band:We've just got to believe we do.
  • Director, Daniel, Jeffery, Annabelle, Comet, and Snowman:That makes our point even more true.
  • All: This looks absolutely bigger as far as it goes. For we really do care. We love our shows! ♪♪ (sustain note)
  • Private: Now that that's over, can we go to the Lunacorns now?
  • (song ends)
  • (Cut to a square Looney Tunes-esque bullseyes instead of a round bullseyes. SpongeBob, Patrick, and Sandy appear.)
  • Patrick: Well, th-th-th-th-th-th-th-th-th...
  • SpongeBob and Sandy: Patrick, what's the matter with you?
  • Patrick: Nothing. It's just really cold in here. (shivers)
  • (SpongeBob and Sandy exchange weird expressions. The penguins pop up behind SpongeBob, Patrick, and Sandy.)
  • Private: Perfect weather for us.
  • Skipper: Now, smile and wave, boys. (The penguins smile and wave at the audience, until King Julien comes in.)
  • King Julien: Step aside, silly penguins. Let a star do this.
  • Mort: (jumps onto King Julien's foot) This movie has been brought to you by the letter F. (He grabs a letter F.) As in "FEET!"
  • King Julien: (shakes his leg and kicks Mort off of it.) Do not touch the feet!
  • Mort: WHEE!
  • (Phineas accidentally knocks King Julien out of the bullseye.)
  • Phineas: That's full, folks. (The others look at Phineas.) I'm talking about my phone. It's been charging throughout the movie. (chuckles)
  • (Perry and Dr. Doofenshmirtz appear. Perry punches Dr. Doofenshmirtz and goes inside the bullseye. Everybody inside the bullseye smile to the audience. Dr. Doofenshmirtz however closes it.)
  • Dr. Doofenshmirtz: I want to go home. (He leaves.)
  • King Julien: (gets up and turns to see the bullseye is closed. He knocks at it.) No, wait. WILMA!!! (He repetitively knocks on the bullseye and the words "The End" appears in front of him. We fade out.)

Credits

  • (The first quarter of the credits are displayed in television sets from the past full-screen TVs to current HD ones. The last one depicts SpongeBob and Patrick going fishing.)
  • SpongeBob: Caught anything yet, Patrick?
  • Patrick: Not yet. (He throws his fishing rod into the water, then, his fishing rod carries something heavy.) SpongeBob, I think I caught something.
  • SpongeBob: What is it, Patrick?
  • Patrick: I don't know, but it's really bite-y.
  • (He reels whatever the fishing rod caught up, that it slowly made SpongeBob and Patrick's boat to sink. The fishing rod caught the first of the rising credits. The credits slowly crawl up to the sky, which is why we pan up from the ground and blue sky to the black starry night sky. The stars fade out, but the credits don't. A few minutes later, Perry the Platypus comes in his agent form. He looks at the credits as Phineas and Ferb come by on the other side of the credits.)
  • Phineas: Hey, Ferb, have you seen Perry?
  • (Perry notices Phineas and Ferb, as he places his fedora on a credit, and changes into a quadruped mindless pet platypus form and chatters.)
  • Phineas: Oh, there you are, Perry.
  • (Perry comes past a credit, jumps down, and lands in Phineas' arms.)
  • Ferb: You can never have too much love on an exotic pet from Australia.
  • (They leave.)
  • (A few more minutes later, Skipper, Kowalski, Rico, and Private approach the crawling credits.)
  • Skipper: Stop, men.
  • (They stop, until some space in-between credits come their way.)
  • Skipper: Now, move! Move! Move!
  • (They toboggan above a credit and resume waddling when they reach the other side. Rico barfs out some dynamite and throws it down. A few more minutes later, at the very end of the credits, the dynamite stick lands. Mort lands there, too.)
  • Mort: I don't feel so well after all this flying. (Just then, the stick of dynamite explodes on the last of the credits and Mort to fly out. Mort fails himself on the camera. A light switch fades in.) That felt better.
  • Clover: (comes in) What's wrong, little guy? You got gas?
  • Mort: (gets up) You're hard and bony.
  • Clover: This is being physically fit. (She flicks off the light switch, causing everything to turn black, except their eyes.) Now, lights out, soldier! Go to sleep! That's an order! (Mort's eyes close, indicating that he's about to sleep. Clover's eyes close, too.)